Delphic Podcasts Review of Joseph Campbell’s “The Power of Myth”: Episode 3: Consciousness, Perception and Merleau-Ponty.

Views: 640

Campbell claims that Mythology, (whilst manifesting itself in concrete local ethnic forms), is nevertheless concerned with timeless themes such as life, death, and justice. He refers in this context to the ceremonial activities connected with justice such as standing up for the robed judge entering and leaving the court. This, attention, is for Campbell, a sign that we are dealing with a mythological figure. (Page 14). He also mentions the ritual of the Inauguration of a President as well as the ritualistic wearing of uniforms for members of the armed forces. This latter phenomenon, he argues, denotes that these individuals are to be given special status above and beyond the reach of civil law. This is a puzzling remark, especially given the recent expansion of the remit of the International Court of Justice to include war crimes and crimes against humanity, (for example, the murdering of civilians who happen to find themselves living in the vicinity of a war.

The Metaphysics of Morals surely overshadows the Metaphysics of War in this context, focusing, as war does, upon instrumental reasoning that aims for the most effective means to the end of annihilating ones enemy. The Metaphysics of morals, on the other hand, is concerned with a moral end-in-itself which is to treat every human being as an end-in-itself thereby creating what Kant referred to as the Cosmopolitan “Kingdom of Ends”. This ideal Kingdom forms the foundation for a Philosophy of Human Rights based on the rational ideas of Equality and Freedom and this Kantian ideal is, in turn, an ideal of Cosmopolitan Justice that we cannot find in Mythological accounts and visions.

Campbell then provides us with an interesting characterisation of Consciousness:

“It is part of the Cartesian mode to think of consciousness as being something peculiar to the head, that the head is the organ originating consciousness. It isn’t. The head is an organ that inflects consciousness in a certain direction, or to a certain set of purposes. But there is a consciousness here in the body. The whole living world is informed by consciousness. I have a feeling that consciousness and energy are the same thing somehow. Where you really see life, energy, there is consciousness. Certainly the vegetable world is conscious….There is a plant consciousness and there is an animal consciousness and we share both these things. Trying to interpret in simply mechanical terms won’t work.” (Page 18)

These are reflections, which are clearly mythological but they are not completely in accord with philosophical thinking. For Aristotelian, Hylomorphic thinking, animals and humans are capable of consciousness because they are capable of representing the world through their perceptual systems. For Aristotle inhabitants of the plant kingdom are capable of nutrition and reproduction, but they are not capable of perception. The world of psuché for Aristotle is differentiated, and different principles are operating for different forms of life. Neither Aristotle nor Kant would have approved of using mechanistic explanations to explain the essence of forms of life . Mechanistic explanations are best used for motion and activity in the natural inorganic world in which a network of causes constitute a totality of facts in accord with physical non-psychological principles.

Brian O’Shaughnessy, the British analytical Philosopher, contributes to this discussion by suggesting that whilst the origins of consciousness may be construed as mysterious, its nature or essence is not :

Open Quote. “Consciousness has a determinate character of internal type and there exist logically necessary and sufficient psychological conditions for the presence of this phenomenon….consciousness is analysable into psychological parts.” Close quote (Consciousness and the World”, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 2000, Page 5)

O Shaughnessy notes that consciousness interacts with the world in many ways, and requires items of knowledge–a cognitive function that is closer to its essence than the performing of intentional deeds promoting life. Indeed, O’Shaughnessy argues this latter kind of activity relies upon knowledge for its rationality. This position recalls the accounts of the soul provided by both Plato and Aristotle. According to both, O’Shaughnessy, the analytical Philosopher, and Merleau-Ponty, the Continental Philosopher, consciousness is intimately related to the psychological function of Perception, which fuels desire that in turn again enriches perception, and so on in a “universal vital cycle” (Page 7) O’Shaughnessy is providing us with an Aristotelian essence-specifying-definition of considerable complexity, considering the Post-Aristotelian, Post-Kantian, and Post-Wittgensteinian elements of his account. He claims, in agreement with Campbell, that Consciousness cannot exist without experience, claiming further that perception is an:

Open quote. “a priori-given mental concept…, being nothing but the extensional awareness of a phenomenal reality.” Close quote. (Page 18)

Plant-life cannot of course perceive its environment via representations of phenomenal objects. O’Shaughnessy agrees with this judgment ,and claims further, that animal consciousness in the form of perception is situationally-tied to the immediate environment, and to that extent is not to be regarded as capable of thought or rationality which occur at a conceptual distance from their objects. Animals, therefore, are not capable of distancing themselves from their environment and are therefore not capable of reflecting upon themselves or “knowing” themselves. It is these characteristics that enable the human form of life to transcend experience in the phenomenal world, and thereby relate to a transcendental noumenal world. The kingdom of ends and the realm of the sacred are noumenal ideals that can be accessed via various human psychological functions and powers. This, in turn, also helps to explain why a science of phenomena constituted of a network of causes and totality of facts can never completely explain all the different forms of our “Being-in-the-world”.

For Campbell, human beings are capable of levels of consciousness which he illustrates in various works by appealing to, for example, kundalini yoga (“Inner Reaches of Outer Space”, 1986) ). In “The Power of Myth” (1988) Bill Moyers asks Campbell how we can engage in the process of transforming consciousness, and Campbell responds by insisting that “All life is meditation” (Page 19). He adds, however, that many people spend much of their life meditating about money, which he implies is not a spiritual kind of reflection. In this context he places emphasis upon the importance of spiritual places and their power to provoke a meditative state:

“I walk off 51st street and 5th Avenue into St Patrick’s Cathedral, and everything around me speaks of spiritual mysteries. The mystery of the cross. “What is that all about? The stained glass windows which bring another atmosphere in. My consciousness has been brought up onto another level altogether and I’m on a different platform. And then I walk out and I’m back on the street again. Now can I hold something from the Cathedral consciousness? Certain prayers or meditations are designed to hold your consciousness on that level….And then what you finally do is to recognize that this is simply a lower level of that higher consciousness.” (Page 19)

In Episode two of this series of essays, we wrote about the phenomenon of automated photographic images, and the cave of the cinema, and questioned the claim that this modern form of entertainment could raise our level of consciousness to the higher levels Campbell speaks about. Perhaps a documentary film of the Cathedral could lift our consciousness from the level of meditating upon our economic situation, family etc., into the realm of the sacred. But the way in which the camera roams around the cathedral is not the human way, and somewhere we seem to know that we are witnessing two dimensional representations of three dimensional phenomena: that is, imitations of the real forms. One interesting question to pose in this context is to ask whether the real effect we experience in the real presence of St Patrick’s, could occur for someone with no knowledge of Christianity or the role of the Church, the rituals of prayer etc. The answer to this question depends of course upon the efficacy of the educational system we have participated in : whether, that is, it can transcend its dependence upon the principle of specialization, and evoke the universality and necessity of transcendent experiences.

Dreams, of course, can be a source of transcendent experiences, but if there is no experience in our life that has a spiritual function and structure, the question to raise is whether dreams with transcendent content could occur spontaneously, given the fact that memory is to some limited extent involved in the images we experience. Do elementary ideas or collective archetypes need to be awoken by conscious experiences with mythological content?

Campbell and Moyers propose Douglas Fairbanks Jr, the romantic war hero, and John Wayne, the Western film star, as possible mythic figures of their time. Campbell seems to believe that the “magical quality” of film and our everyday admiration and treatment of film stars resembles the awe and wonder we experienced in relation to mythical gods. He does not, however, believe that the medium of television can produce quite the same effect, producing celebrities and events which do not lift us up to the rapture of bliss which it is claimed accompanies transcendental experience.

Campbell’s motivation for this judgment is related to the event of the viewing not occurring in the “temple” of the cinema, but perhaps a more salient question to ask in this situation, is whether what we are viewing either on the cinema screen, or the television screen, is an aesthetic experience . The telos of entertainment in both the cinema and television has seemed to many to be at the expense of the pedagogical function, which is required of all art. These automated moving photographs, seem more to incite desire, and are produced, that is, with the intent of moving us rather than with the intent of bringing aesthetic rest or closure after the operation of the aesthetic enveloping process. It is difficult to see in the craft of the moving photographs anything approaching either the beautiful, which is a symbol of morality (gunfights in Westerns, the hunt for murderers in detective films, the massive star-war inter-stellar advanced technology battles) or the sublime, both of which aim at a catharsis of the emotions of desire and fear.

Perhaps there is a whiff of transcendence in those films where someone helps soneone else, just because life is an end-in-itself, transcending the boundaries of any self-interest. It is difficult, however, to see in the activities of film heroes anything resembling the presence, for example, of Paul, the Christian Apostle. who claimed that he was wrestling with “principalities and powers”. What can be clearly see in these productions is the presence of Thanatos in the increasing volume and intensity of violence, taking the various forms of gunfights, war, bombings, stabbings, etc.

Bill Moyers initiates a discussion that compares cults where animal sacrifices occur everywhere in the natural world, with the cult of “Christianity”, which sought to become a “universal” religion, proclaiming Jesus to be a “temple-god”—a divinity to worship in the symbolic environment of a sacred house. As a counterpoint in favour of nature cults, Moyers reminds us of the pygmy parable of the little boy who heard the beautiful song of a bird which he brought home to his father, who then killed the bird and dropped dead immediately afterwards. Both Campbell and Moyers agree with the moral of this parable, which is that killing beautiful things will not end well for the agent.

Campbell claims in the context of the above discussion that “Mythology is the song of the human imagination inspired by the energies of the body” (Page 27). He also points to the perspectival character of mythologies in a world searching for universal and transcendent experiences, searching for what he terms the “Mythology of the Planet”. He does not mention Philosophy in the context of this discussion, a discipline and study which clearly has both universal and transcendent intentions. We have referred in earlier essays to Campbells references to Kant, who of course is a Critical Philosopher committed to Aristotelian Hylomorphism. Both Aristotle and Kant woud subscribe to the claims that the powers of Consciousness and the imagination are psychological functions and powers rooted in the energies of the body. Campbells preliminary suggestion for a Mythology of the Planet is the mythology/religion of Buddhism, which of course has its transcendental moments, but in terms of the Metaphysics of Morals and compared with the systematic ethical teachings of Kant, Buddhism appears to be rhapsodic.

Campbell claims that Consciousness and energy are the same, and he further claims that psychological functions such as imagination are “inspired” by the energies of the body. In this context we ought to consider Merleau-Ponty’s concept of the “lived body”:

Open quote. “I am not a “living creature” nor even a “man”, nor even again a consciousness endowed with all the characteristics which zoology, social anatomy, or inductive psychology recognise in these various products of the natural or historical process—- I am the absolute source, my existence does not stem from my antecedents, from my physical and social environment: instead it moves out towards them and sustains them, for I alone bring into being for myself….the tradition which I elect to carry on….” Close Quote. (Phenomenology of Perception, translated Smith, C., Routledge, London, Preface IX)

O Shaughnessy , the Analytic Philosopher, and Merleau-Ponty, the Continental Phenomenologist, are largely in agreement over the holistic aspect of the self, and both regard attempts by theoretical science to reduce the whole to the sum of its parts as otiose. Scientific Psychology of the late 19th and early 20th centuries postulated the sensation as an elementary Psychological function distinguishing it from higher functions and powers that were more remotely connected to a bodily substructure:

Open quote. “A closer analysis, however, reveals that the two kinds of function overlap. The elementary is no longer that which by addition will cumulatively constitute the whole, nor is it a mere occasion for the whole to constitute itself. The elementary event is already invested with meaning and the higher function will bring into being only a more integrated mode of existence or a more valid adaptation, by using and sublimating the subordinate operations.” Close quote. ( Phenomenology of Perception Page 11)

The above reflections would seem to follow from the Kantian claim that the human self is a self-causing entity, a unique origin-point for experience. These reflections are also, however, elaborations upon the hylomorphism of Freud, who was greatly influenced by the work of Hughlings-Jackson in the field of brain research. What all these authors have in common is a position which rejects the conception of a world or a self, constituted of a network of causes that in turn form a totality of facts.

When St Paul maintained he was wrestling with principalities and powers he is referring to answering questions not relating to what things are, but rather why they are as they are: questions of principles. Powers and functions are not principles, which are different depending upon whether they are applied to the natural inorganic world of nature, or the organic world of psuché(which can take many different forms partly because of the possession of different powers, e.g. consciousness, imagination, memory, thought).

Delphic Podcasts Episode 2 : Review of Joseph Campbells “Power of myth”

Views: 674

https://feeds.buzzsprout.com/2528948.rss

Review of The Power of Joseph Campbell,s Myth (Published 1991, Anchor Books) and the love of Sophia.

Campbell notes that when men become slaves to their society, we dwell in what he calls “monster-states”. Such states have no need of mythologies or Philosophies because they are technological societies in the sense that instrumental reasoning dominates rational thinking in all areas of activity and knowledge. In such an environment ethical thinking, directed at the sense of what Plato and Aristotle called “The Good”, and Kant referred to as the realm of the good will, becomes marginalised.

In all societies one of the main challenges to progress is the induction of the youth into the most important “forms of life” that constitute the society. In primitive societies this occurred through mythologically inspired rituals which, for example, inducted the youth into “manhood” or inducted couples into family-life via a marriage ritual. The long childhood of man obviously raises questions about the timing of the induction of the youth into manhood, especially if that entails taking full responsibility for ones life. This is why in modern enlightened societies much of the time in childhood and adolescence is spent in institutions dedicated to the ancient values of epistemé (knowledge), areté(doing the right thing in the right way at the right time), arché(principles, foundations), diké(justice–getting what one deserves), aletheia (truth), and last but not least eudaimonia (a good spirited flourishing life). Such institutions have in the past created the morphogenetic space for the living of a life in accordance with the above value-system, but questions have been raised by Hannah Arendt about the last “terrible century” (20th century) we relatively recently lived through.

Campbell believes, having been born, brought up and educated in this terrible century, that we have lost our bearings because of the collapse of Mythological and Religious thinking. He does not include, as many would , the collapse of Philosophical thinking in his analysis, which is a curious omission given his very astute references to Kant in his work “The Inner Reaches of Outer Space” and given the fact that Kantian thinking almost collapsed with the attack by Hegel from Berlin University.

Bill Moyers in the first interview of this series asked Campbell about the role of myths in modern society and received the following reply:

“They make them up themselves. This is why we have graffiti all over the city. These kids have their own gangs and their own initiations and their own morality, and they’re doing the best they can. But they’re dangerous because their own laws are not that of the city. They have not been initiated into the society.” (P.9)

In the follow-up to this comment, Campbell then claims that the reason there is so much violence in the American society is due to the absence of what he calls an “ethos”. He further claims that it is only the law and lawyers that hold the society together, Bill Moyers responds to this point by invoking De Tocqueville’s work, “Democracy in America”, claiming in his turn that Tocqueville discovered on his visit to the country 160 years ago, a “tumult of anarchy”. Campbell eleborates upon his position that we are now living in a “demythologised” world by referring to the education Americans receive:

“What we are learning in our schools is not the wisdom of life. We’re learning technologies, we’re getting information. There’s a curious reluctance on the part of the faculties to indicate the life values of their subjects. In our sciences today–and this includes anthropology, linguistics, the study of religions, and so forth—there is a tendency to specialisation:” (Page 11)

We ought to recall in this context that this interview was recorded over 40 years ago when computer technology was in its infancy but the technology of the moving photograph or film was in its ascendency. This was occurring during a time when mythology, religion and various other disciplines were being subjected to increasing pressures of specialisation in the paradoxical context of globalisation: a context that demanded messaging that was both universal and necessary to use the criteria of Kant’s principle of sufficient reason. The computer too, was an image-based rather than a voice based technology (like radio) and for philosophers this raises the question of the possible relation of techné to epistemé (knowledge).

In a work entitled “Philosophy and AI: Artificial Intelligence and its Discontents” this issue is raised by referring to Plotinus, an ancient thinker from the Platonic school of Philosphy:

“Plotinus subscribed to a theory of the soul (psuché) that would reject confusing artefacts with “forms of life”. When he discusses the senses and sensation there is no confusion of, for example, biologically related visual imageswith the automated digital visual images (ADVI’s) that are so commonly encountered in the world of artificial intelligence. There is, that is, a clear recognition of the difference in distinction between techné and epistemé. This is part of the knowledge the Oracle and everyday Greek took for granted, seeing in the former the need for a calculative form of reasoning that does not follow the principles of theoretical reasoning involved in epeistemological (knowledge() claims.” (Philosophy and AI, James, M., R., D., Lambert Academic Press, Berlin, 2024, P.2)

So-called “monster states” do not use principle-based knowledge but rather employ the logos of the monster, which is dedicated to instrumentally destroying and devouring its enemies. There is, we know, partly thanks to Plato, no reasoning with monsters whose modus operandi is violence. Monsters are not endowed with psuché-like feelings and passions. They live in an atmosphere of violent desires and fears. Many myths of course contain stories of monsters and their terrible deeds, and these may seem to have disappeared during our modern periods of secularisation and globalisation. Modern monsters are instead embodied in the killing machines or weapons we have invented, or in the human monsters who themselves have become killing machines. This latter reminds us of the Aristotelian comment upon the nature of man which caims that he is both potentially the best of animals as well as the worst of animals. It was, for example, a commonplace of the “terrible century” to label the tyrants of that century and their henchmen ( for example, Eichmann) as “monsters”, a label Hannah Arendt vehemently rejected.

The secularisation and globalisation processes have left us in a relation of dependence upon our machines and computers which we have paradoxically classified as “artficially intelligent”. Globalisation has manifested the phenomenon of the proliferation of “technically intelligent automata” (TIA’s), which many now claim are necessary for human progress and some may even claim are necessary for human existence in the future.

If we cast our minds back to the 60’s, 70’s and 80’s of the previous “terrible century” the artefacts/art of the day included films experienced in the dark cave of the bioscope or cinema. The images on the wall were moving and mysteriously magical, images possessing enveloping qualities combined to appeal to the imagination and the senses. In the beginning of the genre of the Western, violence was contextualised and the heroes appeared to possess an inner worth difficult to define. These films were one modern response to the secular phenomenon described as “Deus Absconditis”, the phenomenon of the “absent god”, in a world searching for “the meaning of life”. Campbell specifically refutes this abstract search, claiming that what we demand from myth and religion is not a meaning but an experience of life, an experience of the rapture or bliss of leading a good life. In the cave of the cinema we find one of the more modern responses to the demythologisation process and deus absconditis. Given that the image was such an important part of this response, perhaps we should turn to Philosophy for an analysis of this curious mechanical “intelligent” phenomenon. Stanley Cavell in his work “The World Viewed” (Harvard University Press, Cambridge, 1971) pointed to an important ontological characterisation of the mechanically produced photograph:

” an immediate fact about the medium of the photograph is that it is not a painting.A photograph does not present us with “likenesses” of things: it presents us, we want to say, with the things theselves” (P.17)

Cavell claims that a cultural wish to escape the subjectivity of art was born during the era of the Reformation which is a startling claim given the close proximity of this period to the Renaissance which celebrated subjectivity and the logos of “forms of life (psuché). Film was composed of a sequence of photographs in motion, that Cavell claims removed the human from the equation of the the creation of the object. We are dealing here with mechanical images and not biologically constituted images, and there is no doubt that , in the former, the component of human creativity has been marginalised. In biologically constituted images we are dealing with something which is a consequence of the interaction of a constellation of living organs and the facilitation of neuronal pathways to, and from, the eyes. Films, like Shakespeare plays, are created with the help of scripts which contain “stage” directions as well as dialogue. Now Shakespeare plays were designed to be “transcendental spectacles” celebrating life in its various forms as were the plays created by the poets of Ancient greece. What we moderns lack however, are plays of the form of Platonic and Aristotleian dialogues which possessed philosophical content designed to address not the everyday questions of life, but rather those aporetic questions of magnitude which required the search for, and use of, principles in the attempts to answer them.

Heroic struggles during the time of Socrates were probably centred around the virtue of physical courage, embodied by both Socrates as a soldier, and the Spartans who so despised Philosophy, confusing it with the Sophist activity of the period. The death sentence of Socrates and the way in which he responded to it, provided Plato with a new type of intellectual hero, which in turn prepared the ground for the Hylomorphism of Aristotle: a philosophy that found a place for mythological stories and philosophical theories such as a theory of the Form-Matter-relation. Plato’s and Aristotle’s dialogues certainly had a metaphysical/transcendental denotation which very few films could claim was part of their intentional structure. Dialogue occurs in flms but it is everyday discourse where everyday ideas of knowledge and justice, for example, are intended, yet do not reach the level of complexity we can find in Shakespeare plays or Greek tragedies. The themes of the romantic and the heroic struggle would , for Freud, be instances of activities that are striving for substitute satisfactions.

Comparing the way in which these popular films dealt with the more serious issues of life, compared with the way in which the Church conceived of these issues, would inevitably give rise to a judgement in favour of the Church, and its narratives and institutions.

Detective movies were also principally organised around instrumental means-ends reasoning, but in these works there are at least attempts to illustrate the importance of eliminating ones prejudices, and a method of investigation which relies on the knowledge of the physical world, life, and psychological motivation (popularly conceived). Comparison with Shakespeare plays reveals a very different dramatis personae .The fate of Emperors, Kings, countries, Princes and Nobles are surely matters that are of greater magnitude than the fate of tramps, cowboys, indians, gangsters, and detectives. Everyday tragedies replaced the tragedies of great magnitude for a society. The awe and wonder an audience may have felt witnessing a Greek tragedy or a Shakespeare play where everyday emotions such as sympathy, pity and fear, were “sublimated”–(that is, conceived of in terms of a transcendental ideals of the world and the self) –have become philosophically suspect and are suffering the same fate as mythical narratives. In Aristotelian terms it seems as if idealism is being replaced with a type of functional/instrumental materialism which has no transcendental denotation, and all dispute revolves around different “interpretations” of what is happeing in a completely phenomenal world.

So, when Stanley Cavell suggests that film leaves us with the impression that we are witnesses to what the world might look like to a God, we must admit to being somewhat surprised. Surely, we might argue, this impression loses its force when we pose uncomfortable questions relating to whether in fact an automated process can be conceived of as “Intelligent” (which must be the minumum qualification for being divine).

If film is to provide us with what Campbell refers to as a Global “Mythology of the Planet”, what has been claimed so far casts suspicion on the thesis that Myth, or indeed any narrative in the form of the events of the everyday life of a particular ethnic community, could capture the complexities of a metaphysics of nature and a metaphysics of morals. Both Aristotelian and Kantian, and perhaps also Wittgensteinian Philosophy, would argue that technical intelligence or so-called “artificial intelligence”, cannot fully understand the transcendental/metaphysical aspects of either the physical or the moral world. Film, of course, is not merely a designed sequence of images but also uses language in various complex ways. The language used, however, does not possess a historical relation to the Philosophical theories that have evolved and developed systematically over the ages, with for example, Kantian Critical Philosophy being an elaboration upon Aristotelian Hylomorphic Theory, Indeed the words used seem to be used neither poetically nor philosophically. The product of film seems to have emerged as part of a technical revolution which later evolved into the products of the computer and the internet. These phenomena might initially have been favourably received by a Philosopher who might have intepreted them as being merely the media for a possible bearer of Philosophical discourse. The principle of Specialisation, however, as we have pointed out, is a principle that runs contrary to the more universal principles of the categorical reasoning that occurs in all our sciences. Our Culture appears to have undergone a reduction during this technological revolution and this has had serious consequences for our educational systems which also have been subject to the principle of specialisation and various pragmatic/instrumental revolutions during the 70’s and 80’s.

There is also no doubt that there is more than a grain of truth in Marshall McLuhan’s claim that the medium has become the message in a world that has become prematurely globalised. Stanley Cavell insightfully characterised the spirit of the modern by claiming that in modern art, for example, the current practice of the activity has a questionable relation to its history. Empty canvasses which claim to be paintings, 4 minutes 23 seconds of performed silence which claims to be “music”, ready made urinals exhibited in museums claiming to be works of sculpture, all testify to some kind of revolution in art which may be related to Stanley Cavells claim that the automation of the world viewed, is connected to the difficulty of art activity to appeal to any audience. What is certainly the case is that such modern works of art do not appeal to any of the transcendental principles we find in the moral sciences. Some kind of revolution appears to have occurred in art, but its exact nature remains to be defined. Is Art dead or dying or is it leading a new form of life.? That is the question.

The dream-images of film appear to be related to the dream-images of mythological narratives. Every film, however, aims to tell a different story but an analysis of the use of language in these works reveal that it is embedded in a form of life that does not have any scientific or transcendent intent. In these cases it is the images that are intended to produce, not the Kantian harmony between the faculties of the imagaination and the understanding, but rather sensational and emotional responses which certainly meet the criterion of Campbell for the “experience of life”. In such a context, the Ancient Socratic recommendation of leading the “examined life” has fallen away in the course of this technological reduction to the experience of everyday life.

The “mechanism” of the artefact, then, is to continually turn up the “volume ” of the sensational or emotional effect, even if this involves violence. In such contexts there is no Ancient Greek or Shakespearean “catharsis” of the passions into virtues, but rather a pathological release of energy through the psychological medium of pain and suffering, as if the only pleasure worth having was that which occurs when pain recedes until the next wave reaches its target zone once again.

Cavell eleborates upon his thesis of the relation of automated film to deus absconditis, or the absent God:

“To say that we wish to view the world itself is to say that we are wishing for the condition of viewing as such. That is our way of establishing our contact with the world: through viewng it or having views of it. Our condition has become one in which our natural mode of perception is to view, feeling unseen. We do not so much as look at the world as look out at it , from behind the self. Its our fantasies , all but completely thwarted and out of hand, which are unseen and must be kept unseen. As if we could no longer hope that anyone might share them.” (P.102)

The Platonic myth of the cave is about prisoners in a cave watching the play of shadows upon the wall: prisoners who are eventually rescued by the Philospher who has been liberated and learned to live in the warmth of light outside. These Philosopets bring with them transcendence in the form of knowledge of the forms of the Good and Truth. The role of myth surely must be to suggest solutions to the aporetic questions related to life, justice, freedom, and death etc. The cinema has in the course of its history largely abandoned the search for the type of character that embodies a worthwhile form of human existence, and moved rather in the direction of constructing more and more shocking and surprising plots containing events which become more and more fantastic. There are, of course, so-called documentary and historical films that seek to capture on film the more important ideas of our cultures, but these films circulate for a while and then disappear from the cinema. Television is another technological revolution that can extend the life of such creations, but television largely is steered by the same expectations that we find in relation to the cave of the cinema.

Given the fact that the essence of the moving image is as Cavell expresses it “The World viewed”, God could in such circumstances only appear in this scenario as a being unseen. There is no credible historical record of God having been seen. The medium of contact seems rather to be the voice, which uses language in the spirit of self-revelation, attempting to say what cannot strictly speaking be said. Mystical utterances such as “I am I” or “I am all that is, has been and will be” are not related in any obvious way to concrete perceptions but are utterances from the realm of the sacred, challenging men to lead not examined lives but rather lives based on faith in the divine being.

For many of us moderns, “seeing is believing”. Even Shakespeare saw the importance of visual experience combined with the auditory experience of his poetic use of language. To appreciate this fact all that is needed is to compare the experience of attending one of Shakespeares plays with the experience of merely reading the play. The play comes alive with its performance. Films of course are one remove away from the transendental spectacles we can experience in the Shakespearean cosmopolitan theatre, and this as Cavell points out leaves us with the impression that we are viewing events that have already happened sometime in the past (Page 23):

“It is tempting to suppose that movies are hard to remember the way dreams are, and that is not a bad analogy. As with dreams you do sometimes find yourself remembering moments in a film and a procedure for trying to remember is to find your way back to a charateristic mood the thing has left you with. But unlike dreams other peope can help you remember, indeed are often indispensable to the enterprise of remembering. Movies are hard to remember the way the actual events of yesterday are….It is as if you had to remember what happened before you slept. Which suggests that film awakens us as uch as it enfolds you..”(P.17)

The relation of a dream to its history is certainly problematic as Freud taught us through his work on the Interpretation of Dreams. Special techniques are required to unearth this history, and this may also be true of Mythological images and stories. Indeed, it came as a surpise to many to learn that the Homeric characters, Agamemmnon, and Achilles were real people, and the battle of Troy, a real event in History. This phenomenon suggests that the most important element in Homer’s work was a type of character and their relevance to the cathartic process of transforming passions into virtues.

The Western films that helped launch the Americal film industry had special relevance for Campbell who became very interested in Native Indian Mythology, especially considering the fact that his parents owned a property in the woods close to where the Delaware Indians lived. The “strategy” of characterising the Indians in Western films as primitive savages must have seemed problematic to Campbell, but this merely testifies to the superficial plot-construction of such fims: plots which polarised the world into heroes and villains.

Campbell in his comparative studies of Mythology, recognized the relevance of American Indian Mythology to the mythology of Hinduism. Later in his studies of Arthurian legends, he stumbled on many of the same themes once again. Given the unlikelihood of the explanation of diffusion, he was more inclined to believe in the thesis of parallel development, in which the same elementary ideas or collective archetypes, gave rise to very similar stories. Campbell attributed the differences between mythologies to local ethnic differences.

Campbell also notes that with the collapse of the influence of mythological narratives, certain social rituals such as that of marriage, may also have lost some meaning, as had the studying of many subjects at school lost life-meaning and historical-meaning, owing to the influence of the principle of specialisation. Universities too, had since Kant’s time, embraced this principle, modeling as they did their organisational structure in accordance with the structure of the Guilds. In such an environment it becomes increasingly problematic for scholars to write academic works with global appeal. Campbell, however, succeeded in this venture without being directly associated with a famous International University, using the medium of television to acquire global recognition.

Review of Joseph Campbells’s “inner Reaches of Outer Space: Part Two

Views: 1117

blue and white planet display
Photo by Pixabay on Pexels.com

https://www.jcf.org

Metaphor as Myth and As Religion

Campbell opens this chapter with a characterisation of Myth:

“like dreams they are the revelations of the deeper desires, hopes, fears, potentialities and conflicts of the human will moved by the organs of the body operating variously against each other and in concert.”

The mythological view of the world is in fact, to some extent in accordance with Kant’s critical Philosophy which also claims that both life forms and inorganic physical objects are metaphysically grounded in a realm beyond phenomenal space, time, and matter: a realm that can only be reached by the mind. A temple, for example, is more than a building for worship, it is, as Campbell puts it, a concretisation of the noumenal world: a bearer of many symbolic properties that relate to the transcendental realm of the sacred.

There are many interesting relations between the mythological view of the world and the aesthetic views of the beautiful and sublime which bring us into contact with a repertoire of emotions that relate either to the form or the formlessness of the object we are confronting/contemplating. In Kant’s account of the dynamically sublime from his third Critique, the human will plays an important role and insofar as the appreciation of beautiful works of art are intentionally produced objects, the will is obviously involved in this experience too. One of the aims of the artist is to induce a feeling of pleasure in the audience of the work: a feeling that Kant argues is based on the harmony of the operation of the faculties of the imaginations and the understanding.

The task the artist sets for his audience is also one of passing judgement upon the work as a whole. This involves the application of some universal idea to the particulars of the object created. A transcendental principle is involved in this transaction: a principle Kant describes in terms of the “form of finality of the object”. The aesthetic judgement is characterised by Kant as one in which we demand agreement, on the basis of the fact that the feeling of pleasure experienced, is grounded in the harmony of the faculties. Even in this pure form, the mind, Kant argues is also prepared for moral feeling because Beauty “is the symbol of morality”. The feelings related to the experience of the sublime on the other hand relates to ideas of practical reason that are connected to our moral agency.

Mythological views of death, on the other hand, relate more closely to ideas we find in the various religions. Freud, we know, in his later writings was influenced by Greek mythology and its view of Thanatos but Freud, the scientist also grounds the phenomenon of death in Science. In his work Beyond the Pleasure Principle, Freud claims:

“The attributes of life were at some time evolved in inanimate matter by the action of a force of whose nature we can frm no conception. The tension which then arose in what had hitherto been inanimate substance endeavoured to cancel itself out. In this way the first drive came into being, the drive to return to the inanimate state.” ( Beyond the pleasure Principle in Metapsychological papers, P.38)

This is the beginning stage of Freuds so called “Mythology of the instincts”. Life emerged at some point in the history of the earth and just as its origin is a mystery, so is its end, because in the case of every living individual, the dead body no longer displays any signs of consciousness or life. Life as such will continue when these individuals die but only until that point at which their “time has come”, as we say. In human psuché the understanding and acknowledgment of these facts is part of the function of the Ego, which is carried out in accordance with the Reality Principle. It is the ego which is the dynamic agency responsible for the protection and preservation of the body and the self. As an agency it is situated topographically in all three zones of the unconscious, the preconscious and consciousness. The pleasure ego is the most primitive aspect of the undeveloped ego, which also has an intimate connection with the biological energy regulation principle that basically aims for the homeostasis of the body whilst still keeping some energy in reserve for some special or emergency actions. The Ego, that is, learns to postpone gratification, tolerating the painful tension involved in the postponement of desired actions. Freud appeals to Fechner’s connection of the feeling of pleasure to topographical consciousness:

“In so far as conscious impulses always have some relation to pleasure or unpleasure, pleasure and unpleasure too can be regarded as having a psycho-physical relation to conditions of stability and unstability….every psycho-physical motion rising above the threshold of consciousness is attended by pleasure in proportion, as beyond a certain limit,it approximates to complete stability, and is attended by unpleasure in proportion as, beyond a certain limit, it deviates from complete stability; while between the limits which may be described as qualitative thresholds of pleasure and unpleasure, there is a certain margin of aesthetic indifference.”( Beyond the Pleasure Principle, (226-7)

There is, then, in Freud’s work complex relations between the biological energy regulation principle and the psychological pleasure-unpleasure and reality principles. We should recall in the context of this discussion the theory of pleasure presented by Plato via Socrates in the dialogue “The Republic”. In this dialogue Plato argues for an important distinction between the pleasures of the body which are transitory and mixed with pain and the pleasures of the soul which are more aligned with the fulfilment of our more spiritual needs, e.g. our need for knowledge, reason and virtue. We note that neither in Plato’s view nor in Freud’s view are these accounts contaminated with a theory of Consciousness which insists that I cannot be mistaken about my experience of pleasure. There are, of course, affections of the body which cease before they are registered in consciousness, and the energy regulation principle will explain such phenomena adequately by reference to the telos of body/organ functioning, namely, homeostasis. Obviously homeostatic functioning of the organs is an important condition for both short term survival but also long term quality of life. There is a complex overlaying and integration of biological/psychological and mental powers which may make it difficult for the individual to categorically know what kind of pleasure that they are experiencing. Indeed Socrates in Plato’s Republic points to the relativity of pleasure/happiness when he notes that healthy people may not relate their happiness specifically to their health. If, however, they become ill they may well upon returning to a healthy state be happy about such a change in their state. If such an individual is, moreover, poverty stricken they may experience unpleasure until their toil and work takes them out of such a state. They might temporarily feel as if they could not feel happier until ,as was the case with the character Cephalus in the Republic, they have their money unjustly taken away by the state. The politicians responsible for taking the money of Cephalus may well temporarily feel pleasure until other politicians take their money away, or perhaps even conspire to have them murdered. Such a sequence of cases is of course the reason why Socrates and Aristotle recommended leading the examined/contemplative life, which according to both philosophers knows all the different kinds of pleasure and knows the pleasure of leading an examined/contemplative life is the most reliable and best. What we have described are Plato’s objective criteria for leading a life of virtue determined by the form of the Good. The subjective account of the wealthy mans transitory happiness and the politicians transitory happiness are based on subjective perceptions of pleasure. Plato even describes the life of the powerful ruling tyrant: a bloodthirsty life that ends in premature death because of the lack of understanding of the importance of the virtuous life. What gives the tyrant pleasure or makes him happy are giving in to the temptations of both unnecessary and unlawful desires.

Plato’s theoretical account of pleasure and pain maintains that they are not as common sense would have it, contraries. There is in fact a middle ground between these two types of experience. In other words, not all experience is either pleasurable or painful—some experiences are neutral. The reason we believe that the “neutral ground” belongs in the territory of these so-called contraries is that if either pleasure or pain are immediately adjacent to a neutral experience there is a tendency to give the neutral ground the name of what one has experienced immediately prior to the neutral experience. Alternatively, there is a tendency upon feeling relief from bodily pain to name the absence of pain as “Pleasing”.

Now whilst knowledge of the good must be related to desire, knowledge of the true need not be. For example, on thinking through the sequence of premises, “All men are mortal”, Socrates is a man”, “Socrates is mortal”, I know all these premises to be true irrespective of any feelings: I may have, e.g. regret at the death of Socrates. The interesting question to raise in this context is whether in knowing the truth that I am mortal, I can grasp this truth in a desire-free state. According to both Spinoza and Freud the desire to continue existing is one of the strongest of the animal desires. Yet we find Socrates in his death cell claiming that death is good . Is this because he lived the examined life as part of his his three score years and ten? The religious individuals acceptance of their death is perhaps not quite in the same spirit, believing as they do in a life after death which has no philosophical support. True acceptance of death would seem to entail being cleansed of all fear and desire, and this might not be true of religious individuals with false beliefs firstly, about their God being the only God and secondly, about a life after death.

Freud’s view of stability is certainly connected to the Greek idea of eudaimonia (the good spirited flourishing life) which requires the overlaying and integration of a number of different powers energised by eros or the life instinct. For Freud it is the secondary process of the mind which sublimates the primary process where the death instinct or Thanatos may be playing a larger role in the life of the individual. The primary process of the mind is the process in which the most primitive instinctive drives of the mind strive for uninhibited gratification. The secondary process seeks to postpone all such gratification in favour of less dangerous and more lasting , secure gratifications. Both Socrates and Aristotle agree that secondary process gratifications were part of the structure of leading the examined-contemplative life. Freud elaborates upon this theme:

“We know that the pleasure principle is proper to a primary method of working on the part of the mental apparatus, but that from the point of view of the self-preservation of the organism among the difficulties of the external world, it is from the very outset inefficient and even highly dangerous….the pleasure principle long persists however as the method of working employed by the sexual instincts which are so hard to “educate”, and starting from these instincts, or in the ego itself, it often succeeds in overcoming the reality principle, to the detriment of the organism as a whole.” (P.278)

This entails, Freud argues, that two defences are used by the ego against the primary process pleasure principle, namely splitting and repression. In the former case those instincts that are difficult to educate are split off from consciousness and they are then repressed allowing the ego to compensate for this loss of energy by using another defence mechanism, namely sublimation to produce creations of works of art.

In a long section of this essay (Beyond the Pleasure Principle), Freud discusses what we know about life at the cellular level, and in so doing admits that we know as little about the origins of the sexual instinct as we know about the origins of life. After postulating and abandoning various hypotheses he finally settles upon what he calls a “mythological” account” that originates in both Plato’s symposium and the Indian Upanishads. In these latter writings Atman:

“felt no delight. Therefore a man that is lonely feels no delight. He wished for a second. He was so large as man and wife together. He then made his self fall into two and then arose husband and wife.” (ftnt. P.331)

Freud, however, remains hesitant and treats his final position on this issue as a speculative hypothesis, naming this position as his “Mythology of the Instincts”. On this final account sexuality’s function is to reconcile the two halves of split man, each desiring the other not romantically but out of biological/psychological necessity (Platonic love?). On this account hate belongs to that other. school of instincts, death, construed as “the destroyer of worlds” (Bhagavad Gita). After a protracted hylomorphic discussion which included Schopehauers claim that the purpose of life is death, Freud finally placed his hope in future Biological Science. If Schopenhauer is correct in his characterisation of the relation of these two different groups of instincts, then this kind of account would allow us to understand more fully that Socratic moment in the Phaedo where Socrates claims that whatever death is in its nature, it must be good. Perhaps such an interpretation would also allow a more complete understanding of the oracular proclamation that:

“Everything created by humans is destined for ruin and destruction.”

The above interpretations perhaps would lead man to appreciate more fully the life he is currently leading as well as the reason why it is important to strive for the examined/contemplative life. Aristotelian hylomorphism, seems, then, to make even more sense in the context of a discussion in which life is portrayed as an irritation/excitation of inorganic matter that is temporarily displaced whist life continues to exist. Aristotle postulated the idea of prime matter, and whatever that is in its nature, we can, Aristotle argues, only know of it in some form (shape). Life for this hylomorphic view is an energetic organisation of matter, and death occurs either when this energy dissipates or the organs necessary for the distribution and transformation of energy are no longer able to maintain the minimum requirements of homeostasis.

A stone is formed matter as is a, a star and a galaxy. The kingdom of Minerals have their forms and functions as do the Kingdom of Plants and Animals. We, according to Aristotle have the potentiality to become both the worst and the best of animals, suggesting that the constellation of the powers of the human psuché may well be a mixed blessing. The question to raise here is whether the study of Mythology can lead to a greater understanding of the origins and telos of the three kingdoms proposed by Linnaeus.

Campbell claims that Mythology can release us from fixation upon false ideas which, if true, indicates an important kinship with both Ancient Greek and Enlightenment Philosophy. He initiates a discussion of Kantian Critical Philosophy, one of whose aims was certainly to neutralise the power of false claims by analysing the logical properties of judgements based on a trifold characterisation of the faculties of human psuché (sensibility, understanding and reason) Kant draws a major distinction between aposteriori judgements based upon experience, and apriori judgements which are known via the analysis of concepts. It is interesting in such a context to pose the question whether the judgement, “All men are mortal” is an example of an analytic or synthetic judgement (based on experience). The concept of mortality would appear to have a necessary relation to the concept of man because man belongs primarily to the kingdom of living things and the final cause or condition for the existence of living things is that they will inevitably die and return their inorganic elements to the earth. Freud pointed this out and claimed that this process was operating even during life in the form of a drive.

Kant’s idea of death is that it is the end of life and further that since life is the condition of all possible experience, including the experience of the soul as an object, death is the end of all experience.(Prolegomena P.76, §48). All men are mortal cannot, then, be known by experience because the species of man stretches far into the future beyond our current experience, and whether or not all men are going to die, cannot be verified at any present moment. This does not mean that this statement is either false or meaningless, but rather that it has to be supported by judgements relating to the totality of conditions constituting life and its ultimate end in death. It must therefore be a contradiction to claim that men are not mortal given all the facts that can be produced in support of this judgement., e.g. hylomorphic facts about the nature of cells, tissues organs, etc .The question that remains hanging in the air is whether All men are mortal is an analytic or synthetic a priori judgement since both are related in different ways to the principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason.

Kant claims that Metaphysics rests upon a base of synthetic apriori judgements which connect concepts necessarily but not analytically, i.e. mortality may not be “contained ” in the concept of man, because it is science that classifies man as an entity within a much larger class of animals, and all living things. Now whilst the origin of life may be a mystery, its natural manifestations in accordance with principles governing such manifestations are not. It is therefore the task of the Aristotelian essence-specifying-definition of man to locate him in the animal kingdom, and at the same time to differentiate him from other members of this class, via his unique powers of discourse and rationality. All animals may be mortal, but not all animals can speak and reason. Knowledge of biology is the science we rely upon to provide us with the essence-specifying-definitions of all living things. The human psuché, on the other hand, requires not just the knowledge of Biology but knowledge of many disciplines if we are going to be able to understand the full range and limitations of its powers.

Mythology like many other disciplines , if it is to continue occupying an important role in our lives, must acknowledge the above biological, philosophical and psychological accounts of the being of human being which includes knowledge of life, death, space, time, and matter. Paul Ricoeur summarises the function of myth well in his work “Symbolism of Evil”:

“”Myths will be here taken to mean what the history of religions now finds in it: not a false explanation by means of images and fables, but a traditional narration which relates to events that happened at the beginning of time, and which has the purpose of providing grounds for the ritual actions of men today, and, in a general manner, establishing all the forms of action and thought by which man understands himself in his world.. For us moderns a myth is only a myth because one no longer connects mythical places with our geographical space. This is why myth can no longer be an explanation… But in losing its explanatory pretensions the myth reveals its exploratory significance and its contribution to understanding which we shall later call its symbolic function–that is to say its power of discovering and revealing the bond between man and what he considers sacred.” (P.5)

One recalls in this context the insistence by many “scientists” that for example the City of Troy was a fabled location until in the 19th century when it was actually discovered to have existed. Nevertheless it can be argued that mythological thinking even of the literate societies has its limitations. In a review of Paul Ricoeur’s “Time and Narrative, Vol 1 , the following is claimed:

“The limitations of myth may well have given birth to Philosophy, when it came to providing explanations demanded by aporetic questions, and raising issues relating to the infinite media of change, namely, space, time and matter. It no longer seemed efficacious to personify Time by the figure or image of Chronos, engaging in the curious activity of eating his children. and being castrated by the most powerful of his children. Such images just did not seem to respond appropriately to the awe and wonder of a newly awoken consciousness in the face of the sublimity of life in a world of such complexity. These images did not possess the required universality and necessity of the philosophical principle of sufficient reason.”(http://michaelrdjames.org)

Some commentators, however have been carried away by the desire to criticise the limitations of myth, e.g. Ernst Cassirer in his work “Language and Myth” (trans Langer, S. K., New York, Dover, 1946). Cassirer points to the Socratic complaint from the dialogue the Phaedrus.: e.g. to explain death by an image of a god-like wind whisking the soul away is to misunderstand the phenomenon of death. Neither Gods nor monsters, Socrates argued, meet the criteria of sufficient reason demanded by Philosophical explanation.

https://www.buzzsprout.com/admin/2527643/episodes/17949902-the-delphic-podcasts-by-michael-r-d-james-review-of-campbells-inner-reaches-of-outer-space-season-2-episode-4

We know that Plato, too, was not averse to using allegories and analogies to explain enigmatic phenomena when philosophical arguments could not be provided. The Myth of the Cave obviously relied heavily on the analogous relations between the warmth and light of our sun and the form of the good (the virtuous life). We remember too that it was in the Republic that Socrates rebuked Homer for his poetic representation of the gods as deceitful, unjust, and prone to immoral behaviour. These gods for Socrates were not manifestations of the form of the Good proposed by Plato in his Theory of Forms, but many interpretations of the intentions of Homer are possible including the possibility that he favoured certain elements of the previous pantheon of impersonal deities/forces such as the demiurge, the erinyes/euminedes etc over the “new pantheon”. The last act of Socrates was a request to a friend to make a sacrifice to Asclepius, the god of medicine, presumably as thanks for the relatively painless experience of being poisoned to death. This indicates that some of the gods, especially those connected with knowledge and leading a good spirited flourishing life, were admired by Socrates. We also ought to recall in this context that the early career of Socrates was spent as a so called “natural Philosopher”, investigating the physical world and its elements. Socrates himself attributes to Anaximander’s claim that “All is mind (noos)”, the inspiration for the turn away from this kind of physical investigation and toward the investigation of the human psuché (its powers of virtue and vice). This Socratic turn at least mitigated the accusations directed at Socrates for being an atheist, a rumour that may have aided in his unpopularity with a large part of the jury that considered the accusation levelled against him of denying the value of the gods of the polis and corrupting the minds of the youth. Anaximander claimed, as we now that the moon is made of stone, and perhaps Socrates believed this proposition to be true whilst also believing in the demiurge and noos. As far as mythology was concerned Socrates was prepared to consider myths symbolically but he refrained from interpreting Orphic and other mythological images literally ,and as we have mentioned, objected to the Homeric images of the Greek gods behaving immorally. There was probably no clear distinction in the minds of the Ancient Greeks between Religion and Mythology as there is for the modern understanding, e.g. Freud.

Freud would in his later works produce a theory with implications for both mythology and religion, in which he cautioned against embracing pathologically originated images of figures related to, for example, the Oedipus Complex. We ought, however, in this context, to recall his positive references to Greek literature and Mythology(Oedipus Rex, Eros, Thanatos, Ananke). Freud was also familiar with Ancient Greek Philosophy which he actively referred to in his later work using his “God” logos to illuminate the many meanings of “Being” referred to by the terms, areté, arché, diké, phronesis, and eudaimonia. Part of the logos of the transcendent involved the use of allegory and analogy which Campbell uses Kantian Critical Philosophy to explain:

“A is to B what C is to X points to a resemblance not between two things but between two relationships between quite dissimilar things. The relation of A to B perfectly resembles that of C to X and what X represents is a quantity that is not only unknown but absolutely unknowable, which is to say metaphysical.”

Campbell then produces examples of two Kantian analogies in order to illustrate how we can via discourse and reasoning (logos) illuminate aspects of metaphysical “quantities” or entities:

  1. “as the promotion of the happiness of children(A) is related to the parents love(B) so is the welfare of the human race (C) to that unknown which is God’s love(X)
  2. “The causality of the Highest Cause (X) is precisely in respect to the world (C) what Human Reason (B) is in respect to the work of human art.(A)”

This form of reasoning by analogy to “reveal” something about the unknowable X, is the Kantian equivalent of the Platonic strategy of using allegory or analogy whenever logos or argumentation failed to “reveal” the full nature of what one was attempting to explain or justify. Aristotle’s Hylomorphic Metaphysics could situate God on his pure-matter—pure form continuum, characterising God as pure form but confounding his readers when he tried to attach concrete content to his characterisation: content such as God is thinking about thinking and in doing so is thinking about himself. We are, of course, finite beings and can only think something about something, a power which originates in our experience of the world. Thinking about thinking is clearly a higher power which we might expect of a being of infinite power. If Gods thinking were in any respect related to the world, he would have to be situated somewhere in that world, and that would immediately compromise the status of his infinitude. Indeed it is this relation of infinite Being to the temporal which myth attempts to “show” in its images, metaphors, allegories and analogies. Such images immediately bring with them “the affect” connected to awe and wonder which appears to be occur more readily once we are prepared to discard our own selfish desires and fears. Campbell points out that insofar as we can speak meaningfully about this highest or first cause, it can only be done in the metaphorical mode of “as if”. This is best done he argues via:

“a psychologically affective image transparent to transcendence”

Campbell further elaborates upon this position by claiming that the Lord’s Prayer which begins “Our father..” is a metaphorical invocation, given the fact that we know we are not addressing a parent of ours, any male parent, or indeed any specific human being. Therefore, Campbell argues, this prayer’s impact is primarily psychological, especially given the fact that it is not embedded in any network of concepts and judgements, but at best inheres in a system of parent-child sentiments. The prayer, of course, also contains a confession of our sins and a request for forgiveness which Freud may well have claimed has a cathartic value in relation to the fear we all feel for the consequences of our actions. The reference to “heaven” in the prayer is of course not a real location-designation, but rather a term which designates a metaphorically constituted “morphogenetic field”, to use Campbells expression.

Campbell insightfully hypothesises that there might have been a Lord’s Prayer that began “Our Mother:::”. We ought to recall in the context of this discussion that the Greek oracles were predominantly female. It would not stretch the powers of the imagination too far to conceive of a prayer to these oracles, who thought that everything created by humans is destined for ruin and destruction ,and every human, therefore, had a responsibility to “know thyself!”

Campbell also notes the fact that ferocious wars have been fought over what he calls “tribal literal interpretations of the meaning of their own locally conceived deities”. The local deity was taken to be a fact of universal significance which, if ignored, proved that we are dealing with fundamentally irrational beings. Whereas, what in fact was occurring, was combat over different metaphorical interpretations of one and the same transcendental X.

Aristotle’s “First Philosophy”, “Metaphysics”, was groundbreaking in that it provided us with the first panoramic view of the world that was based on pure reason and science but was also in accord with the knowledge we possessed of diké, arché, epistemé. As we have seen God was interpreted in terms of this Aristotelian hylomorphic framework, and the thought that men might fight over different secular philosophical interpretations of “being” would have caused amusement amongst the followers of Aristotle. For hylomorphism and critical Philosophy, claiming that the tentative characterisations of the transcendental X that is an in- itself is absolutely unknowable, are facts, would merely reveal that one did not know what epistemé, (knowledge or science), was. Unfortunately Europe in particular has been at various points in its history transformed into “killing fields” because of a lack of knowledge of political science and ethics. Secular wars such as we have witnessed seem to have been provoked for more secular reasons, relating to national boundaries and ideologies rather than whose God was the true God.

Campbell in explaining the contrast between metaphor ,allegory, and fact, points to “symbols”: e.g. the moon as the power of life and the sun as the transcendental eternal energy/light of knowledge and consciousness. The moon symbolises life because of the allegory with the life of a man waxing and waning until a new moon/life begins the process all over again. On the 15th night of the new moon, Campbell claims, when the moon is full, the waning process begins. The denotation of this symbolism is that of a life as measured by the Biblical, namely, three score years and ten, which reaches its zenith at 35 years before the life-waning processes begin to take effect. It is at this point in mans maturity that the light/energy of his consciousness/knowledge is at its peak, and identification with the transcendental X in our lives can occur. Once this occurs, Campbell argues we can regard a part of ourselves (noos?) as consubstantial with this transcendental X which does not belong to the space and time our bodies inhabit because this part of ourselves appears to be beyond death. Campbell sums up this discussion by referring to a key thought of the Upanishads:

“Thou art that!”

Metaphysical ends transcend death. but can also be represented in the “virgin births” so common in some mythologies. The divine being is anthropomorphised, and embodied, and thereby enabled to act in our space-time continuum whilst partaking of the realm of the sacred. Poetry can also be concerned with this transcendental X. The best Ancient Greek source we have in the field of aesthetics is of course the work of Aristotle. He begins with the position that “Being has many meanings” and goes on to analyse the meaning of tragic/poetical narratives. Three of the primary meanings of Being are connected to the ideas of reason, the good, the true, and the beautiful/sublime, and it is important to understand that we can study these ideas via the three kinds of sciences , theoretical science, practical science, and productive science. The narratives of tragedy may be literally true or only partly true as is the case with Shakespeares tragedy of Macbeth who was not a fictional character, being a real historical king, but many of his actions would have been characterised by Aristotle as mimesis Praxeus whilst at the same time embodying artistic intentions to relate to the transcendental X ‘s of ethics/politics and the beautiful/sublime. Aristotles views of the function of poetic/tragic narrative are summarised below:

“Aristotles poetics give us an account of the function of the narrative that ties the beginning, middle and end of the attempt to represent or imitate action into a composite whole. This composition or plot refuses a reduction into episodic point-like events, because the creator is concerned to connect events/actions in a universal manner. The theme of this universality is more concerned with areté (doing the right thing in the right way at the right time) and diké (justice) than it is with the divine form of logos. The spectator of the drama learns from what he witnesses the possibilities related to a tragic reversal of fortune from the good to the bad. Involved in this learning process is a recognition that we all get what we deserve in the spirit of diké…… This change of focus from Homers Gods living on Olympus to an inner controlling voice was also linked to the Socratic account about Homer and the depiction of the Gods as engaging in unethical actions” (Essay 2 in Ricoeur’s “Time and Narrative” Vol.1–Aristotle’s Poetics and Muthos (http://michaelrdjames.org)

Mythology, Philosophy and Art all deal with Time in different but related ways. Tragedy, Ricoeur argues in “Time and Narrative” attempts to articulate the relations between time as opaquely lived in our everyday life-worlds, and time as transfigured in the tragic mimesis.In the constructed time of the narrative whose telos is to reveal the true denotation of tragedy, we encounter the death we all owe to nature. The scientist, fixated upon the methodology and strategies of theoretical science mistakenly universalises this agenda to all the sciences, at best sees in tragedy an experimental laboratory in which hypotheses are being tested, and at worst sees a cauldron of “subjective” emotions. Such scientists cannot see the relation of our life-world to the transcendental X Kant highlights in his “Metaphysics of Morals” and “Prolegomena” (cited by Campbell):

“The peculiar features of a science may consist of a simple difference of object, or the sources of cognition, or the kind of cognition, or perhaps of all three conjointly. On these features therefore depends the idea of a possible science and its territory.” (Prolegomena to an future metaphysics that will be able to come forward as a science, Translated Ellington, J., W., (Indianapolis, Hacket Publishing, 1977)

The transcendental X’s of nature are different kinds of Object to the transcendental X’s of a human psuché engaged in the projects of the ethical life-world. In terms of Time, the Practical Scientist is not looking into the past for the causes of a present phenomenon in order to project the future, but is rather engaged in seeing how a future telos of a project is going to determine what is to be done in the present. Indeed, it might even be claimed that the theoretical scientist, in doing what he is doing, is atomising time in a similar fashion to St Augustine’s division of time into the past-present- and future. Aristotle, on the other hand presents us with a definition of time which whilst dividing time, preserves its holistic character:

“The measurement of motion in terms of before and after”

Time, on Aristotle’s account, measures objects of motion in a space-time continuum by dividing the time-continuum into before-now-after with a view to establishing principles of motion that are embedded in a network of causes and effects discoverable by observation in either natural or laboratory conditions. The concern of the practical and productive scientist (ethics and arts) does not measure out time in coffee-spoons but seeks its phenomenal meaning in, for example, tragedies and myths. The framework of cause and effect is used in Tragedy, Myth, and History, but in these contexts we are not concerned with observation-based measurements but rather with the validation of judgements relating to The Good which are in turn related to categorical-ends-in-themselves. In other words, the “objects” we are concerned with in such contexts are “ideal objects” and “ideal causes”connected to our actions and strivings.

One interesting feature of tragedies as we enter the modern world via the tragedies of Shakespeare is the concentration on “losing ones mind” or “losing the balance of ones mind”. Macbeth, first sees a dagger freely hanging in the air when the balance of his mind is disturbed and as the play progresses he loses more and more control until in the final sections he hallucinates Banquo’s ghost at a feast taunting him for his crimes. This, then, is a “modern” tragic concern, although Plato did alert us to this kind of phenomenon with his account of the fate of the tyrant in his dialogue “The Republic”. Both Macbeth and the Platonic tyrant bring about their own deaths by actions rooted in unnecessary and unlawful desires.

Mythology, Poetry, and Philosophy are all concerned with finding answers to aporetic questions formulated by Kant in relation to the 4 questions he claims defines the territory of Philosophy, namely, “What is man?”, What can I know?”, “What ought I to do?” ans “What can we hope for?”. All three questions are related to the Delphic concern with both

“Everything created by humans is destined for ruin and destruction” and

“Know thyself!”

Some sceptically-inclined doomsday commentators claim that all hope is lost and that we are culturally experiencing, “the last days of terror”, before an apocalyptic end. In these last days it will appear that our entire value system has been upended. This of course is tragedy dramatically universalised, but it is not clear that these commentators do not have adequate grounds for their prognosis.

Kant’s Critical Philosophy claimed that we could in fact use both the concepts and principles of both theoretical and practical reasoning to characterise the History of man and his civilisations. We can, that is, attempt to describe ad explain all phenomena we encounter in terms of cause and effect using the methodology of observation, measurement and manipulation of variables in designed experiments. We can also, however, “interpret” the events or actions we witness as being regulated by categorical laws and principles, ending the process with a judgement on the value of what we have witnessed in relation to these principles and laws.

Morality and Law are twins from the same mother, diké. The moral consequences of a legal judgement that one is guilty of a crime are considerable. During such a process if we discover that the moral character of a witness is unworthy, they will not be counted on to tell the truth and their testimony can be ignored.

Conceiving of the world as a totality of facts as some theoretical scientists do and conceiving of any search after a transcendental X as irrelevant is an anti-metaphysical stance that has been very popular in certain scientific circles. Such scientists have come to regard all metaphysics as “idealism” and as anathema to the scientific project, categorising Kantian Critical Philosophy in these terms, thereby denying the dual-aspect account of explanation/justification we find in Kantian theory.

According to Kant History uses both types of reasoning in its descriptions and explanations of the facts that belong to a particular region of the world and a particular period. Yet it is criticism from this discipline that has so tarnished the reputation of traditional myths and legends, especially when it could not be immediately shown that Agamemnon or the City of Troy actually existed. There does not appear to be any obvious search for a transcendental X in historical texts, even if such an X is clearly referenced in both ethical and religious texts. We have previously argued in earlier essays (reviewing Ricoeur’s “Time and Narrative”) that History is “trans-scientific”(concerned with at least two types of science) and also connected intimately with the major thesis of Aristotles “Metaphysics” which is:

“All men desire to know”

and the major thesis of Aristotle’s Nichomachean Ethics, namely:

“All human activity strives for the Good”

We know that in spite of the Aristotelian essence-specifying-definition of man being “rational animal capable of discourse”, rationality per se, was only a potentiality for man. History, therefore ,would have as its major theme the attempt of the human species to collectively become rational in a hylomorphic actualisation process. History up to this point therefore has been principally a history of our desires and fears, an important aspect of the project “know thyself!” set for man by the Delphic oracle. It is difficult sometimes to disentangle the mythical from the historical content of the Bible, which Campbell claims is charting the fall of man from the Grace of God . This is a complicated agenda:

“”Mythologically, the fall is related to the separation of Heaven and Earth where the consciousness of an eternal presence is represented as lost and the mind and spirit of mankind is trapped in the phenomenal realm.”

He refers to the Gnostic Gospel of Thomas in which God claims that he is everywhere “spread upon the earth and man does not see it”. We dwell, Campbell claims, in two worlds simultaneously which are symbolised by the illuminated temporal moon and the eternally burning sun. This abyss between the world of the divine and man, was the reason, it is argued, that the Christian God sent his son to earth to save mankind–an embodied presence in the phenomenal realm that both originates from and returns to the realm of the transcendental X–the sacred eternal realm of forms.

In the Gnostic tradition the Kingdom of Heaven is not only all around you but also within. It is in this context that we ought to understand the Hindu proclamation “Thou art that!”. Campbell argues that “Man has closed himself up in his cave” and this takes us back to the famous Platonic “Myth of the Cave” where it is required that man find his way out to the sacred light and warmth of the sun which is an allegory of that transcendental X–The Form of the Good. Campbell, however prefers the allegory that originates from the Upanishads:

“”So the light of the moon( A) is to the light of the sun (B) as is moral life (C) to the lives of all around me are to that Atman -Brahma (X) which is absilutely beyond all name, form, relatin, and definition.”

This example uses the metaphysics of Nature to “picture” the moral relation and thereby subsuming the physical world of nature under the moral world of the spirit. There is no doubt that there are aspects of both worlds that awaken awe and wonder in man but here Kant’s approach whereby the awe and wonder is directed at the power of a great waterfall or storm at sea appears more convincing and illuminating especially if one believes the experience of the sublime is a key experience insofar as access to the transcendental X is concerned. One can also in the context of this discussion draw attention to the folowing Kantian example of the sublime:

Calling upon Kant only to set his reasoning on this topic aside requires explanation which I cannot provide. It would seem that Philosophy is more committed to a holistic understanding of the world as a systematic whole than religion is. Our Jewish Christian relation to the transcendental X of the Godhead is one of submission and anxiety whereas the Kantian relation to the transcendental X builds upon the moral confidence of an agent who is worthy of our moral respect at least insofar as the experience of the sublime is concerned. Perhaps Campbell feels that the Upanishads convey a message of moral confidence and respect. In this context Campbell discusses “The Way of Art” (the heading of chapter 3) and the relationship between the way of art and the way of the mystic who has no craft and who recommends a disavowal of the body:

“I spit out the body”

Whether this is a realistic attitude toward the body is of course questionable, given that the human body is the origin and home of human life and consciousness. We recall in this context, the Cartesian sceptical claim, that we can imagine the “I” without a body, but also that this modern form of dualism was well-refuted by the critical Philosophy of Kant which accepts the hylomorphic view of pusché and many hylomorphic principles. Freud, too, would have been highly sceptical of this mystical disavowal of the body and its accompanying implication that disembodied thought could be the source or origin of life and consciousness . The artist works through his body ,with physical media such as , language, paint , stone, sound, etc, thus mobilising the life force and feelings of the body in the name of the search for the beautiful which Kant claims is the symbol of morality. This physical process for Freud is a non-sexual form of substitute satisfaction which he terms “sublimation” (an important vicissitude of the instincts).

Both the artist and the mystic are, of course concerned with the transcendental X in their different ways, but Freud would certainly have claimed that the way of the artist was the healthiest form of life, and more likely to maintain a harmony and balance of the mind conducive to eudaimonia (the good spirited flourishing life). Recall too, that the first principle of psuché maintained that the soul (psuché) was the first actuality of the body with its constellation of organs and limbs. In the context of Indian Religion we ought also to bear in mind that in the spiritual exercises of the yogi, it is recommended that we discard the external world toward the end of the meditating process. Whether it is possible to separate desire and its representations completely from a body and the external world is a question that Campbell does not raise. This would seem to be an important aspect to consider given the title of the work indicates that Campbell is exploring the inner reaches of outer space.

We conclude with Kants view of the sublime in relation to both art and religion given to us in his Analytic of the Sublime, contained in the third Critique of Judgement:

“Perhaps there has never been a more sublime utterance, or a thought more sublimely expressed than the well known inscription upon the Temple of Isis(Mother Nature): “I am all that is, and that was and that shall be, and no mortal hath raised the veil before my face” ( Kant’s Critique of Judgement, Translated Meredith, J., C., (Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1973), P.179

The inscription is on a statue of Isis located at the Temple. Plutarch’s Moralia characterises Isis thus:

“Moreover, many writers have held her to be the daughter of Hermes,⁠ and many others the daughter of Prometheus,⁠ because of the belief that Prometheus is the discoverer of wisdom and forethought, and Hermes the inventor of grammar and music. For this reason they call the first of the Muses at Hermopolis Isis as well as Justice: for she is wise, as I have said,⁠  and discloses the divine mysteries to those who truly and justly have the name of “bearers of the sacred vessels” and “wearers of the sacred robes.” (https://penelope.uchicago.edu/thayer/e/roman/texts/plutarch/moralia/isis_and_osiris*/a.html)

Review of Joseph Campbells “Myth of Light: Eastern metaphors of the Eternal. Part 2 Pages 42-end

Views: 780

Full disk view of the sun June 21, 2010
Full disk view of the sun June 21, 2010 by NASA Goddard Photo and Video is licensed under CC-BY 2.0

https://www.buzzsprout.com/admin/2527643/episodes/17955237-the-delphic-podcasts-by-michael-r-d-james-review-of-campbells-myth-of-light-season-3-episode-3

The relation of Consciousness to Life is a modern enigma which has been obscured by the focus of modern thinkers upon the representational function of consciousness rather than on its relation to Will and Action. When I perceive the waters of a waterfall rapidly flowing over a precipitous cliff-face, I am , of course, in normal circumstances conscious of what I am seeing. What I am perceiving, however, may or may not be committed to memory. If I am asked in relative close proximity to the experience I ought nevertheless to be able to describe what I have witnessed, namely a spectacle in the external world that as presented did not involve my agency . The “I” that is called upon here is capable of representing sensory experience. In this process there will of course be no space for the evaluation of this experience as long as I place no evaluation in my account. Any interested third party, inquiring into what I had experienced, would be given a conceptual account of an essentially sensory experience (assuming we are no longer in the presence of the spectacle). The context of my description is a context of inquiry, and what is said is not intended as an explanation or justification of what had been experienced.

On the other hand, had it been the case that in an attempt to use the power of my imagination to grasp the significance of this scene, my imagination failed to provide a relevant concept which I could subsume this phenomenon under, this experience of the extreme power of the waterfall, may change in character from a purely sensory encounter to one in which the spectacle presents itself as sublime. If this happened I would feel a transformation of my mind from being essentially receptive of the sensory event confronting me, to being active, and according to Kant my activity would take the form of me valuing my freedom and moral agency, i.e. valuing a power nature cannot possibly have.

This consciousness of myself would then not just involve the sensory power of perception but also the sensory power of the imagination and the powers of understanding and reason. The experience of the sublime, then, arises as a kind of compensatory mechanism because the idea of our moral agency (the knowledge of good and evil) has such importance for us. The transcendental X of this experience of the sublime is the noumenal self which is to be contrasted with the phenomenal self when it is having purely sensory experiences.

The consciousness we have of ourselves is not a form of consciousness other life-forms can share. Kant refers to this in his work “Anthropology from a Pragmatic point of view”:

“The fact that the human being can have the “I” in his representations raised him above all other living beings on this earth, Because of this he is a person, and by virtue of the unity of consciousness through all changes that happen to him, one and the same person–i.e. through rank and dignity an entirely different being from things such as irrational animals with which one can do as one likes. This holds even when he cannot yet say “I”, because he still has it in his thoughts, just as all languages must think it when they speak in the first person, even if they do not have a special word to express this concept of “I”. For this faculty (namely to think) is understanding. But it is noteworthy that the child who can already speak fairly fluently nevertheless first begins to talk by means of “I” fairly late (perhaps a year later): in the meantime speaking of himself in the third person (Karl wants to eat, walk, etc). When he starts to speak by means of “I”, a light seems to dawn on him, as it were, and from that day on he never again returns to his former way of speaking.—Before he merely felt himself; now he thinks himself.” (P.15, trans Louden, R.B., Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 2006, P.15)

Self- knowledge, as defined by the oracles of Ancient Greece is a burdensome task for those whose love of self knows no bounds, those whose self love prevents the kind of abstraction involved in moral reflection upon action. Self knowledge would also involve knowledge of how to use the powers at the disposal of the human form of psuché (in the right way at the right time (areté)). Perhaps the most important powers at the disposal of the human form of psuché, is the power of making something worthwhile of himself: the power of moral agency. The most important idea behind this power is of course the idea of freedom which does not appear to be a major concern of Oriental Mythology. In our Occidental tradition, which values Philosophy, we find the important secular movement from the theoretical idea of God to the practical idea of freedom. Yet it is also important to point out in this discussion that Kant did not diminish the importance of this idea of God located as it is in a realm of the sacred. This fact places Kant clearly in the camp of the Humanist Philosophers which include both Plato and Aristotle who also manifested a commitment to the Metaphysics of morals.

Campbell situates the Kantian transcendental X in a wider Eastern Mythological contexts: a context which is trying to explain and justify immortality and reincarnation:

“There is the immortality of the one that dies and comes back to life. That is the world of the fathers: in many cultures the ancestors are supposed to live on the moon. The other immortality is that of the one who has gone through the Golden Sun door and will never return: he has left his body as a burned out ash on this side of the Sun: his Soul has passed beyond. The idea of the reincarnating principle is that of two orders: first the reincarnating principle that puts on bodies and puts them off as the moon puts on and puts off its light body; and the other is that principle of sheer light that never dies, the light that is incarnate and immanent in all. Now one of the aims of all of the high Culture religions on the Oriental side of the line is to realise ones own identity with that solar light.”(P.44)

Campbell elaborates upon this metaphor of light with a metaphor he used in a teaching context: Looking up at the lights on the ceiling of the lecture hall he saw the multiple lights generating the light in the hall. There are two phenomena here, he argues, the light of the lecture hall and the light of the individual bulbs. If one bulb should go out because of a fault in the bulb there may not be a noticeable perceptible difference in the light of the hall and that individual bulb, of course can be replaced without disrupting any proceedings. Campbell draws the comparison between the individual bulbs and their light and the heads of the students in his audience possessing consciousness. This, he claims, is a different idea to the transcendental idea of consciousness which is more similar to the light of the lecture hall which in turn of course is like the light of the sun which Plato saw to symbolise the form of the Good that is transcendent. This latter form of light, it is argued was never born and will never die (P.45). On this mythological account the transcendent is manifesting itself in the phenomenal world and is manifested by what is in the phenomenal world. This, of course, resembles the Kantian account of the phenomenal and noumenal self which are of course not two different selves as Schopenhauer thought, but rather two different aspects of one and the same “I”.

Campbell points out in a chapter entitled “The Ever Burning Sacrifice” how, in different cultures, the invading Aryans from the North settled in the areas they conquered and became integrated with the conquered peoples. They created a hierarchy in society where the warriors and the priests were above the merchants and peasants. We can see this phenomenon clearly in Ancient Greece. The priests were superior to the warriors and became the example to be followed if one wished to become a noble and fulfilled human being. They built their alters everywhere, sacrificing to the gods, simultaneously demonstrating their power to bring the gods to them for a common meal. The emotions associated with such events are obscure but perhaps they gave rise to experiences of the sublime.

In India, the energy associated with sacrifice was called Brahman(P.52). As we move forward in time to the 8th century BC we can encounter in India the first so-called forest philosophers and it is perhaps with them that the first humanistic orientations in mythology appear. With these first Eastern Philosophers the idea of Brahman, the energy of the sacrifice, gets transformed into the energy of all life. The great texts of this period, the Upanishads, investigate Brahman and conclude that Brahman lives in the sun, the sacrifice, and in all things. This dilution, Campbell argues threatened the sacredness of the sacrifices and we can see in Ancient Greece for example, Philosophers like Plato separating themselves from religion and the priests, yet attempting to maintain the sacredness of the sun and the forms. Indeed with the exception of the reverence for the oracles, the priests are conspicuous by their absence. Plato’s perfect Republic we know was run by Philosophers and warriors and this was the beginning of a process in which the sacrifice was to diminish in importance in relation to living the good life: a life of contemplation. This may have been the beginning of a process of secularisation which would eventually wipe the realm of the sacred off the face of the earth.

The Indian Yogis and the Ancient Greek Philosophers are in many respects antithetical figures. Campbell points to one such contrast, claiming that the Indian priests to a certain extent renounced the world whereas the Ancient Greeks embraced the world in spite of the oracles proclamatory warning that “Everything created by man is destined for ruin and destruction”. There is, however a strain of world-renunciation in Plato’s Republic where we note a retreat away from the physical external world in favour of a spiritual world of forms. This perhaps to some extent disappeared in Plato’s later work “The Laws”, but we see with Aristotle a return to the physical external world and a Philosophy of psuché (form of life)that embraced the life of contemplation, God represented as a primary form responsible for all change in the world. Neither Plato and Aristotle shared the Indian reverence for sacrifice but did, via Dionysius, recognise the eternal circle of life.

Maurice Bowra in his work “The Greek Experience” (Weidenfeld and N Nicolson , London 1957):

“The peculiar nature of man determined the Greek notion of pleasure. They had no ascetic or puritanical hostility to it; in some respects they regarded it as a supreme good. But at the same time they felt it must be kept in its place and not allowed to upset the harmony of either the individual or the city. They felt too that the strongest pleasures are suitable mainly for the young, and that in due course a man passes beyond them to others which are less exciting. This distinction follows the general distinction which the Greeks made between men and the gods. If the gods enjoy power and freedom, men have responsibility, and through their use of it attain their own dignity, which is different. from anything available to the gods. The advantage of this system is that it combines a natural taste for enjoyment with a real respect for proved capacities in action and in thought. Paradoxically, it may mean that in what seems to be his more human side, man is closer to the gods than in what wins honour and respect. But it also means that goodness and happiness are brought together in a balanced harmony: for the Greeks believed that if a man is good he is happy, but also that if he is happy he is good.”

The above testifies to a “balance of mind” that involves engaging with the world through achievements in action and in thought that would survive thousands of years and found empires of the future. It is a very different frame of mind to that which we encounter in the Old Testament where, to say the least the relation between Yahweh and men is strained over the issue of the knowledge of good and evil. Man is condemned to mortality because he wishes knowledge of good and evil. Sacrifice of animals was still an important part of life in the narratives of the Old Testament, but once Jesus had been sacrificed for the fall of man, sacrifice was seen to be barbaric. Prayer, however, was an important activity for both praising of God and the forgiveness of sins which would be judged by an all powerful and all-knowing God. The Greeks were more occupied with how to attain knowledge and virtue (areté) than how to avoid sin. The Christian reverence for the realm of the sacred was very different to the respect for this realm we find in Ancient Greece. In Ancient Greece we see a reluctance to see the world from the bubble of ever present temptation and sin: a world in which one waits for judgement day, and the release of the soul from the prison of the body. The Greeks, we know, saw the body, soul, and well governed city to be amongst the beautiful things of this world, perhaps reserving the experience of the sublime for extraordinary feats of thought , rhetoric or Philosophy, and encounters with symbols of the infinite.

The Upansihads reverse the attitude of refusing to engage with the world manifested by the Dravidian Yogis. Siva and Buddha insist on more engagement. The Buddha, for example was not a Brahmin but was certainly promoting the emergent idea of an enlightened consciousness/life. Buddha in this respect resembles a forest Philosopher who believed in life being the medium for the emergence of Brahma within. Buddhist ideas resemble Socratic ideas but there is no evidence of diffusion, and so the resemblance between the positions of Socrates ad Buddha must be considered as examples of the parallel development of ideas. There are, however, considerable differences in their respective commitments given the fact that Socrates used the method of elenchus and the principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason to earn the praise of the oracle that claimed he was, “The wisest man in Athens”. It is clear from the differences between the thought of Socrates and Buddha just who was the priest and who was the Philosopher. The priestly view of life as an ever-burning sacrifice or series of reincarnations was very different to the philosophical view of life arguing for the importance of areté(doing the right thing in the right way at the right time), epistemé,(knowledge of oneself and ones world) arché(principles and las), and diké(justice).

The Ancient Greeks saw their temples as a sacred space for citizens and oracles but almost equally important for them was the important life-space of the polis: a space that they believed ought to be respected. The Humanism implied by the above account is obvious. Whilst the thoughts and teachings of Buddha may well have inspired many political leaders there is no specific engagement with the problems facing political communities as there was with the thought and activities of Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle. There is nothing, for example resembling Aristotles Constitutional theory where an enlightened middle class emerges to save the state from division and subsequent ruin and destruction. There is nothing in the teachings of Buddha resembling speculations about ideal states such as Plato’s Magnesia: a state in which Just laws were important, and a nocturnal council of enlightened political leaders provided education for the citizens. There is in Buddha, however, the concept of an enlightened soul (who would cease to reincarnate). Buddhism, however looks upon the self or the ego as a a problem standing in the way of self-enlightenment . There is the famous parable of a man who wakes up in the morning realising he has lost his head who begins to look about him for its location. This of course is Buddhist irony and the message is that one cannot use the self to look for the self, implying perhaps that there can be no such thing as self-knowledge or at least that this form of knowledge is not as important as the Greek oracles claimed. Buddhas parable may however also be interpreted to mean that one cannot objectively observe oneself and this is especially true if one is engaged in an action which requires a particular circumspective type of awareness. It is this kind of awareness which is responsible for the detection of errors in a sequence of action Whilst one cannot engage in the act of observing whilst I am engaged in any particular act of building, I can nevertheless see the result of my work and know that it was I that brought this result about. Humans posses the power of action and they also possess a power of knowing what one has chosen to do because they have the power of freedom either to choose to do the action or alternatively to choose not to do the action. Consciousness is, of course, involved in this choice and whilst this has been historically an important concept in the problems facing Philosophical Psychology, it is a complex concept which requires philosophical analysis. Indeed, the concept of psuché (forms of life), given the Aristotelian analysis of it, may be a more appropriate concept to use in relation to the problems associated with self-knowledge. This is the route the later Wittgenstein took with his concepts of forms of life and instinct.

For both Kant and the later Wittgenstein the self is something that is very much to be found in this world, interacting with it physically via its actions, interacting with it socially via the uses of language embedded in our variegated forms of life and less directly via thought which leads to both speech-acts and actions. The issue of Consciousness surfaces once again in this kind of discussion, and we need to determine where it fits into the schema of the powers of our human minds. Freud, we have agued is a Kantian psychologist who questioned the Cartesian and phenomenological notion of consciousness. For Freud Consciousness is not the primary function of mind , but merely a vicissitude of the instincts. For both Kant and Freud the “I” that thinks must be an I that also has its preconscious and unconscious aspects which are important for a complete knowledge of the form of existence of this “I”.

Campbell joins this debate by pointing out that for the Indians a flower turning its face toward the sun is a manifestation of consciousness. For the Greeks, however this phenomenon is more a manifestation of psuché (life). For us moderns Consciousness in a sense can be associated with Campbells light analogy. If a bulb gets broken, he argues, the light goes out. Similarly with consciousness it disappears in sleep, after a severe blow to the head, and also when we are dead. Our modern suggestion, beginning perhaps with William James, is that Consciousness is tied to the material substrate of the brain, the most important organ for the human psuché. Upon awakening from a coma or sleep, I may well be conscious, but perhaps not thinking anything, merely orientating myself once again in relation to my surroundings, perhaps in the case of the coma wondering where I am. Is there an “I” at work here? Probably not. If Kant is correct, then the “I” emerges only when this “I” begins to think something about something which in turn would seem to suggest that the Cartesian Cogito argument(I think therefore I am) may still be a good argument. This, however, suggests that consciousness is not identical with this “I” even if it may indeed be an important necessary condition for the occurrence of thinking. On this account consciousness seems to be a sensory event belonging to the faculty of sensibility. Consciousness is however quickly transformed if I try to remember where I am or even who I am. Memory would then seem to be an active form of thinking that requires an “I” to function in the human psuché.

Wittgenstein in his later work discussed a phenomenon which he argued was half perception, half thought, namely seeing something as something, e.g. seeing a face in the clouds and this may be a kind of ground-zero-thinking with a minimum involvement of the “I”. If this is so ,this phenomenon helps us to understand the scope and limits of the function or power of Consciousness. For our Ancient Greek Philosophers, however, it was psuché in all its forms which was the most important idea in need of investigation, especially the human form of psuché which Aristotle defined as “rational animal capable of discourse”.This kind of account ,of course, stands in stark contrast with the mysterious art of the Indian Yogi whose intention it is to stop all spontaneous activity of the mind. In regressing to this state, it is argued:

“The notion is that you, yourself are identical with that form of forms, Brahman” (P.60)

In this state it is encouraged that you visualise yourself with a serpent coiled at the base of your spine: a serpent you shall try to mobilise through control of posture and breathing and perhaps also making the sound of “aum”, all of which supposedly encourage the serpent to move up the spine and into the meditators head, thereby fully awakening our human psuché. Once the serpent passes the level of the throat, the yoga master may pass into a trance. This is a kind of zero-level of the psuché, resembles as Campbell points out on Page 63, the experience of some psychotics:

“The yoga is somehow experiencing a psychotic break-up but is not drowning in this subconscious sea that swamps the ordinary psychotic….The psychotic is drowning in these waters while the yoga is swimming.”

During its journey which begins at the genitalia, sexual pleasure is felt in the mode of imagining and the journey progresses to its next bodily station which is the navel–“the city of the shining jewel” in which one:

“wants to consume and gain power for oneself over everything, one is driven by a will to power.”

Both of these experiences of sexual pleasure and power are of course primary regions of the human psuché. The next stage of the serpents ascent is at the heart:

“It is at the level of the heart that one comes first into relationship to the higher principle of the power of art and the spirit, which are not those of the empirical outside environment.” (P.66)

This spiritual journey requires assistance from the voicebox in the vicinity of the throat via uttering the sound “aum” which Campbell claims symbolises the energy of the divine sound produced in some mysterious way which does not involve contact between two different things (which would seem to be necessary for physical sounds in our physical world):

“Aum is God.. Aum is God as sound….this is the sound aspect of the form that we are going to find when we meet god. It is the sound of God, the sound of the Lord of the World, out of whose thoughts, out of whose being, out of whose energy, substance the world is a precipitation. Aum is the word of words, that original Logos we find in the Bible..in the Gospel according to John: “In the beginning was the word, and the word was God”(P.69)

The effect of the sound is supposed to remove attention from the lower drives and focus ones attention on the next spiritual level. As the serpent ascends further upwards, the world is excluded and at the third eye, heaven is reached. The journey cleanses us of all worldly things and finally of the world itself. The Kantian pantheon of powers is a result of another kind of discipline that attempts to acquire as much knowledge of the external world and the powers of psuché as is possible. The powers of human psuché follow from the form of the human body which includes its constellation of organs, limbs, limb extensions etc. These powers obey various principles that also organise their interaction and integration with each other.

Freud refers to three of these principles, namely the energy regulation principle, the pleasure-pain principle and the reality principle. The Energy Regulation Principle is related to our instinctive and biological needs such as breathing, sexual activity and eating. The Pleasure-Pain Principle will regulate higher activities such as Love and Belongingness and will interact with both the Energy Regulation Principle to produce the lower forms of pleasure and the Reality Principle to produce higher forms of pleasure connected to Art, Morality, and Spirituality in its various forms.

There is nothing in the Philosophies of Aristotle, Kant, Freud, or Wittgenstein that speaks for the putting off of our bodies and taking on of another body of different form. Persons, for these philosophers are particular people with particular life spans beginning and ending at specific times. For Kant and Wittgenstein who were in some sense religious in our Western sense of the term, God is not a being detached from the world, but rather is in the world and related to it in various ways, manifesting power in various forms, urging us, for example to lead better more fulfilling lives. When the light of our individual consciousness is extinguished, there is not darkness because that is the presence of something, rather there is a nothingness–a pure absence of light and darkness. The state has no relation to life. There is no form remaining which can be transmitted into, for example, the body of a swan. These philosophers see our world as composed of principles(forms) which regulate our life with things events and actions. This is a world of constant change that is determined by these principles.

https://www.buzzsprout.com/admin/2527643/episodes/17956072-the-delphic-podcasts-by-michael-r-d-james-review-of-myth-of-light-season-3-episode-4

The Bhagavad Gita is a religious text much of whose content rings no bells in our Western memory systems but there is one event which certainly would have rung a bell for the later Freud occupied with the power of the death instinct over mans life. This is the event of “black time”which according to the text :

“is a tremendous monstrous divinity with many mouths with great tusks in these mouths. Arjuna sees both armies flying into these mouths and smashing like grapes and the blood pouring down from the maws like spilled wine…..I am Kala. I am black time, who am here for the end of the world and am licking up mankind.” (P.87)

That the end of time will be because of War, is, of course, a general position of many mythologies, including perhaps the oracles of ancient Greece. We moderns, more than at any time in History have looked into the jaws of black night during our World Wars and have miraculously lived to tell the tale, but with the advent of the “new men” who were responsible not just for these wars but for the creation of terrible weapons of mass destruction, we dare not breathe a sigh of relief. Our hope for the future resides in the Enlightenment Philosophy of Kant who postulated the existence of a “hidden plan” that is guiding the journey of mankind to a better place, a cosmopolitan kingdom of ends. It was of course another ex-citizen of Königsberg, Hannah Arendt, who alerted us to the origins of totalitarianism and the new me who yearn for the power to destroy any hope for a better future. Indeed at a critical point during the second world war, whilst black night was roaming the world and weapons of mass destruction were being tested, one of these men, Robert Oppenheimer, turned to the Bhagavad Gita for the words to describe what was happening:

“I am become death, the destroyer of worlds”

Campbell in a chapter entitled “World Soul” claims:

“When we look at the contemporary Western Conception of the individual, of the self, it is predicated around the psychology of Sigmund Freud, Joseph Adler, and Carl Jung.” (P.88)

This remark is the manifestation of a prejudice in favour of Psychology at the expense of its mother Philosophy. Both parties had relatively recently separated in 1870, and gone their separate ways. This prejudice in favour of the fathers of Psychology who as a matter of fact also fundamentally disagreed with each other, was, of course, a phenomenon of modernism which Stanley Cavell claimed arose because we can no longer see the connection between what we are doing and the historical conditions for what we are doing.

Freud, one of the three fathers indeed produced a philosophical psychology that manifested the wisdom of Socrates, Plato, Aristotle, Spinoza and Kant but did so in circumstances in which his work soon became obscured by the “New science” of positivism that committed itself intensely to the elimination of all metaphysics whether it be in the domain of Nature or Morals. The agenda of these new men was to ignore the history of thought in many regions of our knowledge in favour of a methodology of observation, measurement, and the manipulation of variables in experimental contexts. Oracles and proclamations to “know thyself” became historical relics. Whether the aim of these “new scientists” was to neutralise the influence of spirit seers and Eastern Yogis is not clear but the effect on Philosophy was considerable, calling into question much of the work of Aristotle, Kant and their followers throughout the ages.

Other factors also contributed to the severing of the thread of knowledge stretching from the Ancient Greeks to Modern Times. The Latin translations of Greek texts took a considerable amount of time and when this did occur there were problems with the meaning of a number of particular key terms such as phronesis, areté, arché, psuché, aletheia, eudaimonia etc. Many generations of scholars have occupied themselves with these problematic translations but most of the problems have now, after hundreds of years, been solved .

The History of Psychology, we know, initially centred upon both a modernist view of science and a modernist view of Consciousness, both of which very quickly revealed their limitations. The response to these limitations were unfortunately led by theoretical scientists who attempted to rescue the subject from the ensuing chaos by insisting that focus should shift to what in fact can be observed in psychological investigations, namely behaviour. This of course opened a door for the argument, characteristic of our technological age, that there is no observable difference between human and machine intelligence. Wittgenstein helped to temper this debate by claiming that what observation is, my reside in the eye of the beholder, because it involves seeing something as something. Seeing a contraction of the face as a wince or a pattern of movement as a manifestation of grief appears for example to go beyond the information given on a behaviourist account which involved reducing the world to a manifold of stimuli and responses. Behavioural movements per se are amenable to a number of competing descriptions, depending upon the origins of these movements, the physiological symptoms manifested, and the circumstances of the behaviour, but it is interesting to note that there is even a reluctance to speak of the behaviour of a machine because of the connection of this term to a physiological base which the machine does not possess. This debate obviously is related to Consciousness and its necessary ties to a particular physiological base and an energy regulation principle that is regulating life functions. A certain kind of chemistry is associated with life functions which a machine clearly does not possess.

The new men of science used a sceptical methodology to undermine everything metaphysical in the domains of both Nature and Morality. Stanley Cavell in his work “The Claim of Reason illustrates the operation of this scepticism in a recital:

“Request for Bssis: How for example do we know another person is angry?

Basis: From his behaviour…,the way he acts…

Ground for Doubt: But mightn’t he do these things, act that way and not be angry? And how do you know but that he is feeling something entirely different, or nothing at all?

Conclusion: I dont know…

Moral: I never can know. Behaviour is not identical with feelings and thoughts themselves

This recital takes us back once again to the initial attempts of the structuralists (Wundt) to order our sensations and feelings into some kind of psychological system. For Kant their project would have been misguided but Kant would have found the attempt to order behaviour into some kind of psychological system equally frivolous, since behaviour is controlled by the will and the will is both linked to the instincts (sensibility), understanding and reason. What these two schools of Psychology provide us with are at best accounts of how our sensory-motor system works at a relatively low level of psychic functioning. Behaviourism emerged agains the background of the theorising of the three “fathers” of psychology Campbell points to. It was therefore natural for Freud to become a target of the different schools of psychology (structuralism, functionalism, behaviourism).

The sceptical rehearsal of Cavell’s above devolves into another recital in which an automated human being with all the human organs, limbs, tissues etc presents itself for evaluation on the question as to whether this manufactured being can be said to have a human soul. If as Wittgenstein claimed the human body is the best picture of the soul then there would seem to be an argument for an affirmative answer to the above question. What this rehearsal lacks is reference to the important variable of the origin of the human body which includes having parents, growing in a human womb, being born into a completely different environment, and leading a life of dependency upon others during infancy, childhood, and adolescence. Even if this automated being has been programmed with a history of similar experiences, the origin of the programme is different to a human origin. It is, then, not just the bare presentation of a human body that demands we treat this manifestation as a human soul: there must be a physiological, psychological and social history present too. We can of course be misled as the automaton presents itself and responds to our questions relating to its origin with a pack of lies. Upon discovering the truth eventually we would not continue to relate to this being in the same way. We ought also to point out that this imaginative projection of a human automaton with a human brain organs and tissues may never in fact be technically possible. The later Wittgenstein is not a behaviourist because he must have included their theories in his judgement that modern psychology suffers from conceptual confusion. His grammatical investigations, on the contrary are an important tool in discovering what a person is because our language bewitches us and leads us into confusing one category of thing with another.

The sensible correlate of conceptual confusion is the world of illusion that the Indians called Maya, which is the veil that needs to be lifted before we can have access to Brahman (which Campbell equates with the Kantian noumena world) or Ding-an-sich (P.90).

Our Western roots in Ancient Greece were to flourish via Christianity, the religion chosen by the Military minded Romans and this in turn would give rise to individualism —a fruit that perhaps belongs more to the tree of the knowledge of good and evil than to the tree of life. Campbell cites Carl Jung and an actualisation process Jung refereed to as individuation. We live in societies, argues Jung, that demands we play a part , take on many roles as Shakespeare indicated. Individuation involves seeing these parts to be masks veiling the individual behind them. Jung, for Campbell, expresses in his Psychology the wisdom of Occidental mythology which is very different to Eastern Mythology where the the individual actually identifies with the part or the role that is being enacted. This ability to take on another form is typical of Eastern mythology and even becomes important in life after death when one may take on even an animal form in the next life. In such circumstances it is not necessary to worry about judgement day in the presence of God because the soul has a specific weight as a result of the life it has led: a weight that automatically determines what one is going to become. This is a system in which the ego is no longer merely regulated by other agencies (Freud) but is actually effaced because it is regarded as essentially unnecessary in processes that endure over long cycles of time..

The major difference, then, between Oriental Mythology/Religion and our Occidental Mythologies/Philosophies is that the former focuses upon God and the fruits of the tree of life and the latter upon Man and the fruits of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil. In the Occidental tradition we also notice a major shift from the Mythological/Religious to the Philosophical/Secular. Kant, of course, was the major philosopher leading this shifting emphasis from the theoretical idea of God to the practical idea of freedom. Involved in this shifting emphasis was also a focus upon the beautiful and the sublime which of course were major concerns of Ancient Greek Philosophy.

The effacement of the ego, the thesis of reincarnation and the formlessness of the soul belong of course together, and are to be contrasted with our Western religious commitments to resurrection and the retained identity of ones soul . Whether one reincarnates or not, on the Eastern account, appears to depend upon the extent to which we can master our desires and fears, and by that is meant possessing the capacity to desire nothing and fear nothing. On this account this is not a matter of controlling or regulating the self, but rather of removing this “noise of the I” from the world. Only then, on the Buddhist account, will we rid ourselves of participating in the unending cycles of sorrow.(P.152). The fire or light of life is only finally extinguished for Hinduism when the individual dismisses the body and ceases all activity. Buddhism differs in that one can burn oneself or ones body out, but continue in an enlightened state doing ones duty, but in doing so one is like a tree acting just as the world acts without desire or fear.. There is no need, Campbell claims for the Buddhist to withdraw completely from the world and kill oneself:

“This idea is the basic Buddha idea, and it broke the grip of this literal yoga of killing yourself….when a person has purged himself of ego, he is like a string that has been burnt lying on the ground; it looks like string still but if you blow on it , it wisps away—it isn’t there. And so it is with a person who has quenched his commitment to ego and has pulled back. He is, as it were, in the centre, and life moves through him in a rolling process. This is the basic ideal, I would say, for the individual living in the world, whether in Buddhism, or Taoism or Hinduism.”(P.156)

Campbell further distinguishes between Hinduism and Buddhism by pointing out that whilst Buddhism is a creeded religion, initiated by a chosen figure or prophet, Hinduism is an ancient ethnic religion that one is born into, and whose laws one obeys blindly and without choice. Hinduism is split into castes, but the ultimate untouchables are those who have chosen creeded religions from across the seas, e.g. Christianity. The laws of the creeded religions come from the prophets who have a very special relation to God , but who are in a certain sense inferior beings. Whereas in the case of Hinduism the brahman who participates in rituals that can summon the gods are regarded as more powerful and therefore even superior to the gods. Hindu laws, however, have their origin not with the Brahmans, but issue direct from the universe. In Judaism and Hinduism, for example,the laws come from God even if in the former case Moses was the divine messenger. The religion of Ancient Greece as practiced around the time of the Great Philosophers, appears, however, to fall into a very different category given the fact that the laws are chosen by a great-souled human, a phronimos:

“It is from the Greeks that we get the idea that the human intelligence is competent to determine prudent, noble appropriate aims for human life and to contrive laws by which those aims may be achieved….This is not the traditional view either in the bible or in the Hindu tradition. The traditional view is that the law comes from the universe–or from the creator of the universe in the biblical tradition–and is imposed upon man. It is mans function to adjust himself to that law and then live by it, not to criticise it.”(P.163)

This suggests that we are dealing with essentially different types of mentality: the traditional form of religion the creedal form of religion and the Ancient Greek form of religion/philosophy. These different mentalities believe in the laws of the universe, laws that come from prophets, and laws that come from rational men who are great souled beings. It is these great souled beings that, in accordance with a Greek cultural-value framework—arché, areté, diké, epistemé eros, eudaimonia— best understands that knowledge and reason are the most reliable guides for that form of psuché we call human and whose essence specifying definition is “rational animal capable of discourse”. We are, according to Aristotle capable of being both the best of the animals and the worst of the animals, but we also possess a rational faculty (noos) that enables us to relate to the gods and the realm of the sacred. Reincarnation is not an important theme for the phronimos or Greek law-maker: it plays little or no part in the laws of the city, although respect for the chosen gods of the polis is also important for its stability.

Criticism of the gods is not permitted although it would seem that poets like Homer were given a poetic licence which allowed them to portray the gods anthropomorphically. Divine law, on the other hand, cannot be criticised, and in traditional religions is much more important than the laws instituted by man. Solon’s laws, for example, could be subjected to scrutiny and criticism by his peers. This criticism was offered with varying degrees of severity, the very worst criticism being that a law was unjust. This, according to St Augustine implied that unjust laws were not laws at all.

In our Western Christian religion we have a complex religious system composed of a respect for the traditional laws and commandments found in the Old Testament which form the foundation for the Christian law/commandment to “Love thy neighbour”. This commandment would appear to be more universal in scope than the OT commandment not to covet my neighbours wife and goods. Christianity however is anti-caste and anti-privilege, and favours the poor over the rich insofar as entering the kingdom of heaven is concerned, presumably because a rich mans ego is driven by selfish desires and paranoid fears that corrupt his soul.

Obeying the laws of the universe unreservedly as happens in the Hindu religion involves silencing the “noise of the I” in favour of the stillness of spirit sought after by the yogi. The Christian system, on the contrary, is equally critical of selfish desires and paranoid fears, but suggests that the individual take responsibility for their thoughts, actions and life on pain of censure from the community they live in which includes their families. We can see clearly the differences between these two systems in the practices of arranged marriages and the fate of the widow who must cast herself on her dead husbands funeral pyre. These for us Western rational animals capable of discourse would be irrational acts.

The Hindu system also has its duties connected with the role of the family head for example. When those duties are deemed to have been fulfilled the father is called upon to abandon all worldly things and seek a guru in a forest to teach him the discipline of yoga. In extreme cases the brahmin or guru can urge their pupil to bury themselves in the ground with just the nose above ground for several months. This is part of the process of abandoning of the body:

“You must shatter the life in yourself so that there is nothing there.”(P.176)

This theme that life is somehow something illusory is a part of Buddhism, the religion of enlightenment. Whilst the primary symbol for life is light, the end for which one is striving, after many reincarnations, is the extinction of the light. The Knowledge that is acquired on this journey of Enlightenment is that suffering and sorrow are to be found everywhere:

“The beautiful surface of things” (P.180)

Behind this veil resides a sense of evil, horror and ruthlessness. The Buddha withdraws from this spectacle when he sits under the Bodhi tree, preparing to teach the ways leading to Buddhism. The favoured image is that of the ferryboat that takes you from a wind-swept shore to a windless shore where nothing is in flux. There is no need of a Buddhist church because life is their church, and there is no need of any texts. This is a religion in which enlightenment can also occur via an athletic form of meditation in action: one can, for example, be a samurai dedicated to killing ones enemies without fear of breaking any divine laws or commandments.

Review of Joseph Campbell’s “The Occult in Myth and Literature”

Views: 1337

robot pointing on a wall
Photo by Tara Winstead on Pexels.com

https://www.buzzsprout.com/admin/2527643/episodes/17958648-the-delphic-episodes-by-michael-r-d-james-review-of-campbells-the-occult-in-myth-season-5-episode-1

Life and Death, Eros and Thanatos, Desire and Fear, the Body and the soul. These are the dialectical opposites that have to be reconciled in any account of the human psuché. Freud, in his theorising discovered relatively late on in his process, the relevance of the death instinct, and its vicissitude aggression to the diagnosis of his patient’s maladies. For many rationalist Philosophers, the life(psuché) instinct ,must be a primary form of being-there-in-the world and any essence-specifying definition of life, must refer to the fundamental telos of this power, namely that it must come to an end in that state we call Death. The Proposition that “All life is mortal” must, that is, connect the concepts of life and death inextricably. The phenomenon of death is mysterious, and as such demands a complex form of explanation which does not deny the essential nature of Life.

Paul Ricoeur in his work on Freud and Philosophy (An Essay in Interpretation, trans by Savage, D., New Haven, Yale University Press, 1970) claims that we, the human form of psuché, are creatures possessed of desires, which are both disguised and revealed in different ways and in different situations. These desires belong to a cycle of life which in its turn expresses an ancient theme of mythology and Philosophy, namely the mystery of the infinite and its relation to Being.

Campbell in his essay refers to the mythical cycle of the movement of the zodiac constellation: a movement which apparently takes 432,000 years to complete. These constellations never cease moving of course and will continue their motion forever, or at least for very long periods of time. The journey of the constellations reach a point without resting, and continue on their journey. Were this to be the journey of a life form, one may well reach a point on a cyclical journey which one recognises to be a beginning, and recognise it to be such, perhaps also, as T S Eliot claims, “knowing” it for the first time”.

432,000 years ago is a period in which homo sapiens did not exist but earlier hominid forms did. It is not surprising that the Greek astronomers observed celestial phenomena with the awe and wonder normally reserved for the divinities of their mythological narratives. For some reason unknown to us the Ancients regarded this number of 432,000 as something with mystical, magical, occult powers, and we find even the Philosopher Plato talking about this magic number in his work “The Republic”. This connection of zodiac animal shapes and forms to numbers, remind us of course both of the animals we find in the darkness of primitive caves, and the Platonic journey out of the dark cave of our ignorance into the enlightening sunlight, where other forms begin to attract our attention, and numbers are used to measure out our life in coffee spoons. The Republic, of course, sought to overthrow the world of superstition in favour of a knowledge-based world, where the form of the Good was the primary principle of human existence. Yet even here, in this work, we find “noble lies”, and reliance on allegories to explain the mysteries connected to the human form of psuché.

Another later rationalist, Spinoza, speculating about the problem of Being qua Being, which revealed itself to his understanding as something infinite in form, eternal and self-causing, claimed that everything in the universe is striving to maintain itself in existence. The smallest speck of dust floating in a shaft of sunlight is striving to find its resting place as are all objects under the sun. Spinoza argues that Philosophy is capable of enabling us to view the world sub specie aeternitatis, in spite of our propensity to view the world as a series of beginnings and endings in which entities come into existence and go out of existence. He argues that is, that the idea of Being as a whole, can be both revealed and disguised in our everyday dealings with the world. The matter of psuché accumulates in one location, and life supervenes at the beginning of a psychic journey, where along the way, various capacities and powers form, and perhaps build upon other capacities and powers, in accordance with hylomorphic forms or principles. In the course of this actualisation process on the road to the end of the journey, a curious phenomenon occurs. We encounter individuals who wish for nothing more than to rewrap this gift of life and return it to its material source . This phenomenon appears to call into question the claim made by Spinoza that all entities strive to maintain themselves in their current state of existence, perhaps in the human form even transcending it. Appearances we have learned from the Philosophers, can be deceptive.

Paul Ricoeur claims that as a man possessed by desire we often go forth in disguise, and this may be what the Greek oracles had in mind when they proclaimed that acquiring self-knowledge was the most desirable of all philosophical quests. Life undoubtedly, is a good-in-itself, and also something that is good in its consequences, if Aristotle is indeed correct in saying that all of mans activity aims at the good. If the end of life is good, and life is a good in itself, then death as a consequence of life must also be a good as Socrates proclaimed from his death-cell. This is a departure from the position that death is only in very special circumstances a good outcome. One of the logical consequences of life being a good-in-itself, is the Kantian argument that using life to take a life is a practical contradiction, and this applies especially to oneself. If this position is correct, then the desire to commit suicide cannot as such be possible, and must be another disguised desire.

Joseph Campbell touches upon this issue and refers to Schopenhauer’s essay “on the Foundations of Morality” where the enigmatic phenomenon of men who jeopardise their own existence to save the lives of others. is discussed : a phenomenon which appears on the face of it to question Spinoza’s claim that all entities strive to maintain themselves in their existence. Campbell, in relation to this discussion cites a personal experience in Hawaii where someone attempting to commit suicide by jumping off a cliff, is rescued by two passing police officers, one of whom were, in the process almost pulled off the cliff. This type of phenomenon, Campbell argues, is a symbolic phenomenon of metaphysical importance, because it reveals or shows that men possess unconscious knowledge that all living human beings share an essence which is more important than our distinctness or separateness from one another. Campbell also refers to Kant in this discussion:

“But this of course is an idea that was already implicit for Schopenhauer and in Kant’s Critique of Pure Reason, part 1”, in the “Transcendental Aesthetic” where it is shown that the “forms of sensibility”, time and space, condition all of our perceptions, and that it is within this field of time and space and what Nietzsche then termed principium individuationis, the principle of individuation, is experienced. Whence it follows that whatever may underlie or be antecedent to our experiences within this field must be unity, a “principle of unity”, or, perhaps, indeed, something even more mysterious than unity, beyond all our categories of thinking whatsoever—-categories such as unity and multiplicity being but forms, finally of our thinking. Underlying this field of multiplicity, then, there is mystery. And this is the mystery of our Being, the mystery of the Being of the universe, the mystery of the Being of all things.”

Campbell then continues this discussion by referring to the Kapha Upanishad, which claims that the True Self, that belongs to our human psuché, does not show itself except to those with “subtle intellect”. Perhaps Campbell would have included both Spinoza and Kant in this category of subtle intellects. The realm of Being referred to above, does not, Campbell continues, permit of the dialectic of opposites such as good and evil, life and death, etc. This realm of Being qua Being is not that of the Heraclitean dialectical realm of strife, but rather a more peaceful region of silence, where the opposites of motion and rest do not form part of the field of thought. Rather, under the aspect of Thought, it is Truth that is one and eternal. For Spinoza, Substance is identified with what he calls infinite substance which itself contains an infinite number of attributes. We finite human beings only know of this divine substance through the attributes of thought and extension. Under the attribute of extension we know of God via space, time and matter in space and time which we also know are infinite. Aristotle’s basic metaphysical and hylomorphic term of prime form is also an attempt to explain the meaning of infinite substance for us human finite forms of Being. Given the fact that all human experience is temporal, this of course produces a problem for understanding the infinity of Being or Substance. This prejudices our inquiry into Being in favour of investigating phenomenal motion and matter in space and time, the traditional sphere of concern for materialists. Prime form ,of course, is intimately connected with the divine form of thought that thinks itself, it is eternal and causes itself to exist.

Jung and Freud differ fundamentally in their different interpretations of dreams. Freud whilst being convinced that dreams provided him with a royal road to the unconscious, nevertheless was practically concerned with the problem of helping his patients return to the path of living, and the task of leading a flourishing life. For Jung, it appears that the issue of dreams was more metaphysical, and connected with mythological and religious concerns in relation to the unconscious and its determinative role in the life of man. It is remarkable to note that in spite of their considerable differences in viewing the basic terms of psychoanalysis, both Psychologists claimed that they were influenced by Kant. The dream of oneself, a 75 year old man as a 25 year old university student reveals the timeless character of the unconscious. The past of the dreamer is once again made present not in the form of a memory, but in the form of a current ongoing experience. If the dream was one involving the student looking for the location of a scheduled lecture, the different interpretations of Jung and Freud must surely suggest that there are fundamental differences of principle between the two, which in turn suggests that perhaps we should examine their claims to be influenced by Kant more carefully. Freud would be able to interpret the above dream in terms of the historical (reaching back to infancy) personal desires and fears of the patient. Jung on the other hand would generalise the interpretation and appeal to the desires and fears of mankind. Jung that is, appears to believe that dreams reach into the future and can be sketches of a solution to serious life-problems. Freud would probably not deny that such dreams are possible in the life of those with “subtle intellects”.

The Ancient Greek Philosophers were concerned with the power of discourse and rationality to overcome and transform those desires and fears that stand in the way of humans achieving the good spirited flourishing life (eudaimonia). Socrates, Plato and Aristotle were, of course, more concerned with the ethical and political problems associated with eudaimonia, than its psychological or anthropological aspects . For these thinkers, and for Spinoza, epistemé, arché, areté and techné all played a part in the processes of striving to lead a good spirited flourishing life. Indeed, Spinoza, for example, specifically says that it is a lack of adequate ideas about our life-worlds that hinders man from achieving what he strives for. One of these critical ideas is the idea of the scope and limits of the powers of our bodies, which Spinoza claims is the first idea in our minds.

Adequate ideas are of course, for Kant, constituted of both an understanding of the categories of thought and appropriate principles. The body is the bearer of our passions and emotions, and Spinoza produces excellent accounts of the principles underlying our understanding of these kinds of states and processes found in human psuché. Insofar as man is striving, not just to maintain himself in existence, but for perfection, he is steered by the pleasure-pain principle and the reality principle, if we are to use Freudian terms. Pleasure, for Spinoza, occurs when man attains a greater degree of perfection, and pain when man is diminished in his perfection. Man therefore lives for those things that contribute to his desire for perfection and hates those things which significantly diminish his perfection. Spinoza argues that it is the essence of being human to desire this perfection of being human, which of course will not be divine, but rather resemble the divine state of perfection. He also argues that given the fact that love is intimately connected to seeking a higher state of perfection, and given the fact that there can be no higher state of perfection than that which is divine, we humans can certainly love God, but God can neither love nor hate us because his perfection is not alterable. So when the Bible claims that God so loved mankind that he sent his son down to save us from ourselves, the term “love” must have a metaphorical sense. For Spinoza, then, having adequate ideas of God, and adequate ideas of our own bodies and minds, are all necessary to lead the good spirited flourishing life referred to earlier. Acting in accordance with inadequate ideas, he also argues, is typical of emotions where perceptions and imagination play a large role in our understanding of what we are doing. The tools of our understanding and reason are more likely to bring about agreement with our fellows than are actions motivated by the passions, it is argued.

Aristotle touches upon the role of the emotions in his work on Tragedy, in particular the emotions of pity and fear, which as we all know occur in particular circumstances have particular bodily symptoms and characteristic behaviour. Aristotle attributes to the tragic poets, the task of the catharsis of these emotions, which amounts to ensuring that we feel both pity and fear in the right way at the right time. Art, we know, is not just driven by reason but also uses pleasure and pain in order to envelop its audience in its project by deliberately evoking these emotions, and guiding them in accordance with adequate rational aesthetic and rational(ethical) ideas. Art, it is maintained, imitates life, but insofar as it does use adequate ideas of the emotions, and rational desires of man, it performs an important function in our lives–namely that of contributing to a better understanding of our human essence or our human nature.

Reason enables us, Spinoza argues, to view the world and ourselves under an aspect of eternity (sub specie aeternitatis) thus transcending the constraints of space, time and matter. This is a similar position to that we find in both the Aristotelian and Kantian accounts of the divine which Ricoeur characterises as the “realm of the sacred”. In the case of Aristotle we glimpse the perfection of God eternally thinking via a use of a part of the human mind he called noos, which reveals the divine primary form only through a glass darkly. Gods thinking, we have stated, is a thinking about thinking, and this is to be distinguished from our human form of thought which, because it is situated in space and time, can only think something about something. In this latter form of thought, a particular located in space and time is conceptualised in accordance with certain categories of thought and principles of reason.

An example of the above form of thinking is captured in the proposition “All men are mortal”, which we regard as a conceptual truth: a truth whose contradiction does not make any sense. Aristotles emotions of pity and fear are certainly tied up with the lack of understanding of death and the theme of death has been a concern of the poets, priests, and philosophers throughout the ages. According to Christianity a proper catharsis of the emotions of pity and fear would require for example loving both our neighbour and enemies, on the grounds that we all participate equally in being a human form of life (psuché).

This brings us back to our example of the dust particle floating in a shaft of light. Spinoza believes that the particle is striving to maintain itself in its existence but this particle differs in one essential respect from any life form associated with psuché, namely it is inert, not capable of causing itself to do what it is doing. The explanation of its behaviour will reside in a summation of external causes. Forms of life are, on the contrary, self determining, and to a greater degree less determined by external causes. We are dealing here with items from two different kingdoms of Being namely the mineral kingdom whose primary characteristics is its inertness, and the animal kingdom whose motions are determined by internal self causing desires and beliefs. There is, however, a relation between these two kingdoms which is suggested by the Biblical lamentation that we are dust, and to dust ,we will return.

Philosophers have argued that I cannot doubt the fact that I am going to die, and because I believe all men are mortal, I cannot doubt that other humans will also die, someday. This might explain why I care deeply about the loss of human life, and perhaps also care about the loss of the love of others close to me. This care about loss, for Freud, could take the forms of both mourning and melancholia, and it is significant that in Freud’s theorising, he sought for a particular mechanism to explain why in the case of mourning over the loss of a life through the act of suicide, we care so deeply that someone took their own life in defiance of Spinozas reference to the essential human desire to preserve its own form of existence. Kant too, embraced this thesis when he claimed that it is a practical contradiction to use ones life to take that same life: thus placing life clearly in the category of things that are good-in-themselves. Life, then, in both mythological and philosophical contexts has a defined position in the realm of the sacred in a way in which the dust particle floating in a shaft of sunlight does not, even if it too might become the focus of awe and wonder if we see that it too might be connected to life in the way the Bible suggests. An interesting footnote to add here, is that pollen, so essential to the maintenance of the existence of plant-life, can not be seen in a shaft of light and might need a microscope to detect its presence. This reminds us of the limitations of our sensory perception, which, in turn, reminds us of our finitude. Pollen, of course, insofar as it affects humans with allergies might not, as far as they are concerned, evoke the feelings of awe and wonder that might otherwise be associated with it. There is though the Indian myth of the “Pollen-Path” that must have evoked feelings of awe and wonder for those who know this story.

It might be argued that given our reliance on food that is grown, the plant kingdom is of greater interest for us than the occupants of the world of minerals. The primary phenomenon that excites our interest in all kingdoms, is change or motion in the context of space and time, and Aristotle’s hylomorphic theory of change referring as it does to 4 kinds of change, three media of change(space time matter), 3 principles of change and 4 causes of change, forms an essential framework for explaining why change occurs in the form that it does. This framework is then utilised in three different kinds of science (theoretical, practical, productive) to form theories about the domains these sciences are concerned with. Aristotles hylomorphic theory, that is, provides us with a categorical framework which is regulated by the principles of logic, e.g. noncontradiction and sufficient reason.

Campbell’s references to both Spinoza and Kant are interesting and significant, but he omits consideration of Kant’s Third critique, “The Critique of Judgement”, in his discussions. In the Introduction to the section entitled “Critique of Teleological Judgement” Kant claims:

“The Possibility of a living matter is quite inconceivable.The very conception of it involves self-contradiction, since, lifelessness, inertia, constitutes the essential characteristic of matter”. (Page 46)

If, Spinozas position is categorised as hylozoism which still remains an open question given the convolutions and nuances of Spinozas theory , such a position would be rejected categorically by Kant, and possibly by Aristotle too, in his later reflections, on grounds similar to those assumed by Linnaeus. The Ancient Greek term psuché, it has been argued in an earlier work, is categorically distinct from the inert world of matter and artifacts.

Kant’s teleological reflections elaborate in more detail upon Spinozas account of infinite Substance, which, for Kant, was one way of referring to God, or the underlying principle of change and motion in the universe . The connection of the scientific concept of substance to matter in space and time, however, might confuse the issue, and this requires that we must specifically designate the substance talked about by Aristotle Spinoza and Kant as a technical philosophical concept. The idea of God for Aristotle, Spinoza ,Kant and mythology, has no connection with scientific concerns of any kind ,even if we know that Spinoza was one of Einsteins favourite Philosophers. Campbells suggestion that there is an affinity between the Kantian idea of God, and some mythological ideas is certainly valid. Campbell might well have referred to the following passage in Kant to support his argument:

“We cannot conceive or render intelligible to ourselves the finality which must be introduced as the basis even of our knowledge of the intrinsic possibility of many material things, except by representing it, and, in general, the world, as the product of an intelligent cause–in short, of a God” (Page 53)

Kant claims further that the above kind of reasoning is also necessary for the conceptualisation of living forms, because:

“It is, I mean, quite certain that we can never get a sufficient knowledge of organised beings and their inner possibility, much less get an explanation of them, by looking merely to mechanical principles of nature. Indeed, so certain is it, that we may confidently assert that it is absurd for men even to entertain any thought of so doing or to hope that another Newton may some day arise to make intelligible to us, even the genesis of but a blade of grass from natural laws that no designer has ordered. Such insight we must absolutely deny to mankind.”(Page 54)

An adequate idea of God, then, lies beyond the scope of human knowledge, but it can nevertheless be thought and regulated by the principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason. The idea, therefore, is not objectively valid, but nevertheless can be attributed to all judging subjects who possess the powers of sensibility, understanding and reason. There can never be, according to Kant, any sensible presentation of God, and as a consequence, no conclusive proof of his existence, but because we are thinking, speaking beings, we can think and judge that it is God who guarantees the validity of moral judgements relating to the character and future of mankind. God that is, according to Kant, guarantees that virtuous behaviour will be its own reward, even if in many other respects we might find our life wanting. In a very special sense, then, the kinds of judgements we make about God are Subjective, in the aesthetic sense. Nevertheless we speak with a universal voice about God, and we can motivate what we say with moral arguments. In theoretical contexts Kant also relates noumenal reality to God as an idea of pure reason. Noumenal reality is defines as :

“the non-sensible something containing the ultimate ground of the world of sense” (P.139)

The objects connected with these ideas of God, the immortality of the soul are, Kant argues matters of faith (Page 143), which is characterised in the following way:

“Faith as habitus,not as actus, is the moral attitude of reason in its assurance of the truth of what is beyond the reach of theoretical knowledge. It is the steadfast principle of the mind, therefore, according to which the truth of what must necessarily be presupposed as the condition of the supreme final end being possible is assumed as true in consideration of the fact that we are under an obligation to pursue that end.”(Pages 145-6)

If we shift our focus to the practical, bearing in mind that in theoretical contexts concerned with the truth, God is an idea of the mind which we must have faith in given the arguments. This is a shift away from the abstract truth of the matter, and towards the form of the good, and in this practical realm, freedom is the primary practical idea of reason which Kant claims has objective reality:

“Freedom is the one and only conception of the supersensible which (owing to the causality implied in it) proves its objective reality in nature by its possible effect there. By this means it makes possible the connection of the two other ideas with nature, and the connection of all three to form a religion.” (P.149)

This is the reasoning that makes freedom the primary focus for Kant’s answer to the questions “What can we hope for?” and “What is a human being?”, and this is why Kant is the metaphysical philosopher par excellence of the Enlightenment. God is not abolished from his supersensible reflections, but, rathe,r is an idea that is used to justify the free exercise of our duties along with the categorical imperative in its various formulations. The personal end of a good spirited flourishing life is, then, further connected to a teleological cosmopolitan kingdom of ends, which may or may actualise over the period of the next one hundred thousand years.

The theoretical idea of the immortality of the soul is, of course, a major concern for mythology and religion ,and therefore for Campbell in his reflections. It is in this context that he considers the very profane and secular act of committing suicide, that Kant regarded as a practical misuse of our freedom— a practical contradiction which he expressed in terms of the ought-judgement–man ought not to use his life to take his life. If, in dying, we merely passed into another form of after-life which is better than this one, why, it could be asked, would religions that believe in the after-life, prohibit suicide? It could, of course, be argued that life is so precious that only God with his divine judgement could adequately decide whether that life should be ended. This makes sense, and gives theological weight to the verdict of an inquest, that John Doe committed suicide whilst the balance of his mind was disturbed. A more Freudian reading, however, may refer to a weakened ego submitting to the influence of a superego, turning aggression inward in accordance with the death instinct. The pain and suffering of John Doe obviously, in this case ,distorted the operation of the reality principle which normally acts in accordance with the desire to continue living, because living, as Aristotle testifies, is an absolute good or end-in-itself. This, in turn, entails that if we understand psuché, in Spinozas terms, and have an adequate idea of what life is, we must realise that death is an absolute and final end to any particular life, partly because a mind without an idea of a living body is no longer a mind. A corpse is a dead body, it is not alive. It is, that is, logically impossible (the logic of practical reason) that death– real death–not false alarms where the heart may stop and someone helps to start is beating again—but real alarms for those witnessing the event, and perhaps for whom the psychological loss will mean considerable suffering during a period of mourning: it is logically possible that death is a Good. The ambiguous descriptions of experiencing the occult “other side” could never be validated, because the experienced did not in any sense know what it was they were experiencing. There is a discussion in psychology relating to out of body experiences, and many text books on the subject do not commit themselves to a position because they do not have adequate ideas of the power of the body. There are, it is maintained in this context, recorded testimonies of people experiencing what they call the “other side” whilst being operated upon when their heart stops. It seems something of them floats upwards to watch proceedings they even seem to be able to relatively accurately describe in spite of being under anaesthetic. We know under anaesthetic that there are levels of unconsciousness and we know that at certain levels of unconsciousness we dream, and we also know some dreams relate rather specifically to what is actually going on in the body. Given these facts it is not out of the question that some kind of bodily awareness of what is happening is being transformed on the dream screen into realistic images. Freud testifies to the existence of these types of dreams in his “interpretation of Dreams”:

“The psyche attains in sleep a much more profound and wide-ranging sensory consciousness of its bodily nature than it does when awake, and cannot but receive and be affected by impressions of certain stimuli that originates in parts of the body, and in changes there, which it was unware of when awake.” (Strumpell 1877)

Aristotle, Freud points out, claims that certain illnesses can be foretold in dreams that relate to sensations connected to these illnesses that have as yet not supervened in the patient. Campbell, we noted in an earlier essay, subscribes to the hylomorphic thesis that the sensations and impressions relating to organs can connect to the imagination.

In his story about the two heroic police officers, Campbell noted that the man who was saved was, paradoxically, grateful to the two officers for saving his life, and this would seem to support our position thus far. Life is sacred and must have some sort of absolute value in our humanly populated world. The man who is dead, is the man for whom the ultimate and final event that can happen to a man has happened, namely the event of death. This event practically means that the memory system has recorded its last memory, consciousness has made its last appearance, and no exercises of any other psychological powers can occur. The dead body, the corpse, can of course be observed by others but it will no longer move unless it is being moved by some force outside it. We cannot sensibly say that the soul has been freed or liberated or has gone to heaven. Indeed the Socratic description of death being a dreamless sleep is apt as a metaphorical characterisation of this event of death that happens to everyone and is characterised well by the judgement:

“All men are mortal”

https://www.buzzsprout.com/admin/2527643/episodes/17959821-the-delphic-podcasts-by-michael-r-d-james-review-of-the-occult-in-myth-season-5-episode-2

What implications does the above have for the Freudian account of suicide? Those that attempt the deed of committing suicide half-heartedly or in desperation to flee from a life of misery, suffering and pain might be doing what they are doing “blindly”. That is, they may not know what they are doing. They may unconsciously be hoping for some care and attention, or even physical help to stop the process they have begun. All of these alternatives would seem to be covered by the description “committed suicide whilst the balance of the mind was disturbed”. We can also normally engage in actions “blindly”. There are many issues at play here, but given the fact that this is in fact a legal verdict, and as such rests upon an adequate understanding of the psychological factors involved, we can accept such a description as accurate, and to be clearly distinguished from a verdict of “Death by misadventure”, where the victim is trying to climb a cliff without adequate knowledge of climbing techniques. Anyway in a possible Freudian account of the act, reference would be made to the wounding of a weak ego by trauma or loss such that the suffering involved overwhelms the operation of the reality principle and a cruel superego used to hating and ruled by the death instinct instead of unleashing aggression outward, paranoically, turns the aggression inward and either punishes the possessor or in the worst case scenario murders the person concerned. There are many psychological mechanisms involved in such a state of affairs and Freud can account for most of them. The expression “Balance of the mind” therefore, is one which also indicates that the victim was not freely acting but instead was a victim of a number of causal mechanisms which blinded” him to reality.

Campbell in this essay also points to the influence of mythology and religion upon past generations who found themselves in circumstances different to ours and were perhaps not as “free.” as we are. Such individuals perhaps did not perhaps possess the knowledge of psuché that we have now. This period that Campbell speaks about was not as long ago as one might imagine. Even during the time of Socrates we still find the Philosopher sacrificing a cock in gratitude for a painless administration of poison. Animal life was not respected as much as it is today by the man in the street. Recall Pythagoras’ account of passers by kicking a dog, and his reprimand that the “animals have souls too”: they too, for him, were psuché, (forms of life). One does not have to go too far back in time to encounter the practice of human sacrifice to the gods, indicating a disrespect for even the human form of life. Did these primitive civilisations not then feel what we feel, and flinch at using the life principle to take a life? Campbell argues that such sacrificial rituals might have inherited an attitude toward life from Mother earth religions where:

“The first fact of life is that life consumes life, eats life: and the image of the oroberic serpent biting its own tail is a representation of this mystery. But another mystery of the serpent is indicated when it sheds its skin and is born again. So that along with the idea of death as the precondition of life comes this other idea of an involved power in life within this phenomenal field of time and space which puts on bodies and puts them off(as we read in the Bhagavad Gita) as a man puts off and puts on clothing.”

The image of the serpent being born again when he has not died, but only shed his skin is somewhat strained if it is to serve as an argument for life taking the same body after it has died. Only the skin has died, the snakes body remains alive and the same. A better image would be an image of the actual death of the snake in the vicinity of its reproduced offspring. Even this image only records the comings and goings of life as such. There is no image of, or argument for, an afterlife in these remarks. Such a religion also suggests the possibility of the phenomenal realm opening out into a timeless realm of the noumenal or supersensible. It leaves understanding of this timeless zone to those subtle and superior intellects who can for example see what is happening in dreams and understand their latent meaning.

As human life transformed itself from a nomadic form of existence to the earliest form of the city. states we find for example in Mesopotamia (Ur, Uruk, Lagesh, Nippur, Shuruppak etc), that the organisation of the city introduced initially a hierarchy of professional functions, e.g. priests (with superior subtle intellects?)politicians, traders, farmers, warriors etc. It was no accident that it was during this phase of mans history that writing and mathematics emerged to assist in the process of the organisation of the city-states. We also encounter the phenomenon of star gazing and the noticing of the ever so slightly changing positions of the constellations in the sky. Observing and measuring what was observed, appeared to be a favourite past-time of some of occupants of the city. This activity eventually generated a mathematical tool based on the number 60, capable of measuring circular motions. Buddha argued that at this time in the East the ego was “witnessing”, whatever this meant exactly, ones thoughts, feelings and the activities of the body.

This ego according to Buddha could not be directly witnessed and lay as Wittgenstein claimed in his early work at the boundary of the world, and not in the world like the heavenly constellations. This transcendental ego, it was suggested, lay in a supersensible realm but was no “god” in the normal sense of the word. Other religions suggested other conceptions of Gods, but the Western tradition probably began with Zorastrianism which expressed itself in the Philosophy of Heraclitus and in favour of a dialectical field of opposites that saw opposites to be separated without any possible category of unification, e.g. light and dark, good and evil. In our Western tradition also, the deities were many, usually instantiating different kinds of power and possessing different names. Some deities were associated with Good, and some with Evil and the devil, which possessed the power to possess good souls and make them do evil things. The Bible, for example contains the record of the struggle between such deities, e.g. biblical kings sacrificing to more primitive nature-gods. The Greeks mitigated this Heraclitean dialectical play of opposition forces by trying to domesticate the more evil forces such as Poseidon with his trident ruling the underwater world: by, that is, allowing him to live in divine and sacred spaces. At the same time as men were recording the motions of the constellations in the heavens, there were Greek figures like Anaxogoras who suddenly claimed that this sacred space of the heavens was inhabited by planets and , stars. He claimed further that the moon was made of the same kind of material as the earth , the sun was made of red hot metal, and the other stars were fiery rocks (Source AI summary and Stanford Encyclopaedia of Philosophy).

This view probably contributed to his expulsion from Athens on religious grounds.The light of the moon was as a consequence of this picture, claimed to be the reflected light of the sun. and he was the first to correctly explain how eclipses occur.This was one of the first excursions of science into the sacred space of religion and mythology. Anaxagoras we know was in Athens at the time of Socrates and his work could be bought for one drachma. He was not, as some claim, a pure materialist because he claimed that the intellectual force of noos produced order in the universe . Euripides interpreted this to mean that noos was inside of all ensouled entities including humans. Noos produced order within us too. Anaxagoras, we know was instrumental in influencing Socrates to abandon his earlier materialistic physical investigations and begin looking both for a method of explanation and the philosophical explanation for noos.

Plato too is actually ambiguous in his mythology both claiming that mathematics was very important knowledge for the building of the ideal city-state but at the same time using an allegorical argument for the form of the good (which was related to noos), namely the role of the sun in everyones lives. As we mentioned earlier Plato in his republic was also fascinated by what he called this magic number of 432,000—the time it took for the constellations of the zodiac to rotate back to the same position. In his dialogues about Socrates, Plato emphasised the wisdom of his teacher as demonstrated by his use of elenchus in the agora on those experts on various subjects who thought they knew what they clearly did not. These dialogues were one of the first competitors to mythology and the allegories contained therein. Argument rather than allegory was the tool of the Philosophers that came after Plato, especially Aristotle who more or less invented both Logic and Biology as areas of study. Something being “like” something else, was a mere rhetorical device insofar as Aristotle was concerned.

The Delphic challenge to “know thyself! ” also became an important concern for Socrates, Plato and Aristotle who all sought in their various ways to formulate a theory of the human form of psuché. Aristotle was perhaps the most successful in this quest, arriving as he did at the essence specifying definition: rational animal capable of discourse, a definition related to both his knowledge in biology and his use of logic. The definition does not proclaim that all men are actually rational, only that this is the highest potential for man if he be fortunate enough to develop a subtle and superior intellect. Kant would later elaborate upon Aristotles hylomorphism and whilst the argumentative principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason were an important part of his methodology, what he said about Being and its many meanings and psuché, allows mythology a place in his conceptual framework.

The Greek contribution to synthesising Western and Eastern mythological ideas was one seeking harmony rather than opposition, seeking a way to reveal the mysteries of the universe, and the self, in a spirit of logos and aletheia which respected the infinite complexity of Being and the finitude of human knowledge. The Greek view of Science was perhaps best represented by the writings of Aristotle who certainly used observation and mathematics in those realms that required them, in accordance with his hylomorphic theory. A position that clearly proclaimed that the realms of the supersenible and sacred lay beyond the capacity of the human understanding.

Campbell refers to how the spirit of pure observation and measurement (disconnected from their wise use in the three different kinds of sciences constituting the Aristotelian architectonic) transformed very rapidly into a hard concern for hard facts and he refers to Darwin with the words:

“The hero was swept right off the earth”

American Behaviourism emerged shortly after Darwins ideas and very soon after that we find the early Wittgenstein proclaiming in the name of science that “The world is the totality of facts”. This form of logical atomism favoured a dividing up of the life-world into stimuli and responses, a world in which it was claimed either that consciousness did not exist, or at best was not relevant to psychological investigation, which must concern itself only with what can be observed and measured. This also laid the foundations for the equation of the psychology of man with a theory of machine functioning. This state of affairs coincided with Arendt’s reflections upon what was occurring in Europe soon after the publication of Darwins ideas. European political parties were losing their authority and this created a space for uneducated charlatans and madmen in which they could claim power and shape the world according to their twisted conceptions of good and evil–conceptions which denied the values embodied in our inherited traditions and educational systems. Whether this can be described as sweeping heroes off the map of the world is questionable, because our earlier thinkers found themselves in an environment where they were constantly responding to the demands for the justification of what was being done, and this is not the context for heroes. Campbell claimed that when these heroes were swept away the world was one devoid of live and positive transformative power. In Campbells eyes the two policemen saving the man from attempting to end his life were certainly heroes in such dramatic circumstances. Lives, however, are also changed and saved by discourse and the use of rationality in everyday less dramatic circumstances. Campbell argued too that the resultant state of affairs favoured a reemergence of what he called the “immanence of the occult”. If one cannot save the world with knowledge and reason then perhaps all that remains is magic.

During the early 1900’s two Giants of psychology(Freud and Jung) emerged in different parts of Europe to challenge behaviourism and the Philosophy of logical positivism lying behind it , and these two figures had very different relations to the occult. Carl Jung, for Campbell, may perhaps have been a heroic figure. This is indeed an interesting comparison because as we know, the first time that these two figures met ,they apparently talked uninterruptedly for thirteen hours about psychological and philosophical issues. Freud ,the founder and leader of an International Psychoanalytic movement that had spread rapidly around the world in fact later, appointed Jung as its President . Soon after this, however there was a falling out and the issue that separated these two men was the issue of the role of the occult in psychological theory—should it be regarded as an actual phenomenon indicating the presence of a spirit world or was it rather as Freud thought a phenomenon which demanded explanations either in terms of illusory sensory stimuli or in more complex cases , a product of unbalanced minds? This was a particularly interesting conflict, because both figures claimed to be influenced by Kant. Kant as we know wrote an essay entitled “Dreams of a Spirit seer” in which he made it clear that Critical Philosophy ,whilst acknowledging the realm of the noumenal or supersensible, cannot validate the descriptions of events that spirit seers give us. Using a form of elenchus and rational argumentation, Kant does not question that men may think they see and hear spirits from another realm of existence, but these phenomena permit of alternative descriptions and explanation, which are more in accord with what it is possible for us to know (as outlined in Kants Critical Philosophy). The mystery of the supersensible realm, argues Kant, must be carefully explored using what we know about the nature of the world and the nature of our minds. Mysticism, he argues, does not possess the conceptual framework or authority necessary to give us a reliable and valid account of “mysterious phenomena”. Freud of course was put in a difficult position when Jungs interest in paranormal phenomena became known to him and he wrote thus in one of his letters to Jung in 1911:

“I am aware that you are driven with innermost inclination to the study of the occult and I am sure you will return home richly laden. I cannot argue with that, it is always right to go where your impulses lead–You will be accused of mysticism, but the reputation you won with “Dementia” will hold up for quite some time against that. Just dont stay in the tropical colonies too long, you must remain at home” 12th May 1911

It is clear that the Freudian theorising on the nature of psuché includes a reference to the idea of a supersensible realm but we should recall in this context that the project Kant was engaged upon involved creating a new sense of the metaphysical that was not mystical but instead allowed a logical space for the great truths of mythology to persist with Philosophical support and in accordance with a tradition of rationalism stretching back to Plato and Aristotle. Seances and a belief in a spiritual after life is inconsistent with this tradition and its understanding of the scope and limits of the basic term psuché, which itself contains reference to the transcendental and metaphysical in its human form. On such an account the concept of the after-life may at best be metaphorical and at worst an example of what Freud referred to as projection to reduce anxiety or fulfill a fantasy laden wish.

The above letter was written before Freud’s later wave of theorising which was more rooted in the ideas of Plato, Aristotle and Kant so it is possible that Freud’s earlier responses to Jung’s mysticism was not as diplomatic as the written response. Freud was familiar with the work of Kant and would have read “Dreams of a spirit seer”, Kants criticism of the mystic, Swedenborg. Metaphysical spiritualism was certainly one of the targets of Kant’s critical Philosophy as was hylozoism and materialism of various forms.

Both Jung’s “collective unconscious” and Freuds “unconscious” were sceptical of the prevailing psychology of consciousness which was attempting to confront head-on the materialism of behaviourism. Freud, we ought to recall in this context was a reductionist, and committed neuroscientific materialist, when he wrote the work “Project for a Scientific Psychology”. In this work, which he later burned, for fear of tarnishing his reputation, he postulated three types of neurone and the energy regulation and pleasure pain principles which he would later retain in a larger framework of ideas. Jung does in his Psychology attempt to use certain Kantian terms such as intuition and thought, but his concern was not to provide an essence specifying definition of human psuché, but rather to map the differences in personality between people. For Jung, personality was mostly conceived to be determined by inherited predispositions to be found in the collective unconscious of mankind. These dispositions determined both the behaviour and thought of man. Jung also referred to two attitudes, extraversion and introversion, and two kinds of states of mind concerned with ones balance of mind, namely stability and neuroticism as well as 4 psychological functions, sensing ,feeling, intuition ,and thinking. These latter functions were then used to determine 16 psychological personality types. This is an impressive framework dedicated to the mapping of differences between men, and to that extent one may feel that Jung’s work has made a contribution to the discipline of Psychology. To some extent his work complements the work of Freud. Yet at the same time, it must be noted that there is a major difference between these two Psychologists insofar as the importance of religion is concerned. Freud must be regarded as concerned with criticising primarily Western religion and Jung perhaps promoted archetypes of many world religions.

Laurens van der Post’s book (“Jung and the story of our time”(London, Penguin, 1976) claims:

“..this ancient Greek world seemed a more naturally religious world than the Christian world in which the Reformation was about to explode. Even at the greatest period of Greek history and its point of loftiest achievement in arts, science, philosophy, politics and affairs of religion, the gods themselves did not hesitate to come down from Olympus and participate in some shape, in the heat and dust of the battle to live out the meaning that invested life on earth. Indeed the fact that the Gods themselves were housed in their native Olympus seemed to be significant proof of the close and intimate connection of Greece with its religious experiences. It was also significant that Greece’s decline started with the relegation of its gods to the planets and outer space.” (P.31)

It is clear from van der Post’s account that the Ancient Greeks lived in a religious space and time, and everyone during the day in the agora or dreaming in their homes during the night, were in some sense in the company of their gods. He also notes that the period of the Renaissance was a period in which an attempt was made to revive this passion for living by using all the powers at the disposal of ones personality. He expressed admiration for the Elisabethan Renaissance and its primary spokesman Shakespeare whom he claimed possessed an unparallelled gift for expression (P.33). This extraverted spirit of the time, however, was soon to turn to its negation in introversion, and seek to remedy the diminishing role of religion by a psychological mechanism which projected its aggression outward, thus creating the ideal atmosphere for wars that became increasingly barbaric as the technology for the instigation of death became more and more lethal. In this context it is worthwhile recording that Descartes, one of the “new men”, was a mercenary in the 30 year war , and also a designer of “war machines”.

We should also point out that it was to Freud that Einstein, (commissioned by the League of nations )turned for a psychological analysis of war in 1933. Freud by this time would have been able not to just list the psychological conditions necessary for the rise of mad tyrants and their success in persuading the masses to sanction their mad violent projects, but also refer to the kind of psychological effects that wars have upon their participants. Amongst these conditions however, Freud did not refer to the after effects of the ongoing process of secularisation and the collapse of the authority of religion.

Revolutions can be at least as brutal as war and van der Post has no doubt that the French Revolution was associated with the deposing of religion and the crowning of reason amidst the atrocities committed:

“After all one cannot overlook the symbolic importance of the fact that when the French revolution. was perpetrating its greatest inhumanities against helpless men and women, it officially deposed God and in his place actually crowned a goddess of reason in Notre Dame in Paris. “(P.37)

Rousseau is the enigmatic counter enlightenment figure that stands opposed both to the authority of religion and reason. We should recall however that Rousseau played an important part in Kant’s Enlightened Critical Philosophy by convincing Kant to abandon his Wolffian rationalism and adopt a more nuanced approach which took into account the dignity of man. In his work on Emile which Kant avidly read we find a pupil who does not read the Bible but rather “Robinson Crusoe”. We also find Rousseau affectionately embracing his fictional ideal pupil and leaving his own children to an orphanage. Van der Post points to Rousseau’s claim that civilisation is no longer progressing and also to the fact that Rousseau’s Philosophising does little to mitigate the suffering soul of modern man, but he attributes much to the inefficacy of religion to affect the spirit of man positively.

https://www.buzzsprout.com/admin/2527643/episodes/17962250-the-delphic-podcasts-by-michael-r-d-james-review-of-the-occult-in-myth-season-5-episode-3

The decline in the respect for the dignity of man for Kant resides in the fact that man does not dare to use his reason in accordance with its scope and limits. The Enlightenment followed the Renaissance which followed a long period of Roman domination in which the Roman military and engineering spirit curiously settled upon the sect of Christianity as its chosen religion. The narrative of the life of Jesus was of course addressing the problem of mans failure to use his reason by suggesting that man instead love his neighbour and enemies as ends-in-themselves, but the narrative contained certain fantasy-laden supernatural events which raised questions about the validity of the account, given the previous heritage of the power of logos and argumentation from the Greeks.

Part of the dispute between Jung and Freud centred upon the role of sexuality in personality development–a thesis Jung contested. Freud never abandoned his sexual stages but he did widen the scope of meaning of eros, to include all life affirmative thinking and activity. Darwin had been the inspiration for much of Freuds so-called mythology of the instincts which included the sexual instincts under the broader category of the life instincts. Freud and other Darwinians were largely responding to the fact that evolution had for some reason ensured that humans spend a long time being dependent upon their parents, thus creating the need for institutions such as the family to last for long periods of time. This, however was not the only reason for the insistence upon the importance of sexuality. Freuds clinical experience with his neurotic patients regularly encountered sexual fantasies of certain kinds. Much time was spent analysing and interpreting these fantasies. So, Freud in fact responded positively to Jung’s criticism by expanding the scope of the meaning of eros to include civilisation building activities.

The Kantian emphasis upon the will and its relation to treating humanity as an end in itself was to be transposed to a lower psychological level by Freud, into the instincts and their vicissitudes, and Freud specifically claimed that he had charted the path of only some of the instincts. What he meant is not entirely clear, but we should remember that Schopenhauer had written a work entitled “The World as Will and Representation”, and in it he referred to the phenomenon of the will operating according to a principle of mercy (operative in the case of the heroic policemen). Is this something separate to what Kant meant by the good will or is it the case that the good will is in fact partly a vicissitude of this principle? The good will obviously has a sensible aspect and this might be a part of that aspect, i.e. there is nothing in Kant to prevent us from postulating that he adopted the hylomorphic thesis that psychological powers built upon other powers as well as integrating themselves with other powers. Freud referred to his Psychology as Kantian, and he also referred to the Hughlings Jackson neural thesis that lower parts of of the brain can be integrated into the higher parts. In this case the categorical imperative which urges mankind to treat his fellows as end-in-themselves could be construed as a higher level vicissitude of the principle of mercy.

Campbell discusses this principle in another essay in this collection in relation to the work of Thomas Mann. It has to be said that there is a tendency in Campbells presentation of Freud’s ideas to fail to see that in relation to the Freudian dictum “Where id was there ego shall be”, it is the energy of the id that is used for the purposes of the ego and the superego, and all three systems are integrated with each other and not as separate as some commentators claim.

Van der Post comments upon the “loneliness” of modern man and claims that this was a symptom of his times. For the Greeks, what man had in common, was related to psuché and its attendant capacities and powers, but for Kant it was the good will that was the driving force in man. This is not to say that man in fact universally possessed a good will, but rather possessed a consciousness of the imperative that he ought to treat his fellow man ends-in-themselves. The imperative to think rationally is also a demand made in the form of an “ought-to”: man ought not to contradict himself, but, as we all know, this demand does not hinder him from doing so, thereby contributing to the presence of confusion in the world. This could be clearly seen in the case of the tyrants of the time, who inverted good and evil and made the worst argument appear the better.

Freud’s work became over time, less materialistic and more Platonic and Kantian whilst at the same time being rooted in the hylomorphism that was presence in his medical training from Vienna University. Insofar as Freud could be regarded as concerned with mans spirituality, this was not in the form of the imagination and fantasy but rather in the form of the way in which eros and logos produce order and good in the world. Of course Thanatos and uncontrolled desires and fears were also striving to use the energy of the id for more narcissistic purposes, and the domination of such forces may partly account for the loneliness of modern man van der Post referred to. Previously one of the functions of myth was to bring men together via narratives that clarified mans relation to the realm of the sacred, and all that was required for such stories were an understanding of certain categories of judgement and an active imagination. As the world became more complex it was inevitable that Reason and argumentation would be needed to give man an understanding of his relation to this world in which the sacred appeared to become more and more marginalised, and this too might have contributed to mans feeling of loneliness.

Paul Ricouer’s work on Freud and The Symbolism of Evil in particular provide us with critical insight into the power and limitations of mythical thinking. He points out that myths contain symbols of evil which call for philosophical interpretation: a form of interpretation analogous to Freudian psychoanalytical interpretations of dreams and pathological symptoms. Symbols, myths, symptoms and dreams, then, all possess a latent-manifest structure, a complex form of double meaning in which the latent meaning is in some sense disguised/revealed by the manifest unless submitted to the logos of an interpretation procedure which relies on Aristotelian hylomorphic and Kantian critical theory. According to Ricouer both myths and symbols when correctly interpreted reveal the relation of man to the realm of the sacred.

Van der Post’s diagnosis of the loneliness of modern man may be connected to the phenomenon articulated by Julian Jaynes in his work on the Origins of Consciousness, namely “Deus Absconditis”: the phenomenon of the absent god that has left man alone to his fate. For Jaynes several engravings of an empty throne being approached by a king symbolise the advance of the secularisation process and its affect upon religion. Freud may well have had this phenomenon in mind when he referred to science and gardening as “displacement activities”: vain attempts to fill the void that has been left in the life of modern man. We ought to recall in this context the remark of the once scientifically inclined Wittgenstein, that science sends him to sleep. For him this modern world has nothing of the attraction of the bustling agoras of ancient Greece, the teeming Elisabethan London streets conversing about the latest play of Shakespeare, or the cosmopolitan Königsberg with its drawing room gatherings during the time of Kant. Things have undoubtedly changed whilst we have been occupied with making the worst argument seem the better. The Kleinian Renaissance art-critic, Adrian Stokes, in an essay entitled Greek Culture and the Ego had this to say about the Golden Age of Ancient Greece:

“The truest wisdom lay in a properly balanced personality in which neither side triumphed at the expense of the other. What this meant can be seen from the place given to eros, which means in the first place passionate love, but extends its meaning far beyond physical desire to many forms of intellectual and spiritual passion. For Parmenides it is the child of necessity and the force which makes men live and thrive–for Democritus it is the desire for beautiful things: for Euripides it is the inspiring spirit of the arts: for Pericles it is what devoted citizens feel for their city; for Socrates it is the pursuit of noble ends in thought and action….If the complete force of mans nature works as a single power, he is a full man, and no Greek of the great days that this was the right and natural way to behave.”(Collected Works of Adrian Stokes Vol 3, London, Thames and Hudson, 1978, P.84)

Eros, insofar as Plato and Aristotle are concerned is probably all of the above , Eros being, according to the Symposium, a mediator between man and the Gods. Divine eros for Aristotle was of course connected to his metaphysical characterisation of God who was engaged in thinking about himself as well as producing all movement and motion in the universe.

Adrian Stokes embraces most of the above account of Eros and also Melanie Klein’s analyses of the instincts of man and their relation to good and bad, part and whole objects. She agrees that during infancy there is a tendency for the infant to be “enveloped” by objects such as the mother. When the “I” is subsequently formed more and more by the lost objects of the ego, there is more and more respect for the independence and self sufficiency of these objects. Stokes picks up this reasoning in his analysis of a certain kind of Renaissance art object which he designates as Quattrocento Art. Such art objects, he argues are whole objects in virtue of their independence and self sufficiency. They are, he argues, a restorative response to the depressive anxiety generated by past lost valuable objects. Such art enables us to become less dependent upon external objects. The internal objects of the mind are also more integrated with each other, and this in turn enables a more harmonious relation to the external world as such. Strong personalities (neither for Klein nor Stokes) do not view being alone as a problem exactly because their dependence upon external objects is minimal. This relation to the external world and its “modernity” which encourages a more narcissistic relation to objects, enables these individuals with strong personalities( possessing superior subtle intellects?) to correctly diagnose the condition of modern man and see the loneliness of the modern world as related to depression and the mania related to narcissism. Such individuals may like Kant see the whole as “melancholically haphazard” and restrict their participation in society to a minimum.

Jung too, according to Anthony Storr in his work noted that Jung was concerned too with the attribution of pathological symptoms and behaviour to what he called the “spirit of the times”. Freud took a more nuanced approach and attributed the discontent to be universally found in modern society, to a system that is ill-adapted to mans legitimate desires and fears, and further traced this phenomenon to its source in mans long childhood. The Pleasure Pain principle was not, in our modern era, in his view, regulated by the Reality principle of the Aristotelian golden mean and our children thus had more difficulty growing up with balanced personalities and appropriate behavioural patterns.

Freud may have regarded excursions into the realms of the para-normal as symptoms of the modern malady, a turning away from the melancholically haphazard external world, toward a more satisfying inner world, where there were mechanisms operating that one could control. Projecting “spirits” into the external world was for Freud a sign of a serious lack of psychic harmony, and may be a sign of an unstable unbalanced mind. The phenomenon of “possession” so fascinating for the people of Jung’s time became a source of fascination for Jung who became interested in the phenomenon of multiple personality. Jung was less inclined to see such a disturbance of normal behaviour, and more inclined to view this phenomenon as introverted. Whether possession, for example, was detrimental for mental health would depend for him on which of the unconscious archetypes were responsible for what we were experiencing.

Anthony Storr claims that Freud was obsessed by the body and that therefore Jung’s fascination with the spiritual world came as a welcome relief. This overlooks the Philosophical view of the human body (psuché) that we find in Aristotle and Spinoza which cannot be accused of being materialistic. Aristotles hylomorphic view was that the psuché is constituted by a constellation of organs and a configuration of limbs and posture that enables a particular form of life to form as a result of the power of these organs and limbs, which includes the power of the brain, eyes, ears, speech, bipedal activity, etc., and the influence of the sexual organs on the life choices man makes. The capacity for discourse and rational thinking and argumentation are obviously higher level activities and are therefore part of the essence specifying definition: rational animal capable of discourse.

Freud largely embraces this hylomorphic view of psuché as he does Kant’s philosophical and critical view of the powers of the mind and especially the importance of epistemé insofar as knowledge of the self is concerned. Mere self consciousness would not be sufficient for Kant to characterise the spiritual life of man. The Kantian faculty of sensibility—the home of sensuous imagination, the instincts and the apriori intuitions of space and time are clearly more biological than spiritual, but no one can surely deny that the faculties of the understanding/judgement and reason were not spiritual. These faculties were possibly not spiritual in the sense Jung intended, but given Kant’s criticism of “spirit seers” such a criticism cannot be taken seriously without first confronting Kant’s arguments from that article.

Spinoza claimed that the first idea of the mind is the idea of the body. This for us characterises well the intimate relation the mind has to the body. We also find in Spinoza’s writings reference to the more general phenomenon of change in the universe when it is claimed that all entities of whatever kind strive to maintain themselves in their existence. If we refuse to interpret Spinoza’s reflections as pertaining to hylozoism and consider only life forms as a specific category of Being, then we can see in his work Pre- Darwinian ideas that also appear to be in line with some ideas we find in Aristotle’s hylomorphism. Indeed Spinoza’s reflections appear also to support and predate the Freudian so-called “mythology of the instincts”. Freud also in some of his later writings addresses the higher psychological functions when he reflects upon the operation of the ego as a precipitate of lost objects. He also refers to higher psychological functions in his Group Psychology and the Ego, but there is no acknowledgment of the positive power of religion to structure our psychological capacities and powers: an acknowledgement moreover which is undoubtedly present in both Aristotelian Hylomorphic and Kantian Critical Philosophy.

Bearing in mind this omission, which leaves readers with the impression that Religion has no positive psychological value, the later theorising of Freud can be seen as an interesting elaboration upon Kantian ideas relating to the faculty of sensibility , the transcendental ego and the realm of the noumenal. Kant in His Anthropology elaborates in more detail upon this idea of the “I”:

” the sum total of pragmatic anthropology in respect to the vocation of the human being and the characteristic of his formation is the following. The human being is destined by his reason to live in a society with human beings and in it to cultivate himself and moralise himself by means of the arts and sciences. No matter how great his animal tendency may be to give himself passively to the impulses of comfort and good living, which he calls happiness, he is still destined to make himself worthy of humanity by actively struggling with the obstacles that cling to him because of the crudity of his nature.”(Anthropology from a pragmatic point of view Ed and Trans by Louden R B, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 2006, P.15)

We can see from the above quote where the inspiration for the agency of the superego came from, and we can also see how powerful the instincts are in this process of actualising our higher capacities and powers. Against the background of the above reflections it is difficult to see exactly why Jung wished to claim in an interview about his relation to Freud that he was influenced by Kant. If the influence ran as deep as he claimed then there would not have been this deep disagreement over the role of the instincts, eros, and the superego in the process of personality development.

On the issue of Jungs commitment to the occult and the paranormal which Freud characterised as the “black mud and rising tide of occultism”, it is difficult not to see in this commitment a lack of focus on the role the reality principle and the external world play in any account of the human psuché. Campbell, however, it must be admitted, is not committed to any form of occultism, and much of what he has claimed would have been well received by both Kant and Freud (except perhaps his view of Jung’s work).

We know Wittgenstein was a follower of Freud and according to the American Philosopher of Aesthetics, Stanley Cavell, Wittgenstein was concerned to put the soul back into the body. Freud, witnessing the rise of American behaviourism, was equally concerned with this task but he was equally concerned not to claim for the spirit or mind more territory than it actually occupied in the phenomenal realm. He was, it ought to be recalled particularly concerned with the Cartesian obsession with Consciousness which Freud believed was merely the tip of the iceberg of the mind.

Kant, Freud and Wittgenstein would not have sanctioned the view of the afterlife we encounter in occultism, nor would they have sanctioned a belief in ghosts, poltergeists and possession by the devil and their grounds would have been the grounds of Logos and Reason–the grounds of understanding and rationality.

Freud and Philosophy: The Metaphysics and Logos of Psuché and Psychoanalysis (An Aristotleian and Kantian Critique)

Views: 1761

Introductory Chapter

https://books.apple.com/us/book/the-metaphysics-and-logos-of-psuch%C3%A9-and-psychoanalysis/id673874122

https://www.storytel.com/se/books/the-metaphysics-and-logos-of-psuch%C3%A9-and-psychoanalysis-an-aristotelian-and-kantian-critique-9858855

Table of Contents

Chapter One. Introduction: Psuché, Eros, Thanatos, and the Lost Objects of the Ego

Notes to Chapter One Introduction

Chapter Two. The Modern Age of Discontentment: The manic new men and the melancholic masses

Notes to Chapter Two

Chapter Three. Freud and Aristotelian themes

Notes to Chapter Three

Chapter Four. Freud and Platonic Themes

Notes to Chapter Four

Chapter Five. Aristotle and Freud: “Health is the Logos and Knowledge in the soul”

Notes to Chapter Five

Chapter Six: Freud and Kantian Themes

Notes to Chapter Six

Chapter Seven: Freud, Tyranny, The Law, and Political Philosophy

Notes to Chapter Seven

Chapter Eight.  Concluding Remarks: History and Psychology

Notes to Chapter Eight

Bibliography

Author details

Michael R D James was born in South Africa and lived in Cape Town for 16 years. He travelled to England and was educated at Grammar School, Exeter University (Bachelour of education) and Birmingham University (Bachelour of Arts and Master of Arts in Philosophy). He moved to Sweden in 1979 and has lived there for over 40years, taking his doctorate at Uppsala University in 1987 in Kantian Philosophy. For 24 years he lectured in the International Baccalaureate Program and taught the subjects of Philosophy, Psychology, and Theory of Knowledge at Sigtunaskolan Humanistiska Läroverket. He introduced World schools Debating into Sweden and was the Swedish Schools team Manager between 2008 and 2013, coaching the team at the World Championships at Qatar and Dundee. His works  “The World Explored, the World Suffered are aimed at integrating the thought of Philosophers of the Ancient Greek tradition, the Enlightenment, and those contemporary Philosophers that think in the same spirit. He enjoys reading, travelling, exercising, listening to music, being with his family, and walking his dog. He currently lives in Uppsala.

Blog page address: http://michaelrdjames.org                                                                                                                                 

Chapter One. Introduction: Psuché, Eros, Thanatos, and the Lost Objets of the Ego

Kant makes an important distinction between civilisation and culture1, whilst at the same time acknowledging the importance of viewing these characterisations of mans social being-in-the-world in terms of his “lebenswelt”, rather than in terms of his technological “achievements”(techné). The latter achievements belong in the realm of a pragmatically based mentality, which seeks to focus on the means to ends whilst the former rather invokes a mentality that concerns itself with the elusive idea of ends-in-themselves.

The creation of the chair is an early technological achievement that can largely be explained in terms of the movement of material from one place to another: a causal history of events in a spatio-temporal continuum that brought together an object that serves a number of possible ends, including being placed in a library and helping to constitute a studious form of life. Such a form of life is situated in a context of involvements that transcends a merely reductionist causal analysis into events in which material is in motion and moving from one location to another. Even in this technical process, we need the idea of the form, or end of, “the chair” to explain just why this material took the form that it did: a form that is important in the contexts of Civilization and Culture. There is no better manifestation of the contemplative form of life envisaged by Aristotle than that of the University Library. The chair allows us to sit for hours reading or writing, events that appeal to the idea of an end-in-itself. In such a context we encounter both technical knowledge (how to build a chair) and the kinds of knowledge necessary to write literary works: e.g. epistemé, arché, diké, areté, logos, as well as the knowledge of aesthetic and teleological principles.

There is a complex relation between Civilisation and Culture that is connected to the relations between instrumental (means creating) and categorical (end-sustaining) reasoning. Aristotelian hylomorphic explanation acknowledges different kinds of explanation associated with these different types of reasoning: material and efficient causation is, according to Aristotle, more susceptible to hypothetical-instrumental reasoning, whereas formal and final causation is regulated categorically by logos. For Aristotle, the chair has a form (formal cause) that guides human activity to the telos that is embedded in what we referred to above as the context of involvement necessary for the possible cultural aim of a contemplative life. In these contexts, however, the chair also possesses what Heidegger referred to as a ready-to-hand form of existence2, unless of course it has specific aesthetic characteristics which mobilise an appreciative episode in which we stand and admire the chair instead of sitting in it and reading. Similarly, with the library–this stone building with high ceilings and marble floors–we might stand outside and consider its architectural characteristics such as the mass-effect of the stone, the rough and smooth surfaces, the distribution of windows and other glass apertures. Libraries and temples were designed and constructed in accordance with cultural teleological ideas, but as buildings they also have to meet the purposes of Civilization: they have, that is, to possess a ready-to-hand, means-to-an-end, character. The telos of Culture concerns itself principally with ends, and the telos of civilization-building activities demands a more instrumental-calculating form of reasoning.

Kant’s Philosophy situates aesthetic judgement, relating to the beauty of natural or art objects, at the gateway between sensible parts of the mind and its more intellectual thought-processes3. This assumes a hylomorphic approach in which aesthetic judgement functions as a lynchpin linking to a more organic view of civilization-building activities which meet firstly, essentially organic needs (fulfilling safety needs as outlined by Maslow) and secondly the higher psychological mental needs of culture.

Kant notes the following:

“The empirical interest in the beautiful exists only in society. And if we admit that the impulse to society is natural to mankind and the suitability for, and the propensity towards it, i.e. sociability, is a property essential to the requirements of man as a creature intended for society, and one, therefore, that belongs to humanity, it is inevitable that we should also look upon taste in the light of a faculty for estimating whatever enables us to communicate our feeling to everyone else, and hence as a means for promoting that upon which the natural inclination of everyone is set.”4 P.155

The beauty of a library may give rise to a judgement of beauty that has its source in a harmony of the sensible and intellectual functions of the mind (the imagination and the understanding), which in turn generates a feeling of pleasure. The Concepts of the Understanding are not involved, but the categories are, e.g. quality, quantity, relation and modality. We should note in this context that it is the categorical use of concepts in accordance with the categories of understanding /judgement which is responsible for the communicability of objectively valid judgements about objects, events etc. The aesthetic judgement, however, does not rest on concepts and is strictly speaking not about the object one is appreciating, but rather is about the subject who is engaged in the judging process. The feeling, then, becomes the focus of the judgement, and is the basis for, as Kant puts the matter, speaking with a universal voice about the beauty of the object. The aesthetic experience, insofar as the library is concerned, requires adopting the role of the spectator and engaging in a sensory exploration with the aid of the imagination and understanding. Here we encounter one of the most important functions of civilization, namely, to refine our feelings and inclinations, and seek happiness. Such contemplation may play an important part in engaging in the more serious business of Culture whose major task is to demand of us the performance of social duties that will help in the aim of avoiding the anxiety connected with ruin and destruction. In Cultural activities, there is a regulation of the desire for happiness and even a demand for sacrifice in relation to the telos of happiness. For the Greeks this regulation occurred in the name of principles (arché) and the virtues (areté, diké, epistemé etc). For Freud, the former appreciative activity is related to a mature form of pleasure, but there is a serious intent on the part of the creators of objects such as libraries, temples, and tombs, and it is this that demands the operation of the defence mechanism he called “sublimation” which, for him, was a vicissitude of an instinct. It is not clear, however, whether Freud would have subscribed to the distinction we are appealing to, namely, that between Civilization and Culture, but he is on record as describing his Psychology as Kantian and he “borrows” concepts from Greek culture (mythology) and Greek philosophy which assume some form of this distinction. If Freud is to be taken seriously then we can assume that the 4 Kantian questions which defined the domain of Philosophy, must to some extent concern Freud too, e.g. “What can we know?”, “What ought we to do?”, What can we hope for?” and “What is man?”.

The Greek concept of areté, if defined in terms of saying and doing the right thing in the right way at the right time, obviously relates to both Civilization-building activities and Culture-creating and sustaining activities, such as the passing of laws and education. Both kinds of activity are important for “society”–the term Kant used above in conjunction with the term “humanity”. The former term-society-comes from Latin and this is important to bear in mind when it comes to the humanistic element of Culture, simply because the Roman idea or ideal of governing men was very different to the ancient Greek idea or ideal of governing the polis. The Romans, we should remind ourselves, were concerned, firstly, with engineering, and secondly, military objectives, and both of these require instrumental reasoning rather than the more categorical reasoning the Greeks thought so important if one was to heed the Greek oracles warnings about impending ruin and destruction. The most paradoxical God in the Roman Pantheon was obviously Janus with his two faces and two sets of eyes looking in different directions–a figure that appears to be the figment of an anxious imagination. Janus was perfectly placed at the gates of the city to watch the soldiers marching out to battle, and watch them returning with diminished numbers once the battle was over.

Kant was undoubtedly the major humanistic figure of the Enlightenment, and carried on the tradition of humanism from the Greek Philosophers, but there is one major apparent difference between Classical-Greek political philosophy, and Kantian Political Philosophy. Kant’s critical and systematic moral Philosophy paved the way for a more systematic understanding of the concepts of freedom, human rights, and peace, all of which were implied in Aristotelian Political Philosophy but whose contours emerged and became more clearly thematised in Kant’s Theory of Practical Reason and Action4. Lying at the foundation of these reflections, however, is an Aristotelian hylomorphic view of psuché, which is most clearly delineated in Kant’s Critique of Teleological Judgement5. Teleological judgments are obviously involved in the construction of artefacts such as chairs and humanistic institutions such as libraries, but it is their role in explaining the activity of psuché (forms of life) that both Aristotle and Kant thought equally important. Teleological explanations for both of these philosophers are different kinds of explanations compared to the kinds of explanation we use in theorising about nature. In this latter kind of explanation, insofar as objects of sense are concerned, it is important that we search for mechanisms e.g. the nexus effectivis of the form of the bird for example, but it is equally important to acknowledge that this form of explanation, valid though it is, could never adequately explain the necessity that attaches to the functional behaviour of the bird that sustains it in its existence.

The Polis or larger community, for Kant, requires explanations in terms of nexus effectivis, and also explanations which Kant terms, nexus finalis. In the case of the laws of the polis/community, unity is part of the city/community and is part of the nexus finalis we call “The Law”, which in turn relates to the nexus effectivis of breaches of the law by citizens. In this context we should recall the Socratic account of justice in The Republic where the unity of the city is emphasised, and it is ominously asserted that the divided city is headed for ruin and destruction. We should also recall that the Socratic argument against the passing of unjust laws was that these laws might in the end not be in the interests of the lawmakers. Socrates pointed here to the importance of knowledge in any effective legislation process. Teaching those who breach the law the necessity of obeying the law is part of the civilising process. But the finality of laws, insofar as unifying the city is concerned, extends into the sphere of Culture and its purposes and goals: the sphere of a quality of existence that strives after the property of being in a broad sense “healthy”. For Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle, the healthy city is the just, peaceful city.

As Political Philosophy progressed through the millennia, we find, with both Hobbes and Descartes, a fascination for artefacts and the objects of science, at the expense of an appreciation of the importance of healthy life forms. Hobbes, for example, thought that the state is best viewed as an arte-factual construction. The political entity, for him, was more like the ready-to-hand chair than the cultural humanistic institution of the library. For Hobbes and Descartes, educational processes were engaged in the technical task of “constructing” minds rather than the humanistic task of “nurturing” them.

What Kant called “mechanical causality” in his Critique of Teleological Judgement can certainly be applied to explaining how the chair came into existence. In Aristotle’s Theory of Change, the creation of the chair is an example of change that partly requires reference to mechanical causality, which is not the case if we are talking about the tree (the material of the wood). The form-of-finality of  “forms of life” require different kinds of explanation. Such forms, Kant claims, exist as physical ends which are both cause and effect of themselves” (Kant P.18). This is part of Kant’s noumenal account involving:

“a kind of causality that we cannot associate with the mere conception of nature unless we make that nature rest on an underlying end that which can then, though incomprehensible be thought without contradiction”(P.18)

The generation of a genus of life such as an animal or a tree is a case of something causing itself: a cat produces a kitten which is a cat and an oak produces an acorn which will grow to become a tree: like produces like. If trees produced kittens or cats acorns this would be similar to the relation of artefacts to their human creators. The polis, according to Hobbes6 was arte-factual–his laws were artefacts that were mechanically designed. This runs contrary to the views of both Aristotle and Kant. The individual born in a polis is to be nurtured under its laws as both a free individual and a citizen living in a domain in which a certain form of life is valued: a form measured by the ideas of areté, arché, epistemé, diké. The form of change which the infant and child needs to undergo before these forms/ideas seem appropriate, is complicated (Kant P.19): far more complicated than the forms of change a tree undergoes as part of a forest or the changes wood undergoes to form a chair. All forms of life, however, share with each other essential characteristics involving the mutual relatedness of their parts to each other: in the case of the human form of life we are dealing with the relation of organs, limbs, hands, bones, tissues etc., which are all necessary for the form of life the human will lead in a polis containing trees and chairs, libraries, temples, and tombs: a form of life requiring a constellation of human powers and abilities. The powers of a tree are obviously more limited than the powers of a rational animal capable of discourse, a being that, amongst other things, creates chairs, makes laws, and discusses Philosophy in the agora. The library, temple, and tomb in the agora look, on the face of it, to be very complex arte-facts, but they are endowed with a telos that is essential to psuché and are thereby endowed with the values and norms associated with areté, arché, epistemé and diké. The users of these “institutions” contrast with the users of the chair placed in the agora by a degree of complexity that separates the idea of civilisation from that of culture. Culture requires the presence of free and educated individuals to perform the duties associated with families and the polis, and this requires a long process of the development of their powers: a process Aristotle thought of as a self-actualisation process.

The chair placed in the agora is part of what Martin Heidegger called a context of involvements6. More recently analytical philosophers have used the term “instrumentality” to designate the essential character of equipment. For Heidegger, the chair is an entity “ready-to-hand”, and belongs in a context with other objects such as the table, the objects placed on the table etc. The ways in which these objects relate to each other are to be explained by the purposes of the will and its sensory and motor functions. The powers of the will and the human body have an intimate relation to each other. The will can will action in both instrumental-civilisation contexts (techné) and categorical culture-constituting contexts involving areté.

Aristotle’s biological/psychological account of psuché 7 embraces all forms of life from the plant kingdom to the animal kingdom, and also points to the form of life with the most awe-inspiring and impressive repertoire of powers: the rational animal capable of discourse. The biological base of these powers, however, resides simply in a specific constellation of organs, limbs, hands, bone and tissue, which may, if conditions are not propitious, never actualise its capacities if it is not nurtured to do so in the appropriate civilised circumstances. Part of this actualisation process involves the historical/philosophical problem of the relation between the body and the mind, which was not a fundamental issue for the Ancient Greek Philosophers. These Greek philosophers intuitively understood that the relation was intimate and perhaps would have thought that Spinoza expressed this relation well when he said that the first idea of the mind was the idea of the body. Aristotle, in particular, would have found this to be an appropriate claim.  Freud, too, recognised the importance of a psychological mechanism to protect the body when he attributed to the ego the primary task of the protection of the body.

Perhaps the mark of the beginning of the so called period of “Modern Philosophy” is instantiated by the kind of claim made by Descartes who maintained that one can, in fact, imagine the absence of ones body whilst retaining the idea/conclusion that “I exist”8. Aside from the problem of Descartes’ dualism, and his ambivalence on the issue of the distinction between scientific and philosophical problems, there is something of analytical importance in Descartes’ challenge to the Aristotelian/Spinozist positions. After Spinoza, Greek hylomorphism (that rejects both materialist and dualist accounts of the relation of the mind to the body), made a comeback via the Critical Philosophy of Kant, which also embraced Spinoza’s suggestion that the ultimate adequate idea of the self includes reference to an adequate idea of the role of the relation of the body to mind.9 For Kant this relation is hylomorphic, and concerns both powers of sensibility and powers of understanding that are in some ways mutually reciprocal : but, a concept without an intuition is blind, and an intuition without a concept is empty–intuitions, however are the matter for the “forms” of concepts.

The question that arises in this context is, of course, whether we can see the presence of hylomorphism in more recent “modern” philosophy. The analytical Philosophy of the later Wittgenstein certainly played the role of neutralising various forms of materialism and dualism, and thereby created a space for the re-emergence of Aristotelian and Kantian positions. Brian O Shaughnessy is a modern Philosopher who is influenced by Freud and the later Wittgenstein, and whose work on the relation of the body to the mind is one of the most important epistemological characterisations of our time. In his investigations there is reference to the principles (arché) of non-contradiction and sufficient reason and a firm rejection of materialistic reductions and dualistic “spirits” of the mind.

The Historical/Philosophical problem of the Will has always been concerned with

1. The Will’s relation to the body and

2. The Will’s relation to the World.

O Shaughnessy (OS) discusses these problems extensively in terms of the epistemological relation of the body to the will, and also in terms of the logical limits of the will.10 In terms of this latter question OS argues that the initial and primary target for the will is a body-part inserted in a body image. For example, the hand reaching for the wireless knob, insofar as the observer is concerned, engages with the world and enables the agent to turn up the volume of the wireless via the causal connection between the fingers of the hand and those parts of the radio responsible for volume control. The action that is a response to the request “Turn up the volume!” is under control of the will, because the will mobilises the arm and the fingers of the hand that are part of the body image of the agent. This body image is psychologically “present” for the agent, and is the source of his awareness of the position and location of the parts of his body that are under the control of the will. Some organs are, for example, not under our control, but our limbs, hands, and some organs such as the eyes, ears, nose and genital organs are all part of the body-image which is under our control, and this is part of that which constitutes what in Spinoza’s words was characterised as “the first idea of the mind”. I am asked to turn the volume of the wireless up and move my arm toward the goal and subsequently activate my fingers to turn the knob in the appropriate direction. This is an excellent account of an instrumental action situated in what Heidegger called a context of involvements. The term instrumentality is defined by the Collins dictionary as “the condition fact or quality of being instrumental, or serving as a means”. There is, therefore, a clear sense in which the parts of the body contained in my body-image can be construed as “instruments” that are used for various purposes, amongst which are those purposes which sustain me in my existence and contribute to the quality of my existence (in the context of a Civilisation and Culture). 

This state of affairs, in Greek terms, would fall under the categorical term “techné”, which Heidegger utilised in his reflections on our relation to technology. This region for Aristotle requires both material and efficient causes (explanations), if we are to give an adequate account (essence-specifying definition) of, for example, instrumental action. It is clear from the above account that there are non-active parts of the body that are not part of the body-image, e.g., those parts involved in digestion or fighting infections and these activities lie beyond the scope and limits of the will.

OS uses categorical thinking to designate the psychological and mental status of the will: he sees the category of “the active” to be critical in the account we give of this region of our mind. OS also uses the Freudian term of “ego-affirmative” to characterise the activity of the will. The will, that is, whilst being connected to an energy source that OS describes as “impulsive”, also manifests itself in all activities that can be described in terms of “striving”. This, in turn, entails the presence of desire/intention, and this is the case for all forms of life that possess complex organ/limb systems. The powers of desire and belief in animal behaviour are in contrast to what are widely regarded as the non-instrumental powers of nature, e.g. rivers and oceans. Whilst some poets such as T S Eliot may consider the river to be a god, and a “conveyer of commerce”, its activities are not as such explained in teleological terms. Apart from this fact we know nothing of the purposes of Gods.

Similarly, we have, as Kant maintained in his Critique of Teleological Judgement 11 no knowledge of the final ends of nature (P.27). Furthermore the river has no internal structure responsible for directing its activity, which consists primarily in flowing from A to B. The power of the river is purely mechanical-physical, and therefore is not to be explained in formal-final causal terms. Philosophically, the river is also not a God, because a god must possess a repertoire of powers that are not mechanical-physical. The demiurge of the Greeks is regarded as a divine artisan creating the world out of the materials of chaos in accordance with the “forms” (principles). Presumably, the river is the kind of thing the demiurge created and not a part of the original chaos, but the principles involved in its creation must differ in some respect to the principles responsible for the existence of living organisms (psuché). The river, therefore, cannot be a God. The Demiurge might then be a divine artisan using principles to create the world, but the demiurge does not have a body and does not operate in accordance with the mechanical-principle/causes that regulate or constitute physical reality. The Demiurge, then, is an independent “power” which our thought is not capable of fully understanding.

Kant contributes to this debate by urging us to use a subjective principle of reason to provide an account of nature that views nature as system of related “ends”. It was this challenge that Aristotle met by providing his theory of change, which included 4 kinds of change in three media (space, time, matter), three principles of change, and 4 causes of change (material, efficient, formal, and final). This theory allows us to explain material/physical/mechanical change at an empirical level but also allows us to explain the use of categories and principles such as are found in Newton’s “Principles of Natural Philosophy”. Kant, who understood Newton well, refused to juxtapose God and Science under the concepts of creator/world created. He discusses this issue at length in his Third Critique in the context of a metaphysical account of the relation of man to his world. Material laws, however, which are the concern of empirical science, (using the methods of observation to discover and verify), rest upon the categories of understanding/judgement, and principles of logic. These laws, Kant argues, are not, ultimate laws which reason can decisively justify, because the principle that unifies them, is, a super-sensible principle. The Judgements associated with this state of affairs, refer to a causality distinct from material/efficient causation:

” we must think. a causality distinct from mechanism, namely a world cause acting according to ends, that is, an intelligent cause–however rash and indemonstrable a principle this might be for the determinant judgement.”(P.40)

Moreover, Kant insists that this teleological form of explanation is especially necessary when it comes to providing philosophically defendable accounts of psuché (forms of life):

“No one has ever yet questioned the correctness of the principle that when judging certain things in nature, namely organisms and their possibility, we must look to the conception of final causes.”(P.40)

It needs, however to be pointed out that this conception of final cause is problematic if applied to material that is not endowed with life, because, as Kant argues:

“the possibility of living matter is quite inconceivable,”(P.46)

One ought, then, not to be surprised to learn that we are dealing with two different kinds of explanation. The first, which is associated with the quantification of matter and its material/physical relations and this physical kind of explanation demands powers of observation in order to manipulate and measure variables and the relation of variables to each other.

Given this conception of the whole of nature as a system of ends, it is difficult not to concede with Kant that the cause of the world as a whole is best conceived of as a form of Intelligence that it is difficult to characterise in any further detail. Kant does, however, refuse to conceive of this Intelligence as an instrumental force in the world operating in accordance with material and efficient causes. This form of Intelligence does, however, remind us of the Greek idea of the Demiurge— a being whose medium of operation was that of thought and understanding.

Kant would certainly refuse to countenance any physical manifestation of this agency. No one could expect such an agency to do things like “turning up the volume”. Rather this Being is operating more like that of a principle. The relation of Principles to material objects is not a concrete relation in a context of discovery but is more like an explanatory relation in a context of explanation/justification. Principles are part of the explanation of the essence-specifying definition of material objects/events.

The Demiurge, viewed as a real agent would, in the light of the sphere of its operation in the medium of thought, be an illegitimate conception, insofar as Kant was concerned, since we are dealing in this case with the realm of the super-sensible, which Kant believed we can know nothing categorical about. At best, for Kant, the Demiurge could be characterised as an idea, form, or principle constituted in the realm of thought. We, as thinking beings, do not think in the same way as the Demiurge, whose mode of thinking in this realm was characterised by Aristotle in Metaphysics book 10, in terms of thinking about thinking. We, in contrast, can only think something about something and this is reflected in the subject-predicate of our language, which has a thinking-something-about-something structure. Thinking about thinking could perhaps be characterised ontologically as having the status of the principle of all principles, or first principle.

In the Critique of Teleological Judgement Kant claims that Reason is the faculty of principles aiming at the unconditioned—that which is without conditions. This would then entail that thinking about thinking is a divine form of reasoning.  We, Aristotelian rational animals capable of discourse, can only think something about something, i.e. understand the world in terms of concepts, aiming categorically at the truth and knowledge (epistemé). Our human theoretical understanding, on this account, refers, then, to principles, that are not unconditionally constitutive of the Being of the external world. The principles involved are merely regulative–hence the importance of the Greek conception of the Demiurge as the Being, whose thought constitutes the being of the world as a whole.

Human thought occurs via concepts, and here we lose the immediate connection with reality that is given via intuitions. Our connection is mediated through our cognitive powers. The power of reason reaches out to reality, and immediate intuitive connection via concepts and logical principles such as non-contradiction and sufficient reason. Whilst concepts are in search of understanding reality, Reason, in its theoretical use, is striving after a perspicuous representation of the unconditioned actuality of the world as a whole. In order to achieve this, it works with the idea of an unconditioned ground of nature. Human intuition, understanding, and reason are all powers of a finite being. The Greeks, in spite of their embrace of theoretical reason, prized practical reason above all other forms, probably because they believed we were brought closer to reality or Being via, for example, our belief in the “Form of the Good”. We, rational animals capable of discourse, use reasons for the purposes of areté (doing and saying the right thing in the right way at the right time) and diké (justice as conceived by Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle). Both of these ideas relate to finite beings and finite action situated at specific times and places—something which is a very different kind of being to that of the form of actualisation of a divine, infinite being, thinking about thinking. Indeed to fathom the full depth of the idea of the omnipresence of the Demiurge requires a form of cognition we rational animals capable of discourse do not possess. This may entail that we do not fully understand the form of the good and that therefore our most important creation–the polis– is constantly in danger of falling into a state of ruin. Perhaps we could prevent this from happening if we heeded another oracular challenge, namely to know ourselves.

Freud’s responses to this oracular challenge to “Know thyself”, are of singular importance, given that they are, as he claims, relating to Kantian Philosophy. The later Freudian reflections even use terms drawn from Greek mythology, namely Eros, Thanatos, and Ananke, in order to establish a broader context for both his topography relating to states of consciousness (preconscious, unconscious, and consciousness) as well as the agencies operating in this topography, namely, the superego, ego, and id. The Ego emerges as the fundamental agency, using the Reality Principle, to neutralise the influence firstly, of the Pleasure-Pain principle and secondly, Thanatos–the death instinct. The Ego, Freud claims, serves three masters, the superego, the id and the external world. It does so primarily in the role of a regulating inhibitor in accordance with the reality principle. Its spheres of operation are mainly in thought and action. Freud also speaks of two psychological processes operating in these spheres of operation, namely the primary process (The instinctive part of the mind most closely allied with the body), and the secondary process whose task is to inhibit and initiate life-affirming activity. It is obvious from Freud’s account that he, like Aristotle, saw humans to be primarily animals and only secondarily practically cognitive beings that are forced to make instinctual sacrifices and suffer as a consequence from high levels of discontentment. Freud’s writings are a testament to the fact that the oracular challenge to “know thyself” requires much understanding and reasoning in the name of wisdom.

My argument in my earlier works (The World Explored, the World Suffered: A Philosophical History of Psychology, Cognition, Emotion, Consciousness and Action (Vol. 1-4), has been that, if we are to fully understand Freudian theory, we need to understand the thought of Socrates, Plato and Aristotle, Kantian Enlightenment Philosophy, and the later Philosophy of Wittgenstein. We ought also to consult the works of Analytical Philosophers such as B O Shaughnessy on the topics of The Will and Consciousness. We know that Freud claimed to be a scientist, but the exact meaning of his claim is unclear, because, what is clear, is that he embraced science in the way in which Kant embraced science, namely, in a philosophical spirit. Freud, we know, used his science in a practical clinical setting, and not the theoretical setting of the laboratory. His interest was not in the manipulation and measurement of variables, in a context of discovery, in which observation was the primary perceptual concern. In Freud’s consulting rooms it was thoughtful speech in the name of areté that was the medium for the application of the Pleasure-Pain and Reality Principles. The task at hand was to interpret the symptoms that manifested themselves, for the purposes of the “talking cure”, as one patient described psychoanalysis, or rather, as Freud would have described the telos of what was occurring, for the purposes of strengthening the Ego. What was encountered in these consulting rooms, for example, were cathected ideas and motor images of desired objects generated by the primary processes of the mind, which in turn gave rise to anxiety and manic desires (wishes). This, in turn, disturbed the operation of the secondary processes of a mind concerned with the problems of love, work and diverse cultural issues. Verbal images, which were characterised by Freud as being indications of thought-reality, played an important role in this cathartic process. This power of thought was of importance philosophically to the Ancient Greek Philosophers, Kant, and the later Wittgenstein.

The work of mourning and the dream work were important aspects of the clinical work, which initially used the techniques of hypnosis (later abandoned for good reason), but graduated to the more complex techniques of free-association, dream interpretation, identification, and transference. These techniques were used as a means of substituting the operation of the secondary process (reality principle) for the primary process (pleasure-pain principle). In the course of this psychological “work”, there is a movement, from what is manifest to consciousness, to what is latent in that part of the mind concerned with the instincts and the defence mechanisms. Bringing what is latent into consciousness, viewed as a vicissitude of the instincts, is part of the task of the talking cure that strengthens the ego. This involves mobilising the cognitive power of language, and its re-presentation of content in the context of a search for the Truth about what is good about life.

O’Shaughnessy’s use of the term “desire” in his account of the will and its relation to action presupposes that the will is essentially related to desire and belief, elements which together help to account for the complexity of animal activity and human action. OS marks the distinction between animal and human activity partly at the epistemological boundary where he claims the dog believes that he is about to be fed but our human awareness, he claims, is propositional, and humans, he argues, know that it is true that they are about to be fed. This knowledge is vitally significant in all human action-contexts where it is important for the agent to establish the meaning of their action, which includes the intention with which the action is performed.

Elisabeth Anscombe’s work on Intention12 argues hylomorphically about a case in which I accidentally killed my father on a hunting trip, because I mistook his moving camouflaged hat at a distance for a moving deer. I intended to kill the deer but shot my father instead. The distinction between the so-called formal object of my action (the supposed deer) and the actual material object (my father) could only occur in the space of thought-reality. Desire was also important in this court-case because I certainly did not want (desire) to kill my father but the inquest will probably be more interested in establishing my intention than my desire, although the two are clearly intimately related in any action. Reasoning is an important aspect in all court judgements. The judgement of “accidental death” that might emerge from the inquiry will inevitably involve teleological judgements in the third person in relation to the details of this case.

Now, it would be problematic to suggest in the above case, that Freud would allow us to suspect that in spite of my conscious protestations of innocence I may nevertheless have harboured an unconscious desire to murder my father. Consciousness, we have claimed is a vicissitude of instinct, and at the time of my firing the gun there was an awareness of a putative material object of the deer, which involved a formal idea of the deer. Being a rational animal capable of discourse, for O Shaughnessy, includes a form of self-awareness that animals do not possess because they do not possess the array of cognitive powers humans do. These powers form what he calls a unified self, composed of a tight circle of mutually related properties:

“When we speak of persons we have in mind beings endowed with a distinctive set of properties, consisting mostly in capacities such as for thought and reasoning but also in the knowledge of certain fundamentals like self, world, time, and truth. These properties are necessary conditions of one another, and in some cases are related by bonds of mutual entailment.”13

This view too has its hylomorphic and Kantian elements, containing, as it does, a commitment to the self as a whole, and the importance of belief and knowledge for thought and action. Consciousness plays an important role in O Shaughnessy’s account, but it is evident that the human form of self-consciousness is not a power possessed by animals. We have a truth-relation to the world, which involves thought-reality and external reality juxtaposed and compared in terms of the categories of understanding/judgement and other criteria of truth.

O Shaughnessy interestingly does not believe that his commitment to Freud rules out a commitment to Descartes, in particular the argument that I am certain of my existence because I am capable of thinking critically about my existence (The Cogito argument, “I think therefore I am”)14. I am also, Descartes insists, capable of being certain about the fact that I am thinking simply because any doubt about this fact is a thought (involved in reasoning). This, it can be argued, is a part of what Freud referred to as thought-reality, and this means that rationality plays an important role in the constitution of self-consciousness and the Ego. The Ego is not merely a defensive agency but also possesses the desire to know the truth and the desire to understand in a context of living, loving and working. A strong ego, according to Freud is vital to the mental and physical health of the self that has the task of strategically managing its activities, capacities and powers. This is needed if one is to meet the Delphic oracles challenge to “know thyself”, which has been challenging Philosophers for millennia. 

For Aristotle, such a complex task would require knowledge from all the sciences incorporated in the various disciplines forming part of theoretical, practical and productive science. Kant managed to condense all this into four fundamental questions of Philosophy, namely “What can we know?”, “What ought we to do?”, “What can we hope for?” and “What is man?” In the context of this discussion Freud’s theories are often criticised for not being scientific, but his broad perspective of science correlates well with both the Aristotelian canon of sciences and the Kantian view, which likewise sees the importance of theoretical, practical and aesthetic reasoning. None of these accounts can be “reduced” to the materialistic concern for matter in motion or its associated concentration on the manipulation and measurement of variables in a context of discovery (a concern that relies heavily on observation-based knowledge).

Freud was both a research scientist and a trained doctor and we should note that Medicine has long been committed jointly to both clinical and experimental methods. The clinical method obviously dominated Freud’s research and practice of medicine, and this fact must be related to his view that he was studying not the instincts as such, but rather their psychical representatives. We should note too that, for Kant, it was a mark of theoretical science that it be able to use mathematics to quantify its results, but it ought also to be recalled, mathematics is concerned with the quantification of space and time, rather than “lived space and time”, which is the focus of all the practical and productive sciences concerned with psuché. Movement into this region of science not only takes us away from the investigation of material and efficient causes in a context of exploration/discovery, but also into the more formal region of thought reality situated in a context of explanation/justification.

Freud in his consulting rooms very often found himself confronted with enigmatic, seemingly contradictory phenomena, requiring hypothetical speculation and/or explanation/justification in a context in which he was working with preliminary conceptions of health and catharsis. His theory was designed to connect the seemingly disparate phenomena of wishes and dreams, hallucinations and symptoms, life and death, instinct and consciousness, and pathological behaviour with everyday behaviour. He eventually arrived at final justifications for his connections that were more appropriate to the practical and productive sciences (e.g. medicine). Eventually a method evolved which involved discourse in accordance with a rule of truthfulness, and various technical means (hypnosis, free association, dream interpretation, managing the transference relation, etc.) of coaxing the patient to follow a trajectory of treatment that promised a better life, (“What can we hope for?”). This truthfulness-relation was well suited to the account we are given by O Shaughnessy where belief, desire, intention, and action are integrated to form a quartet of powers that help to form the unity of self-consciousness.

Freud reached a turning point in his work with the writing of The Interpretation of Dreams15. There was no longer any appeal to the brain and different types of neurones with different psychological functions. Instead we were given an account of a psychical apparatus that is in a continuous state of change, initially operating in accordance with the primary process in the infant where every wish is a command and the journey of life proceeds largely in accordance with the workings of the pleasure-pain principle. This form of functioning is then subjected to processes of inhibition initiated by the ego but primary-process thinking continues to hold us in its grip every night when we dream. Once the ego is strong enough, life proceeds in accordance with both the pleasure pain principle, (in those circumstances where it is appropriate), and the reality principle, where that is justified. The Hughlings-Jackson physicalist principle of the higher centres in some sense incorporating the lower centres is still envisaged as the physical brain substrate of such an integrated state of psychological affairs. 

Freud, in fact, claimed that future brain research would justify his theorising and Gerald Edelman’s Nobel prize-winning research has proved him correct16. It has, for example been discovered that the sleeping brain has the same energy profile of the 6 year old child. The relative inactivity of the sensory and motor centres of the brain, account for this diminished passive state of the brain. Dreams occur at some points in the sleep cycle, and this occurs in a medium of images on a dream screen that is somehow connected to the REM we witness as observers. When as adults we awaken from a dream and remember it, the whole event then becomes eligible for cognitive status, especially if we tell someone about the dream, and begin to pose questions related to the dream. An activity controlled wholly by the pleasure principle is thus brought under the control of language, and the reality principle. This process of the narration of ones dreams was part of the treatment process Freud used to explore the neurotic and psychotic mechanisms that appeared to be responsible for the poor mental health of his patients. In this process, Consciousness played a role in controlling ones manic desires and anxiety, by hosting the secondary process of thought-reality: a process in which the word demands reality principle responses to the objects, events and actions that constitute our human form-of-life or being-in-the-world. In terms of pure energy regulation, which incidentally is a biological principle important to Freud, the Ego’s task is to inhibit the free discharge of energy that is released when we hallucinate or experience primary process phenomena. The task of the secondary process, then, is to subject this process to regulation and produce a more quiescent state in the organism: a state which does not require the intervention of defence mechanisms such as repression, displacement, denial, etc.

Consciousness, which Freud initially described as ” a sense organ for the perception of psychical qualities”17, is in its turn transformed by language and its relation to thought-reality. The Preconscious mind is the repository, according to Freud, of the word meaning of our verbal images as well as the repository of our knowledge. This content can be accessed by questions such as “What does that word mean?”, ”What did you mean?” or “What is consciousness?” or “Why is the concept of consciousness important?” Unconscious content, however, cannot be accessed by this means and requires the application of specific psychoanalytical techniques.

Thought-reality encompasses areté (saying and doing the right thing in the right way at the right time), epistemé (self-reflective knowledge), arché (principles), diké (justice) and eudaimonia (the idea of a good spirited flourishing life). These were the remarkable concerns of that Greek Culture which gave rise to a triumvirate of three Great Philosophers (Socrates, Plato, Aristotle) tied together by the pupil-teacher-relation.

The Art critic, Adrian Stokes, was greatly influenced by Melanie Klein, a second-generation psychoanalyst whose work builds upon the Freudian position. In a work entitled “Greek Culture and the Ego”, Stokes speaks of the primitive primary process of “envelopment” which is part of what Freud called the “oceanic feeling”, a feeling of being at one and continuous with the world, most common in infancy before objects achieve a substantial degree of independence and constancy. Obviously the pleasure-arm of the pleasure pain principle is operating in such circumstances. Stokes claims that in all great art there is an invitation to be enveloped by the work and its world, but he also claims that this is operating together with a secondary process perceptual operation that also appreciates the self-sufficiency and externality of the object being appreciated. It is, of course, this latter aspect that is the concern of the work of the understanding in its attempt to conceptualise the world. The envelopment function is an effect of the work of imagination and its wish fulfilment function. Needless to say it is this form of operation of the pleasure principle and the imagination that is unable to sustain a truth relation with the world: a relation that has to begin with a constant independent object, event, action and conceptualisation of this something, before something true can be said or thought about it.

Stokes invokes the Greek idea of the Aristotelian Golden Mean, and illustrates this idea by claiming that Man is situated between the animals and the gods and is, in the “golden position”. He also takes up the issue of pleasure in the life of the ancient Greek and quotes Sir Maurice Bowra:

“..they felt it must be kept in its place and not allowed to upset the harmony of either the individual or the city. They felt too that the strongest pleasures are suitable mainly for the young and that in due course a man passes beyond them to others which are less exciting. This distinction follows the general distinction, which the Greeks made between men and the gods. If the gods enjoy power and freedom, men have responsibility and through their use of it attain their own dignity, which is different to anything available to the gods…The Good and the Beautiful were brought closer together than heretofore. I consider this accommodation both then and in the Italian Renaissance to issue from an adjustment between the good objects of superego and of ego. I shall say that the concept of beauty projects, not the ego-ideal, but the ideal ego as an integrated system”18 P.81.

There is clearly embodied in Greek metaphysics an interest in differentiating the theoretical, practical and productive sciences. At the same time there is an interest in exploring the unity of Being and its many meanings. The superego is associated with practical reasoning, and the ego with beauty and the kind of aesthetic reasoning that is intrinsic to the productive sciences. The Greek term “aletheia”, according to Heidegger, carries the original meaning of un-concealment and is connected with the pragmatic work of the imagination but it is also, Heidegger argues, a fundamental operation of what he calls the interpretation of that practical relation I have to reality, which, in turn, is characterised by a form of awareness that is pragmatic. For Heidegger, it is practical work that brings us closest to the meaning of Being that is brought into un-concealment via a manner of practical knowing he characterises as “circumspection”. Involved in any task that is habitual, it appears as if consciousness is freed to engage with the task unless something unexpected happens, and the task is interrupted by some external factor or error in the performance of the task. This is the nature of work for Heidegger19, where tools and other objects are ready-to-hand and only reveal themselves to consciousness when something goes wrong or the task comes to an end. Language does not make an appearance in this work-context and the whole process seems to be moving in a realm of particulars in a way that does not require the operation of conceptual thinking or any related form of communication. Heidegger, however, wishes to promote the importance of this kind of instrumental example to the forefront of his Philosophical concerns. Of course, this kind of work has a wider meaning in that it was important for the building of civilisation during the hunter-gatherer phase of human evolution where language and thought may have played less of a role in determining the activities of man. Julian Jaynes, a brain researcher and psychologist, in his work Consciousness and the breakdown of the bicameral mind,20 postulates a period in man’s history when language like all other major functions of the brain was located in both hemispheres and Consciousness, as we know it today, did not exist. Heidegger’s account of circumspection and its importance for bringing us into contact with Being may have been of historical importance during a period before language became concentrated in the left hemisphere and Consciousness emerged as a result, but that may be the limit of its importance. A Kantian-Freudian critique of this position would involve promoting a more conservative form of practical reasoning in which action is subsumed under the categories of the understanding/judgement and the principles of reasoning.

Kant, however, shares with the Ancient Greeks the desire to give an account of the integrated array of powers that give us access to the many meanings of Being. To this end, he proposes Judgement as a third fundamental power alongside Reason and Understanding, in order to provide an account of the role of the beautiful and sublime in our civilisations/cultures. In his third Critique, the Critique of Judgement 21 we are invited to consider both aesthetic judgment and teleological judgement in relation to the aims of the Critical Project. In both of these forms of judgment the idea of the Good, or the finality of ends are fundamental assumptions.

With respect to aesthetic judgments, Kant concedes that they are based on a feeling that arises as a consequence of the harmony of the powers of the imagination and understanding. Yet, he argues, we speak with a universal voice about this feeling, and believe we are communicating something of importance to our fellow man when we make judgements of the beautiful and the sublime. For Freud and Stokes, such judgments would be criteria for the possession of a strong ego that can love, work, and hope for a better future. Beauty, for example, is a function of the sensible power of our minds in which the imagination plays a key role without the influence of defence mechanisms. The mature strong ego resists total “envelopment” in relation to these experiences, and stands as an independent ego contemplating an independent self-sufficient, external object.

The question of “envelopment” arose acutely at the beginning of the development of psychoanalysis when Freud experimented with hypnosis in his treatment. The hypnotic state usurped the consciousness of the patient who found themselves not asleep, but not awake, and this subjected the patient to the treatment rather than allowing the patient to independently and consciously process what is being “brought to consciousness”, during the treatment. Stokes points to the fact that the Ancient Greeks stood in awe and wonder at the beauty and strength of their gods, but that this experience may have possessed enveloping qualities. This same “oceanic feeling”, Freud argues, may also be operating in Group Psychology when the “masses” are mobilised by hypnotic messages, detached from the reality-testing function of the mature ego and its use of defence mechanisms in relation to the demands of reality. This feeling preserves moments of elation and transforms moments of anxiety into aggressive impulses. In this primary process-led experience, the mechanism of projective identification may arise in relation to the presence and words of charismatic leaders. Here we may be led to focus on those that are not members of the mass movement and small differences between members and non-members may be magnified a hundredfold, thus polarising relations between groups. Imagined harms are attributed to imagined agents in an ocean of anxiety, anger and hate. The obvious absence of areté, epistemé, and diké contribute to a dehumanising process that can ultimately have terrible consequences. Truthfulness and truth are abandoned in favour of essentially psychotic responses. In times of war even the level-headed Greeks may have submitted to such primary-process phenomena, and in times of war against an enemy of overwhelming numbers there may well have been no other reasonable response than anxiety, anger and hate, but one cannot help wondering whether many would have been aware of the artificiality and inappropriateness of the emotions and behaviour associated with such events. This draws attention to Freud’s claim that the reality principle “aims” at freeing itself from the hold of the pleasure pain principle, and success is never guaranteed. Stokes continues to cite Bowra on the theme of the balanced personality:

“The truest wisdom lay in a properly balanced personality in which neither side triumphed at the expense of the other. What this meant can be seen from the place given to eros, which means in the first place passionate love, but extends its meaning far beyond physical desire to many forms of intellectual and spiritual passion. For Parmenides it is the child of necessity and the force, which makes men live and thrive: for Democritus it is the desire for beautiful things: for Euripides it is the inspiring spirit of the arts: for Pericles it is what devoted citizens feel for their city: for Socrates it is the pursuit of noble ends in thought and action. These different forms of eros agree in making it a power which drives a man to throw his full personality into what he does, which sustains him in powerful exertions and impels him to unusual efforts which sets his intelligence fully and active to work and gives him that unity of being, that harmony of his whole nature which is the spring of creative endeavour… If the complete force of a mans nature works as a single power, he is a full man, and no Greek of the great days would have denied that this was the right and natural way to behave.”(Stokes P.84) 22

This is a possible answer to the Kantian question “What is man?” but also undoubtedly relates eros to areté. Bowra’s words are obviously wholly endorsed by Stokes in the name of a Strong Ego, thus highlighting the important harmony in the Philosophy of Kant and the Psychoanalytic theory of Freud. The strong ego is thus motivated by Eros—not the God of Greek Mythology– but rather that “down-to-earth” life-principle which emerged from Socrates’ speech in Plato´s symposium. A God could hardly have been the progeny of a rich resourceful father and a poor mother who is seduced at a feast when the wine was plentiful. This is the Eros we picture padding bare-footed through the streets of Athens in search of the meaning of life (psuché), placing him in a similar position to that of Diogenes roaming the streets of Athens after dark with a lantern in search of the faces of honest men. It is poetically apt that Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle follow upon these sceptical characters and begin Philosophising on the meaning of Being with specific focus on arché, areté, diké epistemé, and the difficult task of leading the good-spirited flourishing life which, in the case of Socrates, could only be achieved by leading the examined life. For Plato eudaimonia was only possible if the polis was ruled by Philosophers, and for Aristotle, the contemplative life was the key to this elusive state of Being. All three philosophers refused to flinch in the face of the Oracular Proclamation that everything created by man leads to ruin and destruction. If they were discontented with their lives, it was certainly not made manifest or announced in the agora. Socrates was certainly the most sceptically inclined of this triumvirate of Philosophers and we all know his fate. Elenchus was part of the Socratic method but was experienced as trickery by the sophists, and as confusing and even comical by the poets.

Stokes points out in this essay how the body-mind problem is not as such a problem, but rather a relation, and is conceived of in terms of psuché. The material of the body is “formed” by appetitive, spirited and rational principles whose presence is manifested in the life of Socrates who ended his existence by resolutely accepting the unjust death sentence passed by the Athenian court. Aristotle’s hylomorphic approach to the problem of the meaning of life is more complex and pluralistic than either the Socratic or Platonic approaches, and best illustrates the scope of the aims of Philosophy in relation to the many meanings of Being. This hylomorphic approach retains the idea of the primacy of the Good, and the importance of political, ethical and psychological concerns.

Stokes continues his elaboration upon the theme of envelopment in relation to our aesthetic experiences:

“Art shows us that diverse feelings will congregate under an integral form. Much Greek myth retains the character of epitome, a witness of the ego’s power to project a good image of its own balance that incorporates under this figure a symposium of meanings many of which would also have suffered envelopment by one meaning.”(Stokes P.84) 23

The History of Philosophy bears witness to this position: materialistic theory has over several different periods attempted to reduce human life to its animal substrate, and dualistic theory has on several occasions taken us deep into the unknowable territory of the divine: the territory of the eternal infinite. Separating the existential categories of thought and extension in dualistic spirit also leaves us with a perniciously divided view of life (psuché).

Sensible thought, for Kant, on the other hand, brings us into close contact with both the natural world and the world of thought-reality. Kant, in particular, views the natural world under the aspects of the beautiful and the sublime and both of these aspects testify to the strength of the ego. Kant asks us to imagine standing at the foot of a powerful waterfall and claims that this experience will have two moments. Initially, we will feel fear at the power of the waterfall, but this will subside and give rise to an awareness of our own moral power, and this power of reasoning will remove all fear and anxiety.24 In Freudian terms this is an appeal to the power of the superego, which has integrated itself with the strong ego in this experience of one form of dynamic physical nature. Art objects, on the other hand, mobilise the form of beauty via self-sufficient independent objects, and the operation of the imagination and understanding in a harmonious unity. The subject is not totally “enveloped” by this form of beauty in Quattrocento art, Stokes argues, because it invokes a form of thought-reality which is not defensive but rather aims at the production of objects that are self sufficient yet capable of suggesting a symposium of meanings.

For Freud, Art, like science is a deflection from directly concerning ourselves with the business of life, and is therefore considered as belonging under the heading of “substitute satisfactions”, which require the mobilisation of the defence mechanism of “sublimation”. The work of the ego operating in this case, Freud argues, is connected with the restoration of lost objects and the attempt to neutralise the depressive anxiety associated with this process. Sublimation is used in this context to produce a whole object, which is not subject to the manic emotions (e.g. projection, paranoia), but is rather associated with part objects that envelop us and polarise our experience into the good versus the bad. Now projection of part- objects, (as part of a manic defence that might occur in the context of being detrimentally influenced by a charismatic dictator), is a psychotic mechanism, but not all projection is psychotic. O Shaughnessy provides us with an example of projection in the context of action that occurs everyday. When someone asks me to “Turn up the volume!” of the wireless, this clearly involves a two-stage process whereby both the speaker and the hearer understand that the first stage is to mobilise the arm, the hand, and fingers in what he calls a “projected” body-image.25 The fingers then turn the knob of the wireless and the second stage of the projected intention of the action is initiated, which results in the increased volume of the sound coming from the wireless. Projection, that is, does not appear to stop at the body image, but is involved in all forms of instrumental action. Indeed, there is even a difference between the paranoid projection of a dictator and the depressive projection of a widow believing she hears the steps of her dead husband on the steps outside the door. The wish that the husband not be dead overwhelms the more cognitive secondary processes that contain the knowledge of his death. In this situation, the ego is temporarily weakened by the loss of a valued object. When, however, reality manifests the futility of the wish, a certain temporary balance is restored, and in time, these kinds of experience ought to restore this balance more permanently.

Michelangelo, we know, from his letters, suffered from depression and Stokes argues that his works seek to restore the loss of once valued objects. His “Times of the Day” situated outside of the Medici tombs place life at the gates of death, aiming at a reality all can understand: namely restoring life in the face of death. Eros is present and larger than life in all the works of Michelangelo. The painting of the Delphic Oracle on the ceiling of the Sistine Chapel testifies to the presence of the Greek spirit in the midst of this most famous painting of the Italian Renaissance. This pagan figure situated in this house of Christian worship was certainly controversial for some Catholics, and it signifies a projected acceptance of all forms of human wisdom in this house of contemplation. Here we saw the restoration of the lost wisdom of the Greeks. Freud, we should importantly remember in the context of this discussion, claimed that the ego was a precipitate of lost objects, testifying to the fact that life was a serious business involving considerable suffering on the way to the ideal state of eudaimonia (a good spirited flourishing life). In this struggle, which Michelangelo knew only too well, a depressing discontentment may prevail and lead one to periodically believe with Shakespeare’s Macbeth, that “Life is a tale told by an idiot signifying nothing”. We also know that Freud understood this discontentment, which even led him to ask whether all the efforts and struggle to avoid ruin and destruction were worth the effort.

It is important to realise that Freudian theory shifted considerably over time, a fact well documented by Paul Ricoeur in his work “Freud and Philosophy: An Essay in Interpretation, Trans Savage, D., New Haven, Yale University Press, 197026:

“The shift from the descriptive to the systematic point of view required by psychoanalysis is made as a result of the dynamic attributes of the unconscious: the facts of post-hypnotic suggestion, the terrible power disclosed in hysterical phenomena, the psychopathology of everyday life, etc, “compel me to attribute an affective activity to certain strong unconscious ideas”. But the experience of psychoanalysis compels us to go further and to form the notion of “thoughts” excluded from consciousness by forces that bar their reception.”(P.118)

Ricouer points out in this excellent commentary, that the Instincts, on this dynamic point of view are the Kantian X of this system, and that furthermore, rather surprisingly, the unconscious contains ideas for which there is no regulation by the principle of non-contradiction. The operation of powerful defence mechanisms, and the difficulty of the task of psychoanalytical treatment, indicates why a hyper-cathexis is needed in order for this important vicissitude of Consciousness to manifest itself. Nevertheless these unconscious ideas belong to a system containing the psychical representatives of the instincts, and generally speaking, the aim of this system is a homeostatic form of satisfaction: this is a system regulated by feeling, and the pleasure pain principle, whose underlying sub-principle is the energy regulation principle that strives to conserve an amount of energy for the purposes of action, but otherwise strives for a state of homeostasis. This system is a “feeling system”, and requires a hyper-cathexis in accordance with another principle (the reality principle), if all the human powers are to be actualised, and eudaimonia achieved. Prior to this hyper-cathexis and the subsequent strengthening of the ego, the system is narcissistic. Amongst the defence mechanisms the ego uses to chart its course through life, is the process of Sublimation. Art, and the appreciation of the beauty of nature, and the sublime, stand at the gateway of our Culture. Freud was convinced that psychoanalytical theory could assist in the interpretation of the objects of our Culture, in the same way as it assisted us in the enigmatic business of the Interpretation of our dreams. This conviction took on greater significance after his discovery of the role of the death instinct in the diagnosis of a group of his most difficult patients.

Lurking in the background of artistic activity is the creator’s relation to authority, especially in those situations where the ego finds itself threatened. If authority is experienced as cruel, and this has been internalised in the course of the artist’s personality development, there are serious implications for the moral well being of the individual. The superego, we know, is a systematic concept, which, as an agency, passes judgement on activity in the domain of the will connected to moral activity. Normal personality development will seamlessly integrate the superego’s moral concerns into the realm of the Ego, but pathological disturbances in this development will result in a split between the ego and the superego that will involve a considerable amount of aggression. Patients suffering from Melancholia, for example, will turn this aggression upon their own egos, and self-destruction may well result. In the course of this cycle of self-destruction, we will encounter pathological forms of self-observation, condemnation and idealisation.

The immediate source of our moral ideas is, of course, the family, who are the messengers of our Culture. At stake in this process, is not just the individual’s relation to his family, but, his relation to all forms of authority and social institutions representing that authority. The work of civilising ones children will involve a number of defence mechanisms, including identification, which involves the abandonment of sexual desire in relation to socially prohibited objects. Sublimation too is related to non- sexual forms of substitute satisfaction, which also suits the purposes of culture. The compensation offered to the individual for this postponement of gratification into an indefinite future may not be, Freud argues, sufficient, and the subject may feel a deep-rooted discontentment at being forced to make such sacrifices in relation to his appetites. The Ancient Greek image of a thousand-headed monster with a thousand different forms of appetite illustrates well the psychoanalytical attitude to the pathological pursuit of a life devoted solely to the satisfaction of ones ever- growing appetites. Plato’s tripartite soul (appetite, spirit, and reason) 27 also well illustrates Freudian theory and its view of psuché (life). Plato’s view of the soul, we know also served as a picture of the polis, and the forces of unification/division that were operating, “writ large”, to use the expression favoured by Socrates in the Republic. The laws (arché) are obviously a symbol of the rational intent of authority, and the relation of the population to the laws will determine whether justice (diké) will be pursued or not. Such cultural control surpasses that of controlling the appetites and involves also mobilising the spirit of man to make the necessary sacrifices for his polis. A life devoted to the satisfaction of appetites threatens to envelop the self and close off other more fruitful avenues of development. The Ego, Freud argues, grows through sacrifice and the loss of desired objects.

Melanie Klein, Stokes argues, characterises this activity of the ego in relation to the loss of desired objects, in terms of what she calls the “depressive position”. In this phase of the development of the personality, the individual ego attempts to overcome the fragmenting power of the pain and suffering. What emerges is a power, which can integrate both internal powers and external experiences into a whole. In his essay on Greek Culture, Stokes argues that in the process of its cultural development, the gods shed much of the omnipotence attributed to them, and man emerges as the agent responsible for the ruin-destruction, or alternatively, flourishing of the polis. In this context the oracular challenges to “Know thyself” and “Nothing too much” (Stokes P.94) 28, thus became less messages from the gods and more the principles of a philosophical life-view that man needs to embrace and understand. This development was a mastering of the depressive position, which testified to the healthy nature of Greek authority. Thanatos is kept at arms length, and there is a refusal to internalise destructive attitudes and tendencies.

The art of the Quattrocento was, in Stokes’ view “life-enhancing”, and manifested the same spirit as that which has been found in Ancient Greece, whether we are considering their love of social discourse in the agora, or the rationality of their artists, lawmakers and intellectuals. Stokes points out that, in these Quattrocento works of art, there is an element of the influence of an “oceanic feeling” in the act of appreciation, which defines the kind of psychical distance we need in order to contemplate the independence of the created object: the feeling involved in this envelopment process, then, is non-pathological. Kant, in fact, registers this fact in his Critical Philosophy, by insisting that in all judgements of beauty, the ground of the judgement is the feeling of pleasure that arises from the harmonious activity of the (enveloping?) imagination and the (conceptual) understanding. We may speak with a universal voice when making judgements, but the judgement nevertheless remains subjective, and is, about the subject and the subject’s mental activity rather than, the objects we confront. The experience is essentially an activity of the sensible faculty of the mind, and it is the “effect” of the object upon sensibility which is important in this aesthetic transaction, e.g. the mass-effect of the stone of a building, the “blossoming” of the embellishments upon the surface of the wall of a building, the light-effect of the colour and shapes of a painting. This kind of judgement is to be contrasted with an objective judgement such as “Man is a rational animal capable of discourse”, where the proposition is in accordance with categories of the understanding/judgement and principles that are parts of arguments. These principles will include the principles of non-contradiction and sufficient reason.

The Strong Ego that has endured the losses of its desired objects throughout life, has risen above the fragmenting forces of the suffering and pain that manifests itself in what Klein called the paranoid -schizoid position, where our relation to part objects occurs also in relation to a self that split into a good/bad self. The greatest test of the strength of the ego is its relation to its own impending death. Does it face death resolutely, or in fear? What do we lose in death? Obviously we lose our life, but more concretely, we lose the use of all of our powers starting with the most sensible powers of seeing, hearing, smelling, tasting, touching and ascending to the powers of imagination, memory, language, thought, understanding, judgement, and reason. This is a lot to lose, and it is hardly surprising that the wish to remain alive is a very strong desire, and envelops both the body, and the idea of the body in the mind. We know that Freud claimed that the first task of the Ego is to protect the body, and he thereby identified the psychological process that lay behind the Greek ideal of a healthy body and a healthy mind. The Greeks knew, for example, the importance of the principle (arché) of the Golden Mean in the regulation of the appetites, spirited anger, and aggression, which could destroy a body very quickly. The “Nothing too much” advice from the oracle is mostly directed at our pleasure-pain relations to the world, and our bodies, and the maxim “know thyself”, was probably directed at the higher intellectual functions of the mind, namely understanding, judgment, and reasoning.

Death, then, is not an event, but a telos, that is represented in the Freudian system by the death instinct. This “instinct” was also for him writ large in Civilisation, and was part of the cause of man’s discontentment with his existence. Man can, of course, control his environment using instrumental reasoning, and to some extent control other people through persuasive reasoning, laws, and other forms of categorical reasoning, but he cannot change one fundamental truth, namely that “All men are mortal”. Whatever man does or thinks is possible, he is going to die, because his body is a finite living thing that will eventually return to the earth from whence it came. This accounts for the presence of the idea of death at the heart of psuché. Yet it has been pointed out Socrates was content to die. This kind of acceptance of the prospect of Nothingness was extraordinary. Was it connected to the examined life that he led, and was continually recommending to his followers?

Ricoeur points out that the introduction of the Death Instinct required that Freud recast his entire theory. In the revised theory, Eros is the central power that the Ego uses to deal with the threefold categories of suffering that have to be endured in the course of the activities associated with living and working, namely, suffering caused by the external world, suffering caused by other people and suffering caused by ones body. In the course of libidinal development man is destined to abandon earlier stages of development that have been cathected with considerable energy and emotion. In this developmental process the critical demand of Eros upon the Ego results in the widening of the circle of life to include membership in much larger groups than the family. This, however, is not a straightforward matter, because Culture sometimes demanded irrational things such as that one love ones neighbours and ones enemies. Freud regarded these essentially religious commandments as absurd and even dangerous. These challenges, he argues devalue the love man naturally feels for himself and his family. Also to be considered is the fact that:

“men are not gentle creatures who want to be loved and who at the most can defend themselves if they are attacked: they are, on the contrary, creatures among whose instinctual endowments is to be reckoned a powerful share of aggressiveness. As a result their neighbour is for them…someone who tempts them to satisfy their aggressiveness on him, to exploit his capacity for work without compensation, to use him sexually without his consent, to seize his possessions, to humiliate him, to cause him pain, to torture and kill him, Homo hominis lupus.” (Civilisation and Its Discontents, 1929)

The stage is therefore set for man’s journey to ruin and destruction, and the arena for the spectacle will be Civilisation where the Giants of Eros and Thanatos will battle for the soul of man and the soul of his cities. When, to the above form of suffering, one adds the threats from the external world and the threats of bodily suffering, one can perhaps better appreciate the significance of the characterisation of the Ego as the precipitate of lost objects. Where work is the concern of the Ego, Freud raises the interesting question whether all the effort involved in our work to maintain and develop our civilisations, is worth the time. The mere posing of the question suggests that Eros is not destined to win the battle with Thanatos, as it did in the case of Michelangelo who, despite periods of depression, carried on working into his eighties producing his cultural objects: poems , sculptures, paintings, architectural works etc.

Stokes, in his essay entitled “Michelangelo” quotes from one of his letters:

“I live on my death…..And he who does not know how to live on anxiety and death, let him come into fire in which I am consumed”(Stokes P.54)29

Michelangelo was also an architect obsessed with the mass-effect of stone and as a sculptor he attempted to set this mass in movement. His figures “Times of the Day”, standing outside the tomb of the Medici’s contain both mass and the suggestion of movement. They embody Michelangelo’s loss and depression, anxiety and death. We see here, too, the inspiration of Antique art and its concern with the nude and healthy body.

Stokes also notes the prevalence of Guilt in the work of Michelangelo:

“Nor have his biographers known him in this respect. It is usual to stress his generosity to worthless relations as well as his many other gifts, particularly to the poor. They overlook the manifest compulsiveness, they overlook the horse who is running with all his might, spurred invisibly by guilt, anxiety, the desire to restore, as well as by live.”(P.24)

Michelangelo was not a gentle creature and rather than expending his energy on exploiting his neighbour he used the mechanism of Sublimation to produce the greatest art we have experienced. He was a religious man who feared for his soul and who, in his will, commended his soul to God. This obviously raises a question pertaining to the relation of Freudian theory to religion. Freud came from Jewish origins and we know he was not institutionally religious but, given his claim that his Psychology was Kantian, and Kant was philosophically committed to the existence of the idea of God on moral grounds, we need to inquire further into what Freud would have thought about the Kantian argument.

The compulsion to repeat an activity over and over again, does of course call for interpretation. The resemblance of such a state of affairs to rituals of all kinds, including religious rituals is striking. Freud connected ritualistic behaviour with superstition, which, he noted, was also present in children’s wish-fulfilment and anxiety-related behaviour. The wish for the love and protection of a father was also a part of Freud’s complex analysis of phenomena in this domain of human behaviour. Some commentators have noted that there is a kind of negativity associated with religious thought, and existentialists have also noted that negation is an important characteristic of consciousness, and thereby important for reality-testing. Whether this is somehow related to the death instinct is an interesting question to answer on another day. The death instinct certainly wishes to restore an earlier state of things, returning the organic to the inorganic.

If Eros is to defeat Thanatos, and a God is to emerge from the battle between these giants, we cannot rest content with principles such as the pleasure-pain and reality principles, which do not present any world-view. Ananke, perhaps, announces such a world-view, demanding as it does from us, that we bear the burden of existence and face squarely the harshness and suffering of life, without any attempt to mobilise defence mechanisms. Ananke alone, however, does not suffice, and Freud in fact invokes a God in this context:

“Our god logos will fill whichever of these wishes nature outside us allows, but he will do it very gradually, only in the unforeseeable future, and for a new generation of men. He promises no compensation for us who suffer grievously from life…. Out god logos is perhaps not a very almighty one, and he may only be able to fulfil a small part of what his predecessors have promised. If we have to acknowledge this we shall accept it with resignation.”(Ricoeur P.326) 30

Reality for Freud, according to Ricouer, then, is, “The world shorn of God”(p.327) 31.

Logos is a god with no trace of the humanisation of the divine being left, which is not incidentally, true of Eros. Logos refuses any connection to superstitious, obsessive rituals requiring images loaded with affect. Logos, does, however, appear to require conscious reasoning, and an awareness of the operation of Negation, which in turn allows us to explore the possibility of death as the contradiction of life—an operation not possible in the unconscious system of the mind given the fact that no contradiction is possible in that system. Negation, we should recall from Freud’s article with the same title, is a systemic condition for the material that is in the unconscious to occur at the level of consciousness. In the conscious discourse with his patients, much material relevant for the analysis surfaced, especially in the patient’s negations or denials of a thesis, e.g. “No, that figure in the dream did not resemble my father in any way!” This operation also makes possible the more complex attitude of resignation in relation to the acceptance of the inevitability of my death. Unconscious desire has no idea of the mortality of man and would not be able to accept the Socratic motivations for the acceptance of his own death.

The Socratic equivalent in Freud for leading the examined life was leading the life of a scientist, but Freud may also concede that leading the life of the artist could have equal merit. It is rare, however, that the work of art confronts the harshness of life directly. Michelangelo’s “Times of the Day” may be an exception in juxtaposing the concerns of life with the inevitability of death. Aristotle saw in Art a learning-process, which involves Logos: a process that can lead to an understanding of principles (arché).

Logos, for Kant would involve the operation of reason and its principles of non-contradiction and sufficient reason but it might also involve the existence of God which, in his Third Critique must be a valid idea in much the same way as the moral law is a valid idea. The issue for Kant, however, was an issue of faith, not the superstitious obsessive faith of the masses, but rather a rational (logos) faith grounded in the moral law and Practical Reasoning and its principles. This is a faith that also believes in the freedom of the moral agent to choose his/her destiny. This was a partial answer to the question “What can I hope for?” and Logos would be seen to be important in arriving at the complete answer to this question. There is an implication inherent in the question that we humans are not the Highest Good in the Kantian system, and this honour is given to the idea of God (although in practical contexts freedom was the highest idea of reason). The logos of God in the Kantian system, involves the guarantee of happiness in proportion to the virtue manifested in a life. Many believe that the logos of the Freudian syste§m is one in which determinism rules and this, if true, would make it difficult to find space for the freedom of the agent to exist.

Connected to this dilemma is the religious idea of Original Sin. This idea is discussed in Kant’s work “Religion Within the bounds of Mere Reason”32. Guilt is, of course, a leading concept in relation to such an idea, and something like this conception, must be involved in the Delphic prophecy that everything created by humans is destined for ruin and destruction. Kant does talk in terms of a radical evil that can only be overcome by a re-evaluative revolution in ones life, one that is motivated by both a faith in god and his divine justice´. This, however, is not the same idea as the Original sin in the Bible because, for Kant, the will is not fatally flawed, but rather “subject to” good and evil. Man experiences his guilt, punishments, and a kind of salvation after the revolution in his character has occurred. When all this has occurred, man may well find the strength to accept his own death with equanimity, if he knows he has not generally made people unhappy. For Kant it is the good will alone, which is pleasing to God and he therefore did not believe that ritualistic worship was justified. His church was therefore an ideal church. Miracles and other supernatural events would not find any place in such an ideal institution. Only a good life would please his philosophically characterised divine God. This position resembles that of the Freudian appeal to the god of Logos. The Bible is also a matter for concern in this discussion especially if it appeals to supernatural events, which defy natural explanation. This kind of appeal is an invitation into the realm of paranoia and obsessive-compulsive behaviour. The god of Logos, Freud argues will be for a new generation of men and this reminds us not of the Christian Kingdom of Heaven but the Kantian Kingdom of ends in which the good is not just good in its consequences but also good-in-itself and will become actualised in a cosmopolitan world in which peace is the norm and wars are considered irrational. This is an answer to Glaucon’s Challenge to Socrates, in Plato’s Republic, to prove that “justice (diké) is both good-in-its consequences but also good-in-itself. In Plato’s Republic “The form of the Good” was not just ethical and religious, but also political because life was not easy for the good man living in an evil polis. He may, for example be put to death for attempting to lead an examined life, as was the case with Socrates.33

Kant’s religious views were also aligned with his political views. The ethical/political idea of a kingdom of ends is also part of his answer to the question “What can we hope for?”. Indeed one of the formulations of the moral law appeals to the kingdom of ends. There may be empirical evidence accumulated over long periods of time against the thesis that mankind is continually progressing, but Kant’s time scale over one hundred thousand years suggests that evidence has to be accumulated over at least tens of thousands of years if one is to refute his thesis.

Perhaps in the light of these discussions one might be more sympathetic to the accusation that both Freud and Kant are agnostics, given their commitment to a god that cannot be experienced, but this idea of God may be the only argument we currently possess that the good is good-in-itself. Aristotle has been forgotten in this debate, but he believed that God was a thinking being (who is thinking about thinking) and our understanding of such a divine being is severely limited, given the fact that our finite form of thinking was a thinking about objects or concepts in a finitely composed continuum of space, time and matter. This, for Kant, was also a possible position because the realm that is being referred to is the realm of the thing-in-itself (the noumenal), which can be reached in a limited way by faith but not at all by the kind of knowledge we finite beings possess. It might be that this is the best context in which to evaluate justifications by faith proclaimed by religious thinkers. Freud appeared to have faith in his god logos, and in that sense, if faith is a belief-state, this belies the characterisation of “agnostic” that some have proposed as an apt description of his relation to religion. The more popular accusation that Freud was an atheist was probably prompted by his more casual remarks about himself, that he was a godless Jew, which might incidentally also be the opinion/accusation of a more traditional Jewish believer.

The ethical/political end of the Kantian Kingdom of Ends requires of course a hylomorphic belief in the validity of teleological judgement in connection with the good will, and its relation to the moral law. The actualisation of the Kingdom of Ends is a process that also involved Logos, a process requiring principles from many realms of reason and also requiring self-knowledge that is constituted by principles drawn from many disciplines in all three domains of Aristotelian sciences (theoretical, practical, and productive). The Logos of Kantian Political Philosophy is clearly hylomorphic, suggesting as it does, that rationality is a potential moral power, which, hopefully, will supplant the instrumental powers that we use to achieve our personal happiness. Whether or not the potential is actualised depends on the extent to which the continual progress we make using our current level of rationality can produce the “revolution” in our self, referred to earlier.  If the revolution occurs, our focus shifts from our personal happiness to our worthiness to be happy as measured by our adherence to the moral law. If an agent is not happy because he has led an examined life, which includes doing his duty insofar as the moral law is concerned, and he is dying, the mere consciousness of his worthiness to be happy ought to suffice for him to meet his death resolutely with a degree of contentment.

Kant, in his political writings pointed to the difficulty of achieving the revolution he referred to, because the agent is prone to a form of social unsociability in which he refuses to be influenced by others, preferring instead to legislate for his own will with maxims that might except himself from the rule of the moral law. This antagonism toward his fellow man is, of course, one of the root causes of the ruin and destruction that threatens all mankind. Such an agent of course has limited self- knowledge and does not appreciate the value of the “Nothing too much” advice from the oracle. The principle of practical contradiction also does not apply in such circumstances, because, if the agents antagonism leads to his ruin and destruction this is surely not what he would want.

For Kant the idea of peace is juxtaposed with that of freedom, and Kant proposes a League of Nations to neutralise the antagonism of nations toward each other in order to regulate a world order plagued by wars. Rationality between states is also conceived of hylomorphically, in terms of a potentiality. The Kingdom of Ends, according to Kant, will take the form of Cosmopolitanism that Kant clearly saw the seeds of, in his Cosmopolitan Königsberg. We currently see a process of globalisation without seeing or appreciating its Cosmopolitan end, but as long as wars take us closer and closer to the ruin and destruction prophesied by the oracle, it becomes less and less clear that we are in fact progressing to some “form of the Good” as Kant conceived of it. Freud, whilst not claiming that we are spiralling downwards towards ruin and destruction, despaired of the “beacons” of Capitalism and Communism as the eagle eyes of Freud detected the possibility of Thanatos winning the battle against Eros in the not too distant future.

Notes to Chapter One: Introduction

1 Kant, I., On History, ed. by White Beck, L., and Anchor, R. E., and Fackenheim, E., L., (Indianapolis, Bobbs-Merril, 1963)

2 Heidegger, M., Being and Time, Translated by Macquarrie, J., and Robinson, E., (Oxford, Blackwell, 1978)

3 Kant, I., Critique of Judgement, Translated by Meredith, J., c.,(Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1952)

4 Kant, I., Groundwork of the Metaphysics of Morals, Trans. Gregor, M, (Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1997)

5  Kant, I., Critique of Judgement.

6 Heidegger, M., Being and Time.

7 The Complete Works of Aristotle, Ed. Barnes, J., (Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1984)

8 Descartes, R., Meditations on First Philosophy, Ed.  Cottingham, J., (Cambridge, CUP, 1996)

9 Spinoza, B, Ethics, (London, Penguin Publishing, 2005)

10 O Shaughnessy, B., The Will: a Dual Aspect Theory, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1980)

11  Kant, I., Critique of Judgement.

12 Anscombe, G.,E.,M.,  Intention, (Oxford, Blackwell, 1972) 

13 O Shaughnessy, B., Consciousness and the World,  (Clarendon press, Oxford, 2000)

14 Descartes, R., Meditations.

15 Freud, S., Interpretation of Dreams, The Penguin Freud Library, vol. 4, Trans, Strachey, J., (London, Penguin Publishing, 1976)

16 Edelman, G, Bright air, Brilliant fire,( London, Allen Lane-The Penguin Press, 1992)

17 Freud, S., Interpretation of Dreams.

18 Stokes, A.,The Critical Writings of Adrian Stokes, Vol 3, London, Thames and Hudson, 1978.

19 Heidegger, M., Being and Time.

20 Jaynes, J., The Origin of consciousness in the Breakdown of the bicameral mind. (Boston, Houghton Mifflin, 1976)

21 Kant, I., Critique of Judgement.

22 Stokes, A., Critical Writings.., Volume 3.

23 Ibid.

24 Kant, I., Critique of Judgement.

25 O Shaughnessy, B., The Will:a dual aspect theory.

26 Ricoeur, P., Freud and Philosophy: An Essay in Interpretation, Trans Savage, D., (New Haven, Yale University Press,1970)

27  The Republic of Plato, Translated with notes by Bloom, A., (US, Basic Books,1968)

28 Stokes, A., The Critical Writings.., Volume 3.

29 Ibid.

30 Ricouer, P., Freud and Philosophy…..

31 Ibid.

32 Kant I, Religion within the bounds of mere reason, Trans Wood, A., and di Giovanni, G., Cambridge, CUP, 199833The Republic of Plato, Bloom, A.

Review of Joseph Campbell’s  Recorded Interviews: Philosophical Introduction

Views: 1427

greek stature surrounded by greenery
Photo by Heloisa Vecchio on Pexels.com

https://www.buzzsprout.com/admin/2527643/episodes/17957446-the-delphic-podcasts-by-michael-r-d-james-introduction-to-campbell-season-4-episode-1

Two theses fill the mind with are and wonder. The First is Aristotle’s oracular proclamation that 

“Being can be said in many ways”.

Metaphysics is the science of first principles that studies Being qua being in a way that avoids the dogmatism of some ancient schools and the scepticism of  more modern approaches. Kant was hailed by some critics as being “the great destroyer”. Critical Philosophy with its hylomorphic concerns certainly demolished  reductionist materialism and  certain forms of spiritual dualism such as Cartesianism but we have argued in earlier works that it is best seen as a continuation of the metaphysical project that Aristotle began over 2000 years ago. 

The second thesis of awe and wonder  therefore relates to the Kantian account of knowledge which is summarized in the following:

“Hitherto it has been assumed that all our knowledge must conform to objects. But all attempts to extend knowledge of objects by establishing something in regard to them a priori, by means of concepts have, on this assumption, ended in failure. We must therefore make trial whether we may not have more success in the tasks of metaphysics, if we suppose that objects must conform to our knowledge……As regards objects which are thought  solely through reason, and indeed as necessary, but which can never— at least not in the manner that reason thinks them—be given in experience, the attempts at thinking them will furnish an excellent touchstone of what we are adopting as our new method of thought, namely, that we can know a priori of things only what we ourselves have put into them” (Immanuel Kant’s Critique of Pure Reason, Trans Kemp Smith, N., London, Macmillan, 1963, Page 22-23)

Metaphysical accounts of Being must, then begin with principles known a priori in contexts of explanation/justification : which objects conform to. These principles form the a priori base for natural investigations. Science, on this view, is not cast in the role of a student of nature posing explorative questions, but rather as a judge possessing knowledge of  “The Law”, deciding which laws to apply and how to apply them in contexts of explanation/justification. The role of experience here is via our intuitions which relate to the phenomena we experience as appearances, whether that be in the form of visual/auditory/olfactory or taste sensation or somatosensory sensation. Such forms of experience cannot of course reveal the object’s existence as it is in itself.

The imagination is constituted of representations of  sensory experiences  but imaginative experiences can be an  antecedent to the conceptualisation of a number of intuitions, or alternatively, relate to the practical  goals and ends of the faculty of sensibility which can in turn  be related to appetitive or higher forms of desire such as compassion, antagonism, courage, ambition(issues related to the advancement or inhibition of the life instinct, eros). 

The practical goal of Aristotelian eudaimonia is not to be translated  as a happy life but rather as a good spirited flourishing life which can only be achieved if one is worthy of whatever feeling of happiness one is experiencing. The question to raise here, then, is whether there are a priori intuitions other than time and space related to our practical life—-are there, for example, intuitions related to our instincts which refer of course to our motor rather than our sensory activity. According to Campbell our fantasy life arises from  our body which he insists is composed of a system of  organs. Aristotle included our limb-configuration and tissues in his idea of the body whose first actuality is the soul. This is the basis of Spinoza’s idea that the first idea of the mind or the soul is the idea of the body. 

O Shaughnessy speaks in his work “The Will:A Dual Aspect Theory” of a body image which does not include the internal organs but is related to those parts of the body that are under the control of the will, e.g. the limbs and their extensions (hands feet, etc). It is clear however that with instinctive behaviours relating to hunger that the organs play as large a  role as the will. Aggression does however seem to be more intimately and immediately connected to the motor system. The sensory-motor associations  of these primary and primitive responses also form a part of experiences relating to feeding and fighting and these associations do not  appear to be a natural part of our system of ideas, but may certainly link up to language and its various sensory and motor functions. 

Wittgenstein  in his investigations of the phenomena of pain and how it is related to our language functions, claims that I learn to replace my exclamations of pain by saying the words “I am in pain!”, which replace and perhaps sublimate my instinctive response. The words “He is in pain” on the other hand, are used in relation to the behaviour and circumstances which give rise to pain responses. This first person process of learning language may be a part of sublimating the pain response under the language function of telling people about my pain and seeking their compassion for my predicament. The first function of the Freudian ego is to protect the body and the role of pain is obvious in such a process. Compassion in relation to my pain also becomes an important feature of our human form of life striving to survive and lead a life that is both good-spirited and flourishing (eudaimonia). These reflections are unquestionably hylomorphic and require elaboration of the kind we find in William James’s “Principles of Psychology”:

“Instinct is usually defined as the faculty of acting in such a way as to produce certain ends without foresight of the ends and without previous education in the performance” (Vol. 2, P.383)

William James we know also regarded Consciousness not as an entity but as a function, and to that extent might have agreed with Freud that Consciousness was in fact a vicissitude of instinct. For James, function is caused by structure, which includes organic structure, and he rejects the application of own “ideas” such as self-preservation to the instinctive activities of animals which appear to have the consequence of survival. Apart from the consequences, however, it seems relatively straightforward that the animal is striving to live, to stay alive, even if we cannot attribute an own “idea”  of staying alive to them. Animals do not live in the world of ideas, they are not language users and have no use for the language function of representing things in their absence, as is the case with the human psuché (form of life). The animal and human form of life, however, according to James may well include the function of  a sensible form of imagination. James quotes Schneider’s “Der Thierische Wille”:

“Schneider  subdivides impulses into sensation impulses, perception impulses and idea impulses. To crouch from cold is a sensation impulse, to turn and follow if we see people running one way, is a perception impulse:to cast about for cover if it begins to blow and rain is an imaginative impulse. A single complex instinctive action  may involve successively the awakening of impulses of all three classes. Thus a hungry lion starts to seek prey by the awakening in him of imagination coupled with desire…” (Principles of Psychology P. 385)

Hunger and Reproduction are “ goals” of animal forms of life but even if they possess sensory-motor systems  similar to ours there are significant differences between the two forms of life. Aristotle defined the human psuché in hylomorphic terms of  “rational animal capable of discourse”, a form of life which includes  walking upright on two legs, a posture in which the sense of smell becomes less important than the sense of sight, which, in its turn , becomes a key power in the human repertoire of powers that of course includes a complex language that gives rise to relating to objects in their absence and various forms of rationally based abstract thought. Different dominating powers of perception (smell vs vision) give rise, in its turn, to different forms of motor activity which partly define our relation to our environment and the future dimension of time. The mechanisms that help to define the animal power of memory which is more tightly tied to the environment than is our human power, are associative, and William James has given an excellent account of this mechanism in terms of the role of the brain and the  chemical/electrical activity activating this primary organ of the body. 

The animal has different powers partly because it has a different configuration of limbs and organs as compared with the configuration that allows the human to walk upright and engage with the environment in a more indirect fashion.  The animal certainly has a different less complex brain without the networks of connections and differentiations we find in the human brain : networks which permit the inhibition of primary reflexes and the possible resultant delay in wished-for gratifications. This may be a consequence of the possibility for the human brain to form a more complex representation of the end of activities it engages in, using this representation to initiate a sequence of behaviours to bring about this end. Many psychologists have appealed to the role of consciousness in the learning of new skills, and whilst Freud regarded consciousness as a vicissitude of the instincts, Freud and William James were both at pains to diminish its importance for the human psuché, claiming that it is but one psychological function amongst many others.

For William James in his essay “Does Consciousness Exist?”,  his starting point was “pure experience”. Thoughts, James argued, perform the function of knowing in relation to “pure experience” and suggested that consciousness is a principle of such knowing. James posits two polarities of experience, the one being the subject or bearer of the above knowledge, and the other being the object known. The hemispheres of the brain, James argues, provide humans and animals with a consciousness of memory which of course is composed of the representations of absent objects that may or may not connect directly to the motor system and some form of activity. If the activity is concerned with the protection of the body from, for example, a rattlesnake confronting one on a narrow cliff path, the experience will be composed of both perception (groups of sensations), expectation, emotions (feelings of terror) and presumably action taken to avoid the calamity of a possible bite. Many of the images composing this experience will be composed of images from the past experiences  of my memory system. These will be lodged in both the hemispheres of the brain. Primitive instincts relating to the protection of the body will be mobilised by the perception of the snake. 

Sexual behaviour too involves the cortex of the hemispheres, given all the societal prohibitions governing the appropriateness-considerations for such kinds of action. This however is a remark that highlights the material “cause” or aspect of sexuality which of course  has its root in several regions of the body including the sexual organs and the organs of sight and touch. Maurice Merleau-Ponty in hs work “the Phenomenology of Perception”  embraces Freudian theory which has both Platonic and Aristotelian elements:

“For Freud himself the sexual is not the genital, sexual life is not the mere effect of the processes having their seat in the genital organs, the libido is not an instinct, that is, an activity naturally directed towards definite ends, it is the general power, which the psychosomatic subject enjoys, of taking root in different settings, of establishing himself through different experiences, of gaining structures of conduct. It is what causes man to have a history. In so far as a mans sexual history provides a key to his life, it is because, in his sexuality, is projected in his manner of being towards the world, that is,  towards time and other men.” (Page 181)

 Even within the  complex networks of  both hemispheres we can find reference to what James regards as “intelligence”, a global power of the human psuché,  in relation to the pursuit of the ends of not just life but the good-spirited flourishing life:

“In all ages the man whose determinations are swayed by reference to the most distant ends has been held to possess the highest intelligence. The tramp who lives from hour to hour: the bohemian whose engagements are from day to day: the bachelor who builds but for a single life:the father who acts for another generation: the patriot who thinks of a whole community nd many generations; and finally the Philosopher and saint whose cares are for humanity and for eternity.” (James, W., Principles Vol 1 P 23)

This ancient concept of intelligence is holistic, emphasising as it does  the ability or capacity to lead a particular “form of life” connected to the principle of how good such a form of life is. Our modern theoretical concept of intelligence connected to intelligence -testing, abstracts from the practical idea James is using, which, of course, has a more intimate relation to practical than theoretical rationality. Aristotle claimed in the opening to his work the Nichomachean Ethics, that all Human activity aims at the good, and this is why the Platonic form of Good is so important in the characterisation of our human forms of life. The Greeks thought in terms of three broad categories of the good, namely the goods for the body , the goods for the soul, and the goods of the external world: In relation to these categories, the tramp, bohemian and bachelor lead more limited lives as compared to the father, patriot, philosopher and saint (whose lives are certainly more complex and the result of more complex histories).

In man language plays an essential role in both his capacity for discourse and his rationality which are also measures of the intelligence with which he engages with in his life:

“Take for example, the “faculty” of language. It involves in reality a host of distinct powers. We must first have images of concrete things and ideas of abstract qualities and relations: we must next have the memory of words and then the capacity so to associate each idea or image with a particular word that, when the word is heard, the idea shall forthwith enter our mind. We must, conversely, as soon as the idea arises in our mind, associate with it a mental image of the word, and by means of this image we must innervate our articulatory apparatus so as to reproduce the word as physical sound. To read or write a language other elements still must be introduced.”( James, Pages 28-9)

Writing and Reading have cultural consequences which greatly enhance their value as forms of human activity, and therefore are regarded as both civilisation-building and culture-creating  activities. Even this form/use of language must, in the end, be related to the sensory-motor constituents of the brain which James together with Hughlings Jackson (Pages 29-30), maintains, is the material of the mind. The “form” or organisation of this material in the cortex is related to the “consciousness” James claims is seated in the hemispheres of the brain. James, we recall ,thinks of this term as designating both a function and a principle related to the perceptions and considerations that are the task of hemispheres in which memories of our past experiences reside. 

Freud too was influenced by Hughlings Jackson, in particular his thesis that higher functions of the brain can assimilate lower functions such as hunger, and turn dining into a complex social occasion, encompassing many of the higher pleasures relating to life. Another task of the hemispheres must be to delay gratification of all kinds, including the sexual. They can also delay responses in favour of other more rational responses, built upon knowledge of how the external world operates, and knowledge of the norms and values of the society. 

The Ego, Freud argued, is the agency of the mind that mediates between the lower impulse driven psychological functions, and the higher  more abstract normative considerations of what we ought and ought not to do. The Ego also has the function of  performing the task of monitoring the external world in the light of its knowledge. It responds to pain by forming memories of what ought or ought not to be done, and it strives for the pleasures of life in accordance with the Aristotelian principle of the golden mean, and the principles of noncontradiction  and sufficient reason.  Pleasure/Pain has a particular bodily history for Freud, a history in which pleasure is first located around the mouth, and moves through various zones to the genital area, before becoming a global bodily phenomenon in a process of psychosexual development. This process has clearly hylomorphic commitments. Pain, however, for Freud was the great educator, and the ego was therefore designated as a precipitate of lost valued objects. In mourning our losses, we respond to such objects or the memories of them in accordance with what Freud called the reality principle.

The whole business of a human life is a complex one and many vicissitudes of the instincts are formed and used on the road to attempting to lead the good-spirited flourishing life. We do not find sympathy for the Freudian rationalist position in James’ radical empiricism, but there is  a focus on relatively holistic ideas, such as consciousness, intelligence, and forms of life, which all relate significantly to the Freudian Reality Principle, that, in turn, is related to both Platonic Aristotelian and Kantian explanatory strategies. James does not believe in the  transcendental Ego of Kantian Philosophy, preferring a thesis of pluralistic psychology that assumes many different selves, not tied together by a transcendental “I” or ego, which connects and differentiates representations. Kant argues, however that without this transcendental owner of experience, knowledge as a phenomenon would not be possible at all:

“Consciousness of self according to the determinations of our state in inner perception is merely empirical, and always changing. No fixed and abiding self can present itself in this flux of inner appearances. Such consciousness is usually named inner sense or empirical apperception. What has necessarily to be represented as numerically identical cannot be thought as such through empirical data. To render such a transcendental presupposition valid there must be a condition which precedes all experiences and which makes experience itself possible. There can be, in us, no modes of knowledge, no connection or unity of one mode of knowledge with another, without that unity of consciousness  which precedes all   data of intuitions, and by relation to which representation of objects is alone possible. This pure original unchangeable consciousness I shall name transcendental apperception. That it deserves this name is clear from the fact that even the purest objective unity, namely that of the a priori concepts (space and time), is only possible through relation of the intuitions to such unity of consciousness. The  numerical unity of this apperception is thus the a priori ground of all concepts, just as the manifoldness of space and time is the a priori ground of the intuitions of sensibility.” (Immanuel Kant’s Critique of Pure Reason, Page 136)

This power Kant is referring to has the function of combining the manifold of representations into one unity. Intuition for Kant is that which brings us into immediate and direct contact with  appearances which are not things in themselves but signs of this transcendental object Kant designates with an X. In the stream of thought it is the categories of our understanding/judgement that provide the universal and necessary unity of representations in the case of knowledge. These fundamental concepts are intimately connected with the transcendental ego and apperception which is manifested in our self-consciousness. One such fundamental concept is that of causation which necessarily connects the representation of a cause with the representation of the effect which is illustrated in our perception of  the change in the position of a ship steaming down a river. 

William James’ mechanism of association would not be able to produce the knowledge of why the ship is moving downstream if its respective positions were merely associated without necessity. These respective representations of the ships position in space at different times are, therefore, represented on Kant’s account as necessarily connected in the consciousness I have of myself. James, of course, denies both this unity and the necessity of the categories. The knowledge of why the ship is changing its position as it does is, therefore, according to Kant, due to the fundamental concepts of space, time, and causation. For James, his analysis of judgement is tied up with the power of thought to think something about something, and it begins with a something that is given to us in feeling which enables acquaintance with the thing to begin. When we begin to operate upon that feeling by thinking or analysing it, we then begin a cognitive relation to what we are acquainted with. For James, feelings can be both sensations and emotions, whilst thoughts are conceptions and judgements (Vol. 1 Page 22) In his account of the stream of conscious thought, James includes all forms of consciousness, but he does not believe sensations as such are important in this account, since he claims they are  not what we experience. Rather the idea of sensation is a result of an act of discrimination which identifies this basic idea as an element of consciousness. Every Stream of Thought, however, is owned by a personal consciousness that is continually changing and related to objects that appear independent of this personal consciousness. Attention is focussed on some aspects of these objects which we choose because of our interests, which in the case of the ship could range from an interest in taking a trip downriver , to the design of the ship, or even an interest in the power of the river etc.

For Kant the ship steaming downstream can be a pure matter of intuitions which are organised by the imagination initially. Whilst this is occurring we are probably dealing more with a stream of a simpler form consciousness rather than with an articulated  stream of thought which would result in a cognitive judgement about the event, whether that be  in terms of the idea of a ships essence as being capable of navigating the river in the way that it does, or alternatively in terms of  the rivers power to take waters to the sea. If this experience gives rise to a judgement such as “The ship is steaming downriver” then we are dealing with a relation of  concept to object that is true, which is a fact, i.e. we form an epistemic judgement in which we  know that it is true  that the ship is steaming downstream. Had T S Eliot been witnessing this event he may have seen an unusual aspect of the rivers power which he expresses thus:

“I do not know much about gods; but I think that the river

Is a strong brown god–sullen, untamed and intractable,

Patient to some degree, at first recognised as a frontier;Useful, untrustworthy as a conveyor of commerce; then only a problem confronting the builder of bridges.

The problem once solved, the brown god is almost forgotten

By the dwellers in the cities–ever, however, implacable

Keeping his seasons and rages, destroyer, reminder

Or  what man chooses to forget. Unhonoured, unpropitiated

By worshippers of the machine, but waiting, watching and waiting.

His rhythm was present in the nursery bedroom,

In the rank ailanthus of the April dooryard,

In the smell of grapes in the autumn table, And the evening circle in the winter gaslight.

The river is within us, the sea is all about us;….”

This poem is an articulated poetic experience which may have been provoked by the sight of the ship steaming downstream. The experience is symbolic and the poem is a linguistic  articulation of the latent content of the experience which has what Paul Ricoer terms a “double meaning”, resting in the feeling of the sacredness of the river and the harmony of the faculties of the imagination, the understanding and reason. There is clearly also an ethical import expressed in the above poem: an import perhaps also expressing  a sacred view of Humanity we find in the Greek oracle’s proclamation that “everything created by man is destined for ruin and destruction”. We ought to know our own natures but without the poetic courage of the poets  we would choose to forget the oracular proclamations and look upon rivers in purely instrumental terms. 

https://www.buzzsprout.com/admin/2527643/episodes/17957644-the-delphic-podcasts-by-michael-r-d-james-introduction-to-campbell-season-4-episode-2

Kant has the following to say about the symbolism of the sacred. There is no possible intuition of God, the omniscient, omnipotent all good principle of the universe. Our only contact via intuition is an indirect contact, one in which intuitions “symbolise” the different aspects of the God-principle. This is why Kant had to make room for faith in his metaphysical systems. We cannot know God, but we can think this principle without violating the logical principle of noncontradiction. 

Symbols give rise to thought, Ricoeur argues, and the mechanism operating here is not that of association but rather one of analogy. Plato’s allegory of the cave is operating on the mechanism of analogy which is  referred to in the linguistic operator of “metaphor”  in which we redescribe reality via the operation of a transposition of  meaning from one more commonplace domain to a different domain which in the case of  “Man is a wolf” displaces the meaning from the species domain to the genus domain which can be seen as the principle of the species—hence the presence of “meta” (“before”) in the term metaphor. In the case of Plato’s allegory (an extended metaphor in the spirit of logos) it is the knowledge of the form of the Good which is the first principle of his exposition in the Republic. This correlates well with both the views of Aristotle and Kant, who also emphasised the importance of a  practical Philosophy that also provides us with perspicuous accounts of the role of the  so-called productive sciences and arts for which the metaphorical function of language is so important. 

Shakespeare, is perhaps the poet that best mastered the  art of the extended metaphor  through his use of symbolic language which, in Hedeggers terms, put the truth of beings to work. Ricoeur claims that  when extended metaphors occur in poetry or myth (muthos), it is moral action that is being imitated for the purposes of tragedy (the catharsis of the emotions of pity and fear). What we experience in the transcendental spectacle of Shakespeare is the unconcealment of a meaning of being and of the good which is captured in the ancient Greek term of aletheia. This according to Ricoeur is one of the functions of metaphor:

“To present men “as acting” and all things “as in act”—such could well be the ontological function of metaphorical discourse, in which every  dormant potentiality of existence appears as blossoming forth, every latent capacity for action as actualised.” (Rule of Metaphor, P.43) 

Campbell speaks about the transformation-function of metaphor in which “Meta” refers to what is transcendent beyond all categories of thought, to something that is supersensible. Once we move into this zone of transcendence, beyond the categories of conceptual thought which are governed by the categories of the understanding, we move beyond the realm of truth-value and into a dialectical realm of opposites, e.g., good and evil, male and female, light and dark, right and wrong, death and life, future and past. Through such dialectical opposites  we move into the realm of the sacred and holy symbolised so well by the Garden of Eden myth with its trees of knowledge and life, where God and man dwell together in a mythical harmony for all time. The presence of man in this almost perfect scenario, however, reveals a fragility which disrupts this harmony, and ends in mans exile into the real world in which he will need to use his knowledge to survive as long as he can.  The sentence of mortality that God has passed upon man is generally interpreted as a punishment.  Man also is forced  to endure perhaps the worst of all forms of suffering, namely the pain of being alive at one moment and not the next: the pain of having no future once this mysterious event of death occurs. This realm contains both elements of  the metaphysics of nature and the metaphysics of morals that we can find in Kant’s Critical Philosophy which  dedicated itself  to the drawing of the correct boundaries around the domain of the metaphysical. 

Myth by means of metaphor and symbolism attempts to say what lies  in the region Anaximander called “apeiron” where we can find space, time, matter and continuous change. Campbell claims that poetry and mythology originated with the muses of the Ancient world. The ancient proclamation to “know thyself!” is related to the conviction that there is something divine and infinite within us which is capable of transcending our finite bodies living in a finite world for a finite time. This something, Campbell argues, is consciousness, which can in principle watch disinterestedly as the parts of the body which is the vehicle of consciousness fall asunder. This might explain why primitive man buried people with their weapons, because they belonged to the part of a man that can never die. 

Animals for Neanderthal hunters were a sacred symbol of life and revered for their life-giving and sustaining power. Indian tribes in America, Campbell claims, addressed animals as a thou, and worshiped animal spirits. Rituals were also created for the purposes of concretely manifesting the meaning of the words of the myths. The Medicine men or shamans of primitive tribes often  experienced  near death experiences which enhanced their status in relation to myths about death being a crossing over to another realm of being. The idea of Mother Earth gave rise to a general feeling of awe and wonder for animals and their spirits as well as  all  manifestations of magnitude and power in mountains and  rivers. These phenomena  were all experienced as sacred by the mythic imagination as the sights and sounds of the divine or the sacred.  These aspects of the world were related to the “thou-feeling” which has been so truncated by our modern life. Perhaps when we retreat to those few places where we meditate, e.g.  our churches, our libraries, our studies, our concert halls, we share something of this ancient experience. This meditative experience is accompanied by a special type of pleasure which Campbell names “bliss”. 

Campbell argues that the myths and rituals of these periods pre-dated the myths of the Garden of Eden and the Ancient Greeks we are familiar with, and the ancient Gaia principle of the earth mother-goddess has been supplanted by warrior myths or gods who tended to be masculine, e.g. Yahweh and Zeus (who castrated his own father). Greek Philosophy and Art inspired by the female oracles may have been attempting to relate more meaningfully to this ancient way of being-in-the-world. The ancient way of being, that is, may have taken the royal road to the way of being-in-the-world that is best for the human form of psuché: myth, that is,carried us back to a time when these experiences were closely related to eudaimonia (the good spirited flourishing life). 

Myth is the fruit of the second tree in the Garden of Eden, the tree of life which no one is forbidden to eat of, and which Campbell argues bore Jesus Christ the saviour of the Christian faith. Mythology, Campbell argues, is embedded in a local geography  and connected to ways of sustaining oneself in life which will determine some of the focus of  the myth. The forest determines that life sustaining activities will take the form of hunting and searching for roots and berries. In  such an environment there will not be the space or time to appreciate the awe-inspiring dome of the sky and the sense of perspective that surveying huge distances provides us with. This kind of open environment  provided the Ancient Greek and Renaissance artists and poets with the inspiration for their works of art. Michelangelo and Shakespeare embodied the Renaissance spirit in different mediums and different landscapes. 

Michelangelo’s sculpted figures at the tomb of the De Medicis manifest pent up human energy frozen at the gates of death. The mass-effect of the stone used by the Renaissance artists testify to the power of the human psuché to shape his world in harmony with his natural surroundings. Shakespeare too, puts the melancholy and joy of life and death  on show in his transcendental spectacles:  using language symbolically in ways no one has done before or after. Shakespeare also embodies an important theme of cosmopolitanism in his works which would later flower into the cosmopolitan hylomorphic critical Philosophy of Kant who conceived of a Kingdom of ends in the far distant future which will retain the oracular spirit of much of our Western Mythology and Philosophy. 

The form of life associated with agriculture and plant life meant the substitution of the sacredness of the seed for the animal which we first hunted and then domesticated. The female Gaia principle of mother earth from which all life emerges and is sustained becomes for these communities the focus of the sacred and the divine. Each form of life had its heroes pursuing their heroic journeys manifesting courage of a life lived so close to death. Civilisation in its settled form brought with it other more sustainable long term values and attitudes that allowed communal and family  life to thrive. 

Love sublimates the more aggressive impulses and allows art and philosophy  to emerge as civilising influences. New heroes emerge. Socrates, a new kind of intellectual hero recommending the examined life  in search of wisdom and self-knowledge replaces the manic Achilles, the hero from an age with a warrior mentality.

Eros endures  through the centuries until we reach the middle ages where we encounter the greatest love stories which Campbell argues created the distinctive form of Western individual consciousness that eventually led to the commitment to freedom and the international rights of man. Christianity’s two commandments to love God above all else and love thy neighbour contributed to this development which existed parallel with the warrior culture (Thanatos) that plunges us into war and conflagrations again and again until we reach what Arendt called “this terrible century” where two world wars are fought and weapons of mass destruction are used on civilian populations. This meeting of the eyes in a loving personal individual relation testified to the attempt to transcend the pain and suffering associated with the burdens of psuché and the inevitable mortality that defines life. Campbell believes that the principle teaching of Christianity is that which  urges us to love our enemies. Involved in such a sacrificial form of life is a deliberate acceptance of suffering which Freud thought was beyond our idea of what was rational. Jesus on the cross is of course the supreme awe inspiring sacrifice urging us to embrace this form of life. Jesus so loved his father and mankind that he was prepared to sacrifice his life for the cause of  the future of mankind: a message which, if universally embraced, would end all war and conflict. Such, however,  was the power of the parallel male dominated warrior culture, that crusades and wars were paradoxically fought under the  sign of the cross. 

The Virgin Mary manifests the importance of the ancient female Gaia-principle and for Campbell the most interesting of the Gospels is that of the Greek Luke  in which it is maintained that the Kingdom of the Divine is within us. This reflection also requires, however, the accompanying gnostic reflection of Thomas that the Kingdom of God does not lie in the future but rather is all about us. The Christian rituals of prayer and meditation in peaceful churches help to keep this spirit of Eros alive. within us. The Old Testament Yahweh who breathes life into the earth is not present in the earth, as is the female forms of the divine in accordance with the Gaia principle.

For Campbell all the above different forms of divinity are to be conceived of as the “masks of eternity”(“All our names for and images of God”) and underlying the mask is the transcendental form-giver that we can not know directly either via our senses or via our categorically based knowledge. We can in accordance with Kantian Critical Philosophy think about these form-creators without contradiction and this allows us the space to retain the wisdom incorporated in our earlier myths. A myth for Campbell  is an extended metaphor for what lies beyond the visible world and he refers to Hindus that do not see much religion in our Christian writings. Our Western view that God is the source that is not present, is very different to both primitive and Oriental thinking, where the sacred and the divine is manifested in the powers we experience that fill us with awe and wonder.

Campbell himself claims that he is not a man of faith but rather someone who grounds their reflections in experience which accords well with the American Philosophies of pragmatism(William James) and instrumentalism(Dewey). Much of what Campbell presents is in accord with the presentation of  James’ approach in his “Principles of Psychology”  in which he investigates both the Conditions and Phenomena of psychological life. 

There is, however, also a hylomorphic aspect to Campbells reflections. He maintains, that is, that the energies we attempt to symbolise in our myths and metaphors, and symbols, originate in our human body and life. The emotions associated with art which are associated with these religious symbols, metaphors and myths, are more related to the sublime than the beautiful, but both sets of emotion are related intimately to the moral life of psuché. One of the Kantian images most relevant to the awe and wonder we experience  in relation to the vast expanse of space which fills the mind is that of the dream of  Carazan, a man who has not valued the presence of his fellow men in his life. Carazan dreams he is judged by a supreme being who sentences him to flying out on an endless journey in infinite space and into far flung regions of the universe where there is no light and only pitch darkness. Carazan awakes from this experience of the “terrifying sublime”  and reevaluates his life with his fellow men. This kind of dream is not common but its symbolic structure is unmistakable. This dream has both elements of the metaphysics of nature and the metaphysics of morals as part of its symbolic structure. 

Campbell cites Schopnehauer’s thesis that one’s whole life has been constituted by the  activity of the will within and this invokes the ancient Greek idea of the Good and the Enlightenment idea of freedom simultaneously.

The stories we tell are obviously important in both our civilisation building and culture creating activities and their role increased in importance once life settled down in communities like the village and the polis where the stories of animals living in a supernatural world became more earth centred and more concerned with the knowledge and wisdom we need to lead good spirited flourishing lives. The story is firstly designed for the children and youth of the community. Insofar as these were biblical stories they aimed at achieving a form of identification with the figure of Christ and the power of love to transform our existence. Christ, Campbell argues, embodies the presence of earlier divinities such as Isis and Osiris who were early symbols of the transcendental X that we are unable to directly represent conceptually.

Death is the mysterious telos of life that cannot as such be experienced. In that case the analogy of sleep that Socrates invoked was a good one. I can experience falling asleep and awakening from sleep but not sleep itself. Similarly I can experience dying but not death itself. Both death and sleep lie at the boundaries of our experience recalling the reflections of the early Wittgenstein (also influenced by Shopehauer) that all important matters relating to the self lie not in the world waiting to be experienced, but lie rather at the boundary of the world in a manner similar to the way in which the organ of the eye is not in the visual field but lies outside its scope. 

Campbell cites the evidence of burial rituals during the period of Neanderthal man which testify to the existence of the question “What happens to the self after death?”  The Neanderthals were hunters and perhaps to them the animal was a messenger or gift from the divinities believed in. The cave paintings from Lascaux also testified to the awe and wonder relating to animals occurring as they did not in areas of habitation but in areas reserved for other purposes. Caves also carry the symbolic power of the womb of the earth which is responsible for all life. Rituals relating to the initiation of adolescents into the life of the adult  have been transformed in modern life where the transformation occurs much later over a longer period thus emphasising the importance of the  Freudian observation that human psuché must endure a long childhood on the road to a state of maturity which may never in fact occur. The Shamans of primitive tribes were the equivalent to our priests and if they were the painters of the cave paintings perhaps they were also assuming the role of early artists. Modern artists are our modern myth-makers and they too have catharsis on their agendas, seeking to purge feelings of pity and fear and transform the self into an agency that knows and understands itself. Each of us, Campbell argues is a manifestation of the transcendent power or energy that we cannot fully comprehend  but seek to know as much as we can about.

For the primitive form of consciousness embodied by the Native American Indians our modern life is an enigma and our actions are mysterious. When for example an American President offered to buy their land they were filled with consternation. How, they wondered, can one temporally possess what is sacred and has given rise to one’s own existence? Why does the white man spoil the landscape with poles transmitting talking wires from place to place? To them our actions seem to lack the real motivation that comes from acknowledging the power and energy of sacred forces. What they appear to misunderstand is the transformation that accompanied our own transition from hunting to agriculture where the death of a plant is not as absolute as the death of an animal. Cut down a plant, e.g. the vine, and new growths emerge . With this new form of life came a new and different appreciation for life. The perspective we have on life changes in many ways and unexpected associations emerge such as the tight relation between begetting future generations and one’s own death. The present generation has to make great heroic sacrifices for the coming generations. One learns in this process to grow old gracefully and watch one’s own disintegrating powers without comment or complaint.

The eyes, Campbell argues, are the scouts of the heart and seek out what they desire. True love, that is, is born from the heart and the eyes. These organs are the focus of the romantic artists and poets, the inheritors of the ancient power of Eros cleansed of the lusts and appetites of the body (via knowledge of the Platonic form of the good). This, Campbell insightfully argues, is the birth of our modern Western idea of conscious individualism. The cupid of the middle ages becomes a mischievous figure with a glint in his eye and the erotic meeting envisaged by these troubadours was one of the intimate meeting of eyes between two persons. This new mode of interacting was contrary to both the tradition of arranged marriages and the ecclesiastical idea of love which was bound up with religious prohibitions and inhibitions.

Love was portrayed by Shakespeare as the sickness that physicians could not cure. Here we encounter the ideal of one person (so important in psychoanalysis) opening up and unburdening their heart to another. The Legend of the Holy Grail is a part of this era of fantasy in which it was imagined that Satan and God were at war with each other. and the Grail, like the fire of Prometheus, was delivered to man by a neutral angel and signifies man’s spiritual potentialities which really cannot be symbolised by any one kind of physical object. God certainly did not love his enemy Satan but apparently suggests man do what he could not. In this world of the imagination there is evidence of the operation and reconciliation of Heraclitean opposites such as love is both joy and pain, and “love is the pain of being truly alive”. In this mythological world there appears to be reference to forms of consciousness which meditates on the mystery of the source and nature of Being.

On the Gaia principle space and time are the sensible conditions which  allow  goddesses to emerge. Campbell argues it was the Hebrew mythology that wiped out the worship of female deities. A situation which Christianity attempted to mitigate with reference to the Virgin Mary and the miracle of the virgin birth of Jesus. The agricultural communities of old testament times were often overrun by the hunters and herdsman for whom violence and conquest was a way of life. This state of affairs probably resulted in the building of walls around communities for protection and defence purposes.

Zeus, too, Campbell argues, was a warrior God, a state of affairs which was also mitigated by the presence of over 70  female oracles and deities such as Athena, Gaia, Aphrodite, the Erinyes, Hera, Demeter etc. In Greek mythology, the male and the female are in constant interaction.

The reference to the organs of the eyes and of the heart and their location in the head and breast  above the lower pelvic zone where sexual and nutritive gratification dwell, has hylomorphic and psychoanalytic significance, even if the role of the brain is somewhat ambiguous on such accounts. Reference to the dominating activity of more primitive appetites and urges contain the potentiality for being transcended by the organs belonging to higher systems.

Campbell claims that whilst God is a metaphor, a thought or idea, the reference of the metaphor thought or idea is transcendent and lies beyond both Being and non-Being. The contrast of the Western Conception of the ultimate deity differs from that of the East. The West sees God as being the source of energy and his creation whilst the East sees God as manifest in this creation and being the vehicle of the energy of the Universe. The different deities being the personifications of this energy. The different sources of organ-energy in our bodies have different consequences for the forms of life we lead. These images, thoughts, ideas and metaphors then emerge from our various life-activities in our life-world.

The circle is a universal geometrical symbol that is connected to beginnings, ends and eternal circular movement. The cycles of life repeat themselves and are recorded by our clocks and calendars. The circle was sacred for Plato and symbolised the soul. For many primitive tribes the circle was associated with the magical and the miraculous. The circle is but one image or archetype emerging from man’s psuché, which has both bodily and psychological characteristics. What is inside the circle of the soul is a question which recurs again and again in many different forms in different mythologies. Life might be boundless but metaphors, thoughts and ideas are finite expressions with finite relations to other metaphors, thoughts, and ideas. Plato and Aristotle spoke of a hierarchy  of forms of life ranging from the healthy, wealthy and  courageous  forms, which are all subordinate to the contemplative examined form of life that comes from meditating Philosophically upon existence. Mythology sees the highest hierarchical form of life in terms of the divine  and perhaps questions whether the Philosophical form of life is as sacred and significant  as the divine form of life which comes from meditation and prayer. Plato and Aristotle did not use the term “sublime” but undoubtedly referred to this experience insofar as the terrible power of nature was concerned. We should recall that the Oracles warned man that everything he creates is doomed to ruin and destruction. The Gospel according to Mark speaks of the end of the world coming in the future and the elimination of ethical thinking. The Gnostic gospel of Thomas on the other hand claims that the kingdom of heaven is all around us and this thought is certainly echoed in Kants “Cosmopolitan Kingdom of ends”.

Campbell argues that myth originates in the human body, a thesis Maurice Merleau Ponty would certainly have had sympathy for, given his commitment to an account of being-in-the world which recognises that the Body is the originating source of the lived-world man dwells in. For Merleau Ponty the self is the body which has many more dimensions than biological or psychological science can imagine. This source may well be part of a network of physical causes but this is not the primary significance of Merleau-Ponty’s Aristotelian  proposal which  suggests the importance of “form” in appreciating the holistic responses of the individual to his environment. This then permits the introduction of teleological considerations in the task of correctly describing and understanding the structure of behaviour. In his work “The Phenomenology of Perception”, MP has the following to say about the self that gives meaning to our behaviour:

“I am not the outcome or the meeting point of numerous causal agencies which determine my bodily or psychological make-up. I cannot conceive myself as nothing but a bit of the world, a mere object of biological, psychological or sociological investigation. I cannot shut myself up within the realm of science. All my knowledge of the world, even my scientific knowledge, is gained from my own particular point of view, or from some experience of the world without which the symbols of science would be meaningless. The whole universe of science is built upon the world as directly experienced, and if we ant to subject science itself to rigorous scrutiny and arrive at a precise assessment of its meaning and scope, we must begin by reawakening the basic experience of the world of which science is the second order expression…..I am not a “living creature” nor even a “man”, nor again even a “consciousness” endowed with all the characteristics zoology, social anatomy or inductive psychology recognise in these various products of the natural or historical process—I am the absolute source, my existence does not stem from my antecedents, from my physical and social environment: instead it moves out towards them and sustains them, for I alone can bring into being for myself..the tradition which I elect to carry on, or the horizon whose distance for me would be abolished–since that distance is not one of its properties—if I were not there to scan it with my gaze.” ( Phenomenology of Perception Translated Smith C., London, Routledge, 1962, Page  IX)

The organs of the eyes and the heart referred to by Campbell may well be understood by biological and medical science in terms of a network of causal agencies and no one wishes to deny the validity of the scientific point of view for certain human purposes. These sciences however do not enable us to complete the task of knowing ourselves set by the ancient Greek oracles, a task that Aristotle undertook so systematically with his hylomorphic theory of psuché, a theory which relies four kinds of change, three principles of change, three media of change, and four causes of change which we find accounts of in three different regions of science, theoretical, practical, and productive. Our psychological “form” is complex but it is, both for Kant and for ancient myths,  the self-causing source of the metaphors, thoughts, and ideas we have about our being-in-the-world and our life-worlds. Our human form of psuché certainly is in its turn “caused” to come into being by both the kinds of organs we possess and their configuration which has in its turn “caused” (in the fourfold sense conceived of by Aristotle) both the configuration of limbs, bipedal posture and the forms of life that flow from such a configuration. Such a being according to Aristotle is a rational animal  capable of discourse. Our animal origins however were significantly transformed with our bipedalism which lifted our eyes upwards to see the horizon and the dome of the sky above, and the sense of smell was relegated to a subsidiary pace in the hierarchy of the senses. Yet the primary shift in our sensory motor systems was in regard to the motor function of speech which of course is intimately related to the sensory event of recognition insofar as our encounter with objects is concerned:

“The denomination of objects does not follow upon recognition:it is itself recognition. When I fix my eyes on an object in the half light, and say “it is a brush”, there is not in my mind a concept of a brush, under which I subsume the object, and which moreover is linked by frequent association with the word “brush”, but the word bears the meaning, and by imposing it on the object, I am conscious of reaching that object. As has often been said, for the child the thing is not known until it is named, the name is the essence of the thing and resides in it on the same footing  as its colour and its form. For pre-scientific thinking,naming an object is causing it to exist or changing it: God creates beings by naming them and magic operates upon them by speaking of them..” (P.206)

When we are speaking, moreover, Merleau-Ponty claims, our speech is our thought. It occurs because we know how to use the words we are speaking and we know how to use our articulatory organs. My utterances are gestures expressing intended meanings. All motor behaviour is transcendent of the biological body in this respect ,when it is intentional and meaningful. It is not the soul but the body that speaks and behaves. My body however is not an “object” composed of organ systems and limb configurations but rather a “lived presence” which follows the special logos of psuché. Ancient  man and his oracles appear to recognise God everywhere including within himself  and this attitude is manifested more in the serene Eastern religions like Hinduism and Buddhism than it is  in our own dramatic tragedy-laden Christianity. This does not however prevent the Christian from joyfully participating in the sorrows of the world.

Mythology, Campbell argues, must to some extent validate our experience and guide future conduct reliably, but neither the primitive myths nor ancient Greek or Christian or Eastern myths appear to be able to either validate our experiences or guide us into the future. In answer to  the question of whether we are capable of formulating such myths for ourselves, Campbell appeals not to artists but to science and quantum interconnectedness. Science can be magical, he argues, appealing to a dimension of existence deeper than causality, but the question remains whether quantum theory can give us a better account of life than that we find in Hylomorphic theory, Kantian theory and Psychoanalysis . Will the inner-space of human life be accounted for by quantum theory in the same terms as the inner space of external objects? If so what then happens to the experience of time? Will it be a relative phenomenon as Einstein suggested or will the consciousness I have of this “now” be a necessary and absolute  starting point? If so, are we experiencing the sacred circle T S Eliot talked about in his Four quartets, where after much journeying, we arrive at the end only to see it as our beginning which we now know better than we did when our journey began. This of course is a better journey than that of Carazan through endless pitch black space. Better in the sense that we dwell in the light, alive and conscious of the dark and of death but  with the possibility of  experiencing eudaimonia.

The Logos of Muthos

Views: 1616

eros on old centaur sculpture in louvre museum
Photo by bin bin on Pexels.com

Very clear account of the source of myth, firstly, in the conflict of the organs of a body which give rise to fantasy and imagination and secondly in a particular social order that postulates certain ideals or ideas to live by. Myth, Campbell argues are the organised fantasies and ideas of a particular community. This is clearly hylomorphic. Aristotle argued that human psuché or the human soul has its source in the particular constellation of human organs that constitute a human being: one of the most important organs is of course the human brain with its layers of functions including instinctive and emotional functions and sensory-motor-language centres in the cortex. Thought, then, is a higher function connected to many other functions in the brain but especially to language. The sensory-motor functions are also, however of central importance given the importance of intentional action (the will) in the life of humankind. The Kantian elaboration upon hylomorphic Philosophy suggests that we conceptualise the mind in relation to what we can know about the the holistic effect of the brains function, namely thought, and Kant categorises the mind into three faculties: sensibility, understanding/judgement, and reason. The powers of affect, imagination and fantasy , sensory perception and memory all belong to sensibility whilst the faculty of understanding/judgement are regulated conceptually by Categories. Reason, both theoretical and practical, is regulated by ideas such as God, psuché (the soul) freedom and equality where principles such as the principle of noncontradiction and sufficient reason are not merely regulative but constitutive. Campbell of course does not interest himself particularly in these higher mental processes because his primary concern is with te power of the imagination and fantasy. If he has a Philosophical position insofar as these higher mental powers are concerned it is more likely to be Plato rather than Aristole. Plato we know divided psuché or the powers of the soul into three, namely appetite or lower desire, Sprit, and Reason. Mythology is a spiritual exercise stretching back to a period in mans history when reason had not been subjected to critical investigation. Campbell claims with considerable insight that the organs constituting our various powers conflict with each other and this plays out at the level of the imagination rather than the level of higher mental powers. He mentions our erotic and aggressive impulses and the disturbing effect these can have on the trajectory of a life aiming at long term happiness. He does however touch upon these higher powers when he refers to the ideas or ideals of thought processes which give life value. Plato we know however objected strongly to the view that images (even at the level of “spirit”) could be reliable guides to leading a good-spirited flourishing life. For Plato it was the Higher mental power of principles or “Forms” that enabled us to lead worthy virtuous (areté) lives. Campbell does not, however, engage with such Philosophical questions.

Rather Campbell claims:

“The function of mythological imagery is to harmonise these conflicting impulses and coordinate the energies of our body, so that we can live a harmonious and fruitful life in accord with our society”

Myth, then not only guides us to harmonise with our society but also with Nature which is both external to us but also within, because our organs and their particular constellation are products of nature responsible for giving us our human “form”. Myths also, Cambell argues guide us through the various phases of our life from childhood through adolescence to adulthood and finally to old age where it helps us to confront the one inevitabilityof life, namely death. The interviewer elaborates upon this by claiming that behind the narratives of myths there is contained:

“some kind of deeper truth about life”

Campbell assents to this with the qualification that mythology is “a systematic organisation of fantasy in relation to a given social order”. The concept of Truth, as Campbell realises, has more universalistic intentions. Whether or not this intention is realistic is a question even Philosophers have asked themselves but certainly at least both Plato and Aristotle believed that truth had both universal and necessary characteristics. Cambell however counters with one universal and necessary characteristic of myth by claiming that every early organised society possessed a guiding mythology.

The interviewer refers to one of Campbells last works, namely, “The inner Reaches of Outer Space” in which it is maintained that we are approaching a stage of globalisation such that it is no longer possible to think of the human race in terms of competing tribes. Campbell illustrates this thesis by the conflict one could see at that point in time in Beirut between the three major competing montheistic religions, namely Judaism, Christianity, and Islam. Each has its own “truths” contested by the others. Campbell does not discuss whether this state of affairs is directly related to the medium of communication of myths, namely images and affects, rather than concepts arguments and principles which is the medium of truth and knowledge in the arena of Philosophy. Campbell rather attributes this failure to the failure of the leaders of these religions to realise that the role of their respective mythologies has been merely to support their particular societies. The belief that their Religion was the True Religion obviously prevented the kind of toleration necessay for these “tribes” to live together. This is where the oracular advice to know thyself would have been useful to all concerned. Kantians would instead refer to the Categorical Imperative which challenges men to treat each other as ends-in-themselves, a law that underlies the concept of Human Rights which includes the right to believe in the God one chooses to believe in. Also, the Philosophy of Plato and Aristotle were addressing this very problem of believing in the images of particular myths and religions when they formulated their respective Philosohies and appealed to non-relativistic universal and necessary priciples of sufficient reason and noncontradiction. Historically, therefore , it can be argued tht Philosophy grew out of mythology but left the world of image fantasy, and miraculous events behind in favour of concepts, categories, principles and arguments using the principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason.

Cambell correctly uses the Philosophical Psychology we find in Aristotles works on psuché (soul) and acknowledges a self actualisation process where the constellation of human organs cooperate to produce the first actuality of the body which is its life. Many sensible and intellectual powers emerge from this actualisation process over a long childhood and many poentialities are actualised including that of discourse and rationality which build the one upon the other. Given the Aristotleian requirement that all parts of psuch´s must possess features of the whole we can expect to see reason permeating even sensible activities such as perception and imagination as well as regulating the motor system by the will.

Campbell insightfully argues that there are two types of mythology: one in which the individual is inducted via particular procedures into his group or community and aggression is projected to whatever lies outside that group. It is perhaps this use of the defence mechanism of projection of aggression which led Freud to diagnose religion as psychotic. The second type of mythology are instantiated by the Eastern Meditative religions in which it is recognised that the Gods are within one and it is the task of mythology to illustrate the presence of the kingdom of god within us by projecting it outward, sometimes in the form of miraculous events. The extent to which the believer understands the mechanism of his “projection”: understands, that is, that the objects of his projection are merely analogies of what is within, is the extent to which the projecting subject “knows” what is happening and therefore “knows” himself. Perhaps though it is only very few believers who are capable of this form of belief. In this category of religions Campbell mentions buddhism the enlightenment religion which like Plato urges us to seek for the consciousness within rather than using our consciousness to explore via the senses the external world. Campbell sees a deep affinity here to those Christians who seek to find the Christ within us. Both religions also emphasise the relevance of the world in which one must joyfully participate in its sorrows.

Science is discussed in terms of its inward psychological input, the material of which, of course, is that which we find in the external world. Campbell claims that Biblical stories about ascending to heaven do not fit in with contemporary science and have to be therefore be either discarded or reinterpreted. There is, however, Campbell argues in correlating the gods within gods and cosmic cycles within consmic cyles of Hinduism with modern science. All myths , on the other hand reveal the potential for spiritual development which is ongoing in spite of the negative view Campbell has of contemporary politics. We do not yet have a world-mythology that can transcend human differences although modern science may have the potential to provide us with such a mythology insofar as the mysteries of the universe are concerned. One mystery that of birth–the biological phenomenon of a new being coming into existence at the moment is not fully appreciated by local mythologies. Marriage too and its significance is not fully understood. If the individual is fortunate it will find a consciousness which reflects the divine within us and such a being will realise that the body, the vehicle of consciousness, can pass away without being experienced as a loss. The possibility of ones death, then, ought to involve transcendence of the loss of the physical body. Ascending to heaven or resurrection are examples of miraculous events that science cannot endorse as real events, as described in the various mythologies. The heavens, for example are vast and difficult for the imagination to form a comprehensive idea of. The Image of Christ Campbell argues is this side of the truth and needs to be transcended if one is to fully embrace the mystery of consciousness within. For Kant it was not such an image that enabled one to reach a state of transcendence but rather knowledge of the moral law within which enabled one to lead a fruitful good spirited meaningful flourishing life. This, plus the starry heavens filled his mind with awe and wonder. The moral law, as we know is something arrived at through understanding, judgement, and reason in the ontological domain of action where the agent is attempting to make something of the world he lives in, rather than allowing the world to merely “happen” to him, which of course can happen in death. Images, then, may fall into the category of what happens to us as is the case of those images we experience in sense perception. Campbell at one point in the interview claims that thought is important in the mythical process but then immediately transitions to images as if he believes images are thoughts—thoughts can happen to us but usually they are part of an active process directed by the will. One thought of importance in mythological thinking involves of course understanding that life and perhaps what Campbell calls Christ-consciousness is not unique to me but shared with all other human life forms. It is this understanding that allows us to see the world from another persons point of view (what Piaget called decentering). It is this Campbell claims that is the universal value of the image although the thought looks more like it is claiming something about something conceptually, rather than picturing something as abstract as such a Truth. Campbell speaks in terms of “metaphorical” images such as the ascension to heaven but the question remains here of whether what is being referred to here is something conceptual. A series of images, ofcourse, could perhaps picture some form of ascent into heaven but the heavens are vast and such a filmed sequence of images might still be playing out whilst it is still indeterminate as to the ultimate destination of the “ascent”. What then can this image be symbolising, whatis it an image of? Campbell realises that the term “metaphor” is a linguistic entity and as such words can be said to have both denotation and connottion and he claims that this image’s connotation is not to be confused with its denotation. This suggests that although language might picture what it denotes if the sentence is of the declarative form, it is rather the conceptual meaning of the word which brings the meaning of the image to us. This territory of theories of meaning may then not pertain to images but rather to concepts which are combined in sentences in which we say something about something which aims at the Truth. This is the territory of Philosophy and not Mythology. Mythological narratives use conceptual truths as well as images in their attempt to communicate their message.

The final question of the interviewer to Cambell concerns what advice he would give to young persons beginning their professional journeys. He speaks of “enthusiasm” which he says means “inspired by the gods” and suggests that these young people follow whatever inspires enthusiasm in themselves.

Excerpt from my Forthcoming book on Shakespeare

Views: 1340

Philosophy and Shakespeare: Transcendental Spectacles for all seasons from the Cosmopolitan Theatre of Life

Lady Macbeth, Macbeth and the Murder of Duncan (Shakespeare, Macbeth, Act II, Scene II)
Lady Macbeth, Macbeth and the Murder of Duncan (Shakespeare, Macbeth, Act II, Scene II) by Charles Rolls is licensed under CC-CC0 1.0


 “The growing secular/scientific  spirit of this century perhaps was beginning to take shape during the Renaissance  but certainly reached some kind of zenith with the “new men” of the twentieth century who adopted a scientific spirit of social engineering to the political task of wielding power in the name of “final solutions” to the Jewish problem, the problem of the bourgeoisie and the Japanese problem. With the collapse of the political party system at the end of the 19th century, and the emergence of the masses for whom nothing seemed possible anymore, the promises and rhetoric of these new men must have lifted everybody’s spirit and it was in this toxic environment that  the belief in “final solutions” in the spirit of Hegel and Marx appeared  on the agendas of tyrants and democratically elected leaders alike (President Truman). The power of technological transformations to transform the physical external aspect of society also accompanied  the underlying forces  that were taking  shape in our societies, strengthening the manic view that man was the master of nature. This was the background to the changes that were occurring in the name of the hidden plan of Kant, in the name of democracy, freedom, and justice. The immediate aftermath of the second world war which was punctuated by the act of dropping enormously powerful atomic bombs on civilian populations in Japan, resulted in the establishment of the Kantian idea of the United Nations whose remit was the establishment of  Peace in the world and respect for Human Rights  in all member states. This remit has expanded considerably and many internationally valuable projects emerged as a consequence in the name of this Kantian “hidden plan”. Freud was of course not alive to see these developments but he was alive not only to the threat of dictatorships but also to the threats of both the USSR and the US to peace and the project of establishing an international system of Justice.These subsequent positive developments testify to not just the reasonableness of the belief in a hidden plan when discontentment is widespread,  but also to the fact that the one hundred thousand years is sufficient  time for the achievement of the telos of the plan. There is a  reverse side of the oracular proclamation that “everything created by man is destined for ruin and destruction”, namely, Dictators will die,  and even if they return to destroy again they will forever in the future be measured by  the standards of peace, human rights and international justice: i.e. their creations will also be subject to ruin and destruction. There can be no more cosmopolitan institution than that of the UN, and this too reminds us not just of Kantian cosmopolitanism but of Shakespearean cosmopolitanism (of the kind we encountered in Venice in both the Merchant of Venice and Othello).”

http://@michaelrdjames651

Philosophy and Shakespeare: Transcendental Spectacles from the Cosmopolitan Theatre of Life

The Philosophy of Death: Socrates, Aristotle, Fingarette, Kant, Wittgenstein

Views: 2523

cemetery christian christianity church
Photo by Pixabay on Pexels.com

In the photo above we have a graveyard of paid debts if it is true that we all owe nature a death. Mass graveyards like this, however, do not conjure up the picture of the occupants going quietly to their deaths. Socrates went relatively quietly to his death in spite of the fact that Athens, in retrospect was doing him an injustice. His speech in the Phaedo however, left no-one in any doubt that whatever the circumstances he believed death to be a Good. Either it was a peaceful dreamless sleep or there was a seemingly contradictory afterlife in which Socrates would be consorting with the great oracles, poets, lawmakers and intellectuals of the past. Perhaps the core strength of Socrates was his faith: the faith that nothing bad could happen to a good man.

Fingarette in his work, entitled “Death: Philosophical Soundings” begins with a narrative by Tolstoy entitled “The Death of Ivan Ilyich”. Ivan experiences a pain and visits his doctor but the doctor cannot help. His suffering continues until he at lasts confronts himself with the possible reality of nonexistence which in turn leads to reevaluation of the life he has been leading, arriving finally at the “truth” about his life. He also finally realises there is no death because there is no experience of death and his fears have been groundless. There is no “meaning” to death since it is an event that lies outside of our experience. This too was the position of Wittgenstein on this issue. Here we encounter not the battle of the giants of civilisation Freud pointed to, namely Eros v Thanatos, but rather the battle of two civilisation-building principles, namely the pleasure principle and the reality principle. On Freuds account, because the unconscious, where our instincts reside, do not acknowledge contradictions, there is no possible awareness of “the possibility” of that contradictory event–death– but only an awareness of what life means or is. Many commentators are willing to describe such a state of affairs as an awareness of our immortality but that is not an appropriate description. The unconscious is also timeless and this means that it is not aware of any time spans least all that of eternity or living forever. In the unconscious there is the desire for life to continue but not because of an awareness of eternity or the possibility of death. Fingarette puts the matter somewhat misleadingly:

“I think it is fair to put things this way:There are two absolutely certain facts about this existence.From the objective point of view I am mortal–it is certain that I will die. From the subjective point of view I am immortal–it is certain that I will never die. Or to put it differently: Never in my life will I experience death.”(P 7 Open Court, Chicago, 1996)

Putting it differently is certainly putting the matter more correctly but it is not true that I am “certain” that I will never die. Certainty as Wittgenstein put the matter is linked to doubt. Only consciousness has the conceptual capacity to doubt something. Doubting is a reality principle activity. My wishing to continue living is an activity of the life instinct regulated by the pleasure principle. Wishing in this context is tied to emotion and the imagination and doubting to a conscious conceptual use of the imagination and Understanding. The problem with the above false description relating to life is that a hylomorphic Aristotelian understanding of psuché makes no specific reference to consciousness because the assumption is that psuché is the first actuality of the human for of psuché(possessing as it does a human organ and limb configuration-system which is defining for our species). Aristotle, that is, does not separate consciousness from the realms of the preconscious or unconscious, operating on the pleasure-pain principle and the energy regulation principle. Consciousness, has, of course, a variety of defence mechanisms to protect itself from high anxiety levels including the deflection of energy into cultural activities such as the sciences but also sublimation which transforms energy into works of imagination.

Fingarette claims that we cannot experience the possibility of death but we can imagine it. He means here that we cannot imagine in first person mode the experience of death but we can imagine the consequences for those left behind after of our death. Here the pleasure-pain principle is clearly operating and this accounts for our ability to describe what is happening here in terms of the emotion of loss.But it is other peoples loss that I am imagining. My loved ones have lost me and need to continue all our mutually valued projects without me. This is the only way in which I can be “conscious” of my death. Returning to real life and realising our mutually valued projects are still actual and ongoing, contributes, Fingarette argues, to an increased pleasure being attached to these projects and perhaps to everything one experiences which was imagined as “lost”. This is the natural reaction to what he calls the “post-mortem future”. This is of course different to my imagining historical events which have no direct connection with my life. I have never personally engaged with the people i Imagine nor the projects they are involved with. Here my imagination must be working in close cooperation with the understanding and reason and the reality principle reigns for what is being imagined is then legitimised by written documentation and evidence. There is no feeling of loss attached to these events and/or the people that populate these imaginings. Any pleasure connected to these imaginings will be related to a correlation of what is imagined with some good the imaginer embraces in their life(in accordance with the Aristotelian major premise that all activity aims at the good and a minor premise that there are many meanings of good).

Fingarette further claims that when I imagine the response of my loved ones to my death I am engaging in a form of self deception because if one is dead there is no imagining activity going on–I am imagining a world in which I am still alive. Fingarette asks the insightful question whether it is phenomena such as this that lies behind the myth that the psuché or soul can detach itself from the body. Hence the fundamental importance of describing these phenomena correctly. These imaginings are always subject to some form of correction by the reality principle. A dream of Gabriel Garcia Marquez is discussed in which the author attends his own funeral with some friends and at the end of the funeral he prepares to leave with his friends who correct him saying “No, you, cant leave!”

This myth of separation from ones body in relation to death may well have motivated the many forms of mind-body dualism that have dogged the footsteps of Philosophy throughout the ages. Aristotle sought to neutralise Platonic dualism with his hylomorphic theory and Kant sought to neutralise Cartesian dualism with his Critical theory but dualism reappeared after Hegelian attacks on Kant and it was Wittgenstein in the 20th century that restored some form of sanity in Philosophy with his anti-Hegelian investigations that recalled many of the hylomorphic and critical arguments against both dualism and materialism.

Fingarette reawakens the ancient Socratic comparison of death with sleep when he claims that :

“We have no word to describe the inner experience of falling asleep. I anticipate “falling asleep” while still awake; and on reawakening I discover what happened. I do experience getting drowsy as the preliminary to falling asleep. Nevertheless we are never aware of the actual happening, the moment of falling asleep. What is it like, that transition from being awake to being asleep? There is only one correct answer: nothing. What is it like, subjectively, being in dreamless sleep? Nothing.”(P.19)

The event happens but is not experienced Fingarette argues and the two events, death and falling asleep are similar yet different in that I can realise upon awakening from sleep that I must have fallen asleep. In the case of the event of death happening to me, on the other hand, there can be no such realisation, no such awakening.

Fingarette declares his anti dualist position by maintaining that the idea of non-bodily consciousness is an incoherent idea(P.21). He then discusses the idea of selflessness and how it may lead to the self deceptive idea that the self is some kind of illusion which must be surmounted if one is not to experience the loss of self in imagining ones death. Many Eastern religions such as buddhism preach the idea of the selfishness of the self and its consequences for life: the freeing of “ones spirit” (P.23) Now whether Hegel “borrowed his idea of “Spirit” from this source or not is an open question and perhaps such an idea is not all that different from the Kantian idea of freedom where the unselfish person chooses to act in accordance with a universal imperative and treat everyone including themselves as “end-in-themselves”, an ancient idea that goes back to the challenge Glaucon, in the Republic, laid down for Socrates, that he had to prove that Good was not just Good in its consequences but Good-in-itself. It can be argued, however good Plato’s answer to this question was, that it was left to Aristotle and Kant to give a fully satisfactory answer. An answer moreover that did not “turn Kant on his head” as Hegel wished to do but one rather that respected the traditions and customs of the past as long as they could be defended in terms of preserving freedom and treating people as “ends-in-themselves”. Action became the centre of ethical theory for Kant and dutiful action its lodestar. There is no denial of the self in Kants account only a perfect acknowledgement of its scope and limitations in accordance with rational principles such as noncontradiction and sufficient reason. Principles that Hegel questions. The Eastern view of a life striving to deny the appetites of the self would be in accord with both Aristotle and Kant but would not entail the absence of the “I”, which is a mortal entity that can die and never come back to life. That is, the Kantian “I think”(a manifestation of the act of apperception) is not immortal but is a time-bound phenomenon that pronounces “Nows” and arrange them in the framework of “befores” and “afters” until it dies and its “time” comes to an end. Time, of course, does not end, at least not until there is an absence of life on earth and maybe not even then. If the Kantian agent has done his duty he can look forward to his death without the feeling of trepidation without the feeling that he has not led a life of eudaimonia( a good spirited flourishing life). One dies in such circumstances without the fear of lost opportunities because ones value has been actualised during ones life and does not need another life to make another attempt to establish ones value. Going to meet ones death in the process of dying, in such circumstances, is the same as going to meet the occurrence of any event that one is anticipating. On Freudian terms the wish to live forever through successive resurrections would be delusional but the wish to live without the knowledge of death would be the kind of life that most animals lead. With the knowledge of death comes the fear of death and that in turn requires an overcoming of the fear in order to meet ones death stoically.

Fingarette points out that we are acquainted with ourselves uniquely and immediately via something resembling Kantian intuition. If I am in pain I know this non-observationally but thankfully, Fingarette does not use the word one normally uses in this context, namely “Introspection” which smuggles in a kind of imaginative observation that does not meet the criteria of knowing something non-observationally. He also points out that I am the only person in the world that can move my arm simply by intending to move it. Such movement expresses my intention. This is the realm where Wittgensteins claim that “I am my World” makes sense, and I know what I am doing non-observationally, because I am my world, I am my body, and my body is in the world in the form of an “I”. This was criticised as an expression of solipsism but it is clear that this is not what Wittgenstein meant. The “I” referred to is not a particular I bearing a particular name, but rather a universal I that has a universally unique form of existence. Here there is a limit to what I can do. I cannot decide/intend to fall asleep in the way in which I decide/intend to reach for an orange. As Merleau-Ponty suggests in the “Phenomenology of Perception”:

“I lie down in bed, on my left side, with my knees drawn up; I close my eyes and breathe slowly, putting my plans out of my mind. But the power of my will or consciousness stops there. As the faithful, in the Dionysian mysteries, invoke the god by miming scenes fro his life, I call up the visitation of sleep by imitating the breathing and posture of the sleeper….There is a moment when sleep “comes” , settling on this imitation of itself.”(P.189 Trans Smith, C., Routledge, London(1958) P.189

Another limit of the imagination, Fingarette argues, is that we cannot imagine the end of world because to do so would be to imagine nothing. Now because I can imagine a world I presumably can imagine a world existing before I was born, This, indeed is a crucial possibility if we are understand history. So there is a space-time continuity which is a condition of our existence, a continuity that exists after my death and before my birth. I did not regret my having been born earlier at the dawn of living existence and the question is whether trying to imagine a beginning of the world is also an attempt to imagine nothing Heidegger once wrote an essay entitled “Introduction to Metaphysics”(Trans Manheim, R, London Yale University Press, 1959) and asked the fundamental question “Why are there essents rather than nothing?” This question is asked of course only by man for whom questioning is the essence of his Being-in-the World. Man is a Being for whom his own Being is in question.

Aristotle registers this interrogative nature of man by claiming that we are not just interested in the “What” question which facts give us the answer to, but we feel a further need to proceed to ask why the facts are the way they are, and thus we enter into the Kingdom of Principles(arché) which insofar as human beings are concerned begins with a hylomorphic account of psuché. In such an investigation imagining a beginning of the world requires a belief in an infinite continuum which has no beginning and no end. Heidegger, like Wittgenstein sees language as a critical constituent in our understanding of Being and the translator of Heidegger’s “Introduction to Metaphysics” has the following to say:

” It is in words and language that things first come into being and are”(P.13)

Psuché and Phusis(physis) are intimately connected because the latter according to Heidegger means “the power to emerge and endure”(P.15). This over the millennia has been transformed into the more modern idea of nature where the concept of the “physical” is contrasted with the vague idea of the “psychological”. Heideggers concepts of Being-there(Dasein) and Being-in-the world” are attempts to avoid the difficulties of the above forced opposition . The original meaning of “Phusis”, Heidegger argues, “has determined the essence and history of metaphysics”(P.17). The Greek term “aletheia” is also a key Greek term for Heidegger but Psuché is not related to this discussion in this work.

Fingarette continues on this theme and points out how an individual death will cause but a ripple in “the great ocean of existence”(P.36). The link here is clear to the Eastern/Stoical understanding of the limitations of the human power to affect such an ocean. This he contrasts to the Western egotistical view of being the centre of the world and spending ones life feeding ones appetites. The transactions of this speck of physical material in a physical universe are of course inconsequential. Fingarette touches upon the truth of solipsism which is a universal truth about all individuals who are their world(as Wittgenstein puts the matter) He points out that the uniqueness of being the centre of my world cannot be shared but that does not strictly follow from his argument because although my life is mine someone else who is human is in exactly the same situation. So we may be isolated with our feeling of being alone but insofar as we know that everyone human is in the same boat that knowledge is exactly what puts us in the same boat. This kind of knowledge may well have been what the oracle of Delphi was referring to in her challenge to “Know thyself”.

We are rational animals capable of discourse as Aristotle claimed and part of the capacity for discourse includes the vitally important activity of story-telling. In the story the narrator is the centre of the story-world if it is a third person narration otherwise the narrator is an inhabiter of the imagined world we the readers are presented with. Fingarette points out insightfully that if the narration is in first-person mode the narrator cannot die at the end of the story. This has the consequence that a story narrated in the first person cannot reach a definitive end:

“It simply stops at a certain point and no more is told. This is exactly analogous to real life”(P.40)

This allows Fingarette to conclude that my story is my world: a sequence of events in which characters are acting and being acted upon, all striving for ends with more or less success. The attractiveness of a story, Fingarette argues is due to it being a richer catalogue of meaningful events neatly crafted into an artistic whole. Religions use narratives to communicate a philosophy of life to a wider population than any genre of literature can reach and Fingarette provides us with a theory of how the different religions approach the theme or , as he puts the matter, “raw fact”(P.52), of suffering, and claims that given the great differences of approach there can be no “objective description”. It is not clear that it is the intention of these narratives to provide such an objective description: their intention may be more related to prescribing how to deal with suffering and live well. Fingarette then declares this to be a reason why he cannot believe in reason in the way the Enlightenment prescribes. This is indeed a curious reason to give for not believing in reason: suggesting that the “spirit” of Hegel may be haunting this discussion. This distinction between what is subjective and what is objective has become hard currency since the time of Hegel and the retreat from his form of idealism to analytical Philosophy and its belief in the scientific method.

Fingarette, after abandoning reason, aligns himself with a form of relativism in which:

“The facts in such cases rarely suffice to settle the matter. Instead, we settle matters in the light of the general perspectives we favour….”(p 87)

There are many different perspectives for Fingarette and he hails the book of Job as a navigational star in this discussion, supposedly teaching us the fact that there is no Justice in the world and we do not get what we deserve as Socrates, Plato, Aristotle, and Kant would claim. The question, however, is more complex than whether a particular man at a particular point in his life feels he is not getting what he deserves and therefor begins to question his faith. In Ancient Greek Philosophy, the discussion was far more complex, relating diké to areté(doing the right thing in the right way at the right time) and arché(principle):- not just over a period of ones life(one swallow does not make a summer) but over a significant portion of ones life. If the relation between these elements are rational then we can reasonably expect eudaimonia–(a good spirited flourishing life(psuche)).

Fingarette then offers us a selection of authors writings defending various aspects of his position, beginning with Tolstoy “My Confession”:

“Thus I had lost my way in the forest of human knowledge, in the light of the mathematical and experimental sciences which opened out for me clear horizons where there could be no home, and in the darkness of Philosophy, plunging me into a greater gloom with every step I took, until I was at last persuaded that there was, and could be, no way out” (p.102)

Tolstoy then turns to life for the answer and ultimately to Christianity which replaces reason with faith. Freud is also invoked in two of his lesser known essays and the result is a very different one to that Fingarette or Tolstoy propose.For Freud there is a form of self knowledge which seeks to know unambiguously our relation to life and to death, not via a blind faith but via the Reality Principle that regulates our appetites, desires and hopes for a future in the work we do to maintain and improve our civilisation. In this account the Greek spirit lives on in the form of arché and the Enlightenment lives on in the motto Sapere Audi!. A fellow Citizen of Vienna, Ludvig Wittgenstein, would embrace all three strands of influence and reawaken the slumbering spirit of Freedom and Progress in Europe. A spirit that has the patience to wait one hundred thousand years for the “kingdom” of ends” to come. A kingdom that will actualise not in the lifetime of many generations but which will shine like a beacon in the forest and enable us to see our way “home”.

Philosophy and AI: Review of Weizenbaums “Computer Power and Human Reason” Part 5: Kant, Science, and the fallacy of anthromorphization

Views: 2570

Apollo Data Tape
Apollo Data Tape by NASA Goddard Photo and Video is licensed under CC-BY 2.0

The author wishes to rely on a truncated definition of “information” that is disconnected from truth and knowledge and resembles something that relates more to human intuition than to the human conceptualisation of intuitions:

“Thus, however informal a notion of what information is we may appeal to, we must agree that the symbols we mean to discuss here are capable of carrying information.”(P.74).

Chat GPT defines a symbol in a way which is difficult to reconcile with Weizbaums use of the term:

“A symbol is a representation of an idea, concept, or object that carries meaning beyond its literal form. It is a visual, verbal, or abstract representation that stands for something else, often with cultural or contextual significance. Symbols are used in various forms of communication, such as language, art, literature, religion, and culture.Symbols can take many forms, including words, images, gestures, sounds, or objects. For example, a red traffic light is a symbol that represents the instruction to stop, even though it is simply a colored light. Similarly, a national flag represents a country and its values, serving as a symbol of national identity.Symbols can be conventional, where they are widely recognized and agreed upon within a particular culture or community. For instance, a heart shape is commonly understood to symbolize love or affection. Symbols can also be personal or subjective, where they hold specific meaning to an individual or a smaller group.One of the defining characteristics of symbols is that they are arbitrary, meaning there is no inherent or logical connection between the symbol and what it represents. The association between a symbol and its meaning is established through cultural, social, or contextual conventions. These conventions may change over time, leading to variations in the interpretation and significance of symbols across different cultures or periods.Symbols play a crucial role in human communication by condensing complex ideas or concepts into a concise and recognizable form. They provide a powerful means of conveying meaning, evoking emotions, and transmitting cultural values.”

This use of the term “symbol” as a matter of fact is closer to Ricouer’s use, and is also closer to the world of human experience and action than the quantitative idea proposed by the author, namely that of a symbol that carries information about the state of a machine. Ricouer, of course is concerned with the great cosmic, poetic and religious symbols such as the sun, love, and evil which are fundamentally related to Being and the human form of life.

Wiezenbaum has throughout this work referred to Turing machines but has not taken up the matter of the so-called Turing Test, which states that when we can no longer tell the difference between the responses a computer leaves to a stimulus and the responses a human leaves, then we will be forced to agree that the computer is capable of thinking like a human mind and can therefore be said to have a mind. This is the so-called computer theory of thought, and John Searle has provided us with a decisive philosophical argument refuting this claim. Searle urges us to construct a thought experiment in which a human behaves exactly as a computer does in relation to a task such as translating a Chinese sentence into English. The human is given a set of instruction manuals that simulate the information a computer has and manipulates in this task. Let us imagine the human uses these manuals and correctly translates a Chinese sentence into an English sentence. Here the responses of the machine are identical but we are not entitled to say, Searle argues, that the human translator understands Chinese. He is merely doing as the computer does, namely, following instructions. Understanding is an important power of thought This argument can be used in modified form with respect to speaking, reasoning, remembering and a whole repertoire of human mental powers.

Weizenbaum, to some extent, acknowledges the force of these arguments when he claims:

“A computers successful performance is often taken as evidence that it or its programmer understand a theory of its performance. Such an inference is unnecessary and, more often than not, is quite mistaken. “(P.110)

When, however, it comes to imagining particular events and scenarios such as is involved in the design and creation of computer games we are in the world of , as Kant would put the matter, of sensibility and intuition, and the conceptually based law of cause and effect largely determines what is going on in the creation of the game. If the game involves shooting and killing there will also be an instinctive component relating to the vicarious experience which the game represents for the player. What are the consequences for the programmer of living in this world of the imagination, particulars and vicarious experiences? Weizenbaum claims the following:

“Wherever computer centres have become established, that is to say, in countless places in the US, as well as in virtually all other industrial regions of the world, bright young men of dishevelled appearance, often with sunken glowing eyes, can be sitting at computer consoles, their arms tensed, waiting to fire their fingers, already poised to strike at the buttons and keys on which their attention seems to be as riveted as a gambler’s on the rolling dice. When not so transfixed, they often sit at tables strewn with computer printouts over which they pore like possessed students of a cabalistic text. They work until they nearly drop, twenty, thirty hours at a time. Their food, if they arrange it, is brought to them: coffee, Cokes, sandwiches. If possible they sleep on cots near the computer. But only for a few hours-then back to the console or the printouts. Their rumpled clothes, their unwashed shaven faces, and their uncombed hair all testify that they are oblivious to their bodies and to the world in which they move. They exist, at least when so engaged, only through and for the computers. These are computer bums, compulsive programmers. They are an international phenomenon.”

This could be an anthropological study of a generation of the “new men” who have abandoned the form of life of generations in favour of the vicarious “form of life” described above. The description is presumably a result of observations over a long period of time. The author uses the term “compulsive” in relation to people featured in the above account and this is an insightful diagnosis given the usual association of obsessive compulsiveness with aggression. Otherwise this could also be a scene from one of the rings of Dante’s hell. Weizenbaum uses the word “hacking” to describe the “work” of these obsessed compulsive programmers, and points out the meaning of the term “hacker” as being to cut irregularly without skill or purpose. Yet, paradoxically, the author wishes to insist that these “hackers” are superb technicians who wish to master their machines. The author continues by comparing the pathological profile of the programmer he has provided with that of the compulsive gambler who uses the knowledge of statistics and “psychology”(?) to engage in his activities. The compulsive gambler leads a more organised form of life than the hacker, it is argued, because for the hacker the game(being at the gambling table) is everything and winning or losing the game is not that important. The compulsive programmer, the author argues is the mad scientist who has been provided with a theatre, his computer, and who then orchestrates his fantasies.

Weizenbaum, in the chapter entitled “Science and the compulsive Programmer”, proceeds to outline a philosophical view of science which believes that it has a methodical right to distort the reality it observes and experiments upon, and furthermore proclaim this distortion to be a “complete and exhaustive” explanation/justification of reality. Part of this picture is seeing an equivalence between animal and human behaviour, with the only difference between them, being accounted for by the complexity of the environments they live in. What the author calls the inner life of man has disappeared in such stimulus-response scenarios, and there is nothing in the behaviour of the scientist to suggest that he might have missed something of importance. The author then suggests that we view man as an “information processor” as part of a theory of human nature which is defined in terms of:

“…any grammatically correct text that uses a set of terms somehow symbolically related to reality.”(P.141)

This is then amended to include laws and their systematic relation to each other. We use our theories, it is argued, to build models which ought to contain the most essential elements of what it is they are “modelling”. Models are then tested against reality suggesting that the theories which they were based on were hypotheses and not laws regulating concepts and objects. The context being referred to here is a context of discovery in which it is reasonable to suppose that the premises are inductive hypotheses awaiting confirmation or falsification. Such a context must rely heavily on the perceptive powers of observation and the active powers of experimenting with the relationships between variables. Theories that belong to the context of explanation/justification, on the other hand, are used very differently: they are used, namely, to justify and explain how particulars are related in reality via concepts, principles and laws which serve as major premises in arguments leading to secure conclusions.The postulate of man being an information-processing creature, then, is not a principle by which we can judge much of his behaviour, but rather an attempt to illegitimately generalise one narrow aspect of his activity beyond the information given.

Memory is a cognitive function that enables us to “go beyond the information given” but given the fact that the basic elements of human memory are sensations and thought-elements that represent reality, these terms can only be metaphorically applied to the activity of machines. Now characterising humans as information processors is clearly a thinly disguised attempt to place machines and humans in the same category, and thereby try to give substance to the myriad of metaphorical terms we use to describe machine activity. The differences between being powered electrically and neurophysiologically are differences that relate to these two systems being different kinds of system with different kinds of activities. The author appears to defend his position on the grounds that we do not, as he claims, have a theory of how humans understand language, and until we do we cannot justify any claims that machines are fundamentally and essentially different entities to human being.

Putting the accounts of Plato, Aristotle, Kant, Freud and Wittgenstein and their followers together would seem at the very least to be approaching what Wittgenstein characterised as a “perspicuous representation” of psuché(in particular the human form of life) as determined philosophically by the logical principles of identity, noncontradiction, sufficient reason and grammatical statements revelatory of the essence of what is being discussed. Whether or not calling such a perspicuous representation a “theory”, is of importance, depends of course upon whether one conceives of a theory to be hypotheses related to a model in a context of exploration/discovery or, alternatively, whether it is better to conceive of a theory as a perspicuous representation in a context of explanation/justification. In the case of this latter context we are more concerned with questions relating to the right we have to use a particular statement or concept rather than whether we can relate that concept or statement to some observed aspect of reality in an attempt to verify or confirm a hypothesis.

In the chapter entitled “Artificial Intelligence”, the author proposes the task of building a computer that can learn as a child does. The idea is that this robot that is neither alive nor conscious, will not be able to perceive as we do, but will be able nevertheless to “learn” as we do. The designer of course will use the “model” of man as an “information-processor” which is a hypothesis about the nature of man that ignores almost the entire thousands of year old philosophical tradition of reflecting upon our nature and form of life. The claim is that we will thereby have a language-understanding machine: a highly questionable claim. The author is aware of the difficulties associated with making claims such as this and agrees that even if man is an information-processor he does not process information in the way in which machines do.

A red-herring discussion of intelligence quotient is then introduced resulting in the position that we can not calculate an upper limit for machine intelligence and furthermore that the artificial intelligentsia argue that there is no realm of human thought over which the computer cannot range. This ignores the arguments that Searle produced relating to the differences that exist between human and machine activity. There are periodic admissions of the limitations of machine intelligence to comprehend the kind of knowledge humans have of their bodies, but this is characterised merely in terms of “information lost” which may not be important if one does not possess a human body.

Knowledge of the lessons that are learned via the treatment of human beings by other human beings is also not possible for machine learning. Language is obviously involved in such interaction, because the functionality of human language differs fundamentally from the functionality of machine language. In the latter case remembered information concerns “stored” information, which can only be metaphorically referred to as “memory”. But the discussion spirals out of control when it is maintained that because of the complexity of the computer it is possible to talk about it as an “organism”. Now, returning to Edelmans discussion of the brain, there are many very complex formations of the elements of carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen sulphur phosphate and a few trace metals, but the way in which a complex object such as a computer is constituted of these elements is very different from the way in which an object such as a brain is constituted, and it would of course be as absurd to say that merely because of the complexity of each of these systems, we can call a computer a brain or a brain a computer: and the fundamental reason may in the end be, that this is so because the constitution of organic tissues and structures obeys very different principles, and this in itself is sufficient reason to refuse to call a computer an organism.

When the programmer reconstructs the world imaginatively in the creation of his game, he is not working conceptually with the understanding at every juncture but only at those points where he “imagines” one particular cause to give rise to another very particular effect. The principle/law of cause and effect is being used here, but otherwise he is assembling a configuration of particular events which are simulations of perception. The author then suggests that a computer can learn to protect its parts before protecting other parts of the world with which it is associated, and it is further argued that this might amount to some form of self-consciousness. This, of course, is absurd, principally because a computer cannot possess life and death instincts which are essential elements of the living organism, however we program it to react to threats. The chemistry and biology of fear cannot be simulated by electrical circuits. The author reiterates that he is prepared to think of the complex computer as a “kind of animal”, which is clearly a category mistake involving the fallacy of anthropomorphising non-living parts of the world. A computer is not born and does not die, and this is part of the reason why we do not consider it to possess life. It cannot breathe or cry or laugh or do any of the myriad things that constitute the human form of life. We do not register its birth or its death in archives, and computers do not get married and reproduce. The list of differences just goes on and on. One of the motivations for these absurd discussions is the fact that the author claims that we can never have any final understanding of any theoretical term. Now “life” is a theoretical term which we all understood until a group of “new men” came along and claimed that we do not understand life, and because of this fact we might as well say that a machine is alive, Neither of these claims are true. Metaphor is essentially a relation between something we do understand and something we are searching for an explanation for(a linguistic form operating in a context of exploration/discovery). Logically there has to be something that we fully understand before we can claim that something else is like this thing. “Man is a wolf” is a metaphor that means to focus on the likeness between animal species. Here there is a fundamental truth expressed in Aristotle’s “Man is a rational animal capable of discourse” and this definition focuses on three essential elements of human nature which are related non metaphorically. The knowledge of this essence specifying definition is presupposed in the above metaphorical assertion. There is, on the contrary, no basis for the assertion that man is machine-like unless one commits the fallacy of anthropomorphisation.

The author then claims that information is “stored” in the muscles and joints of the human being. One question that can, and should be asked is, whether this information is electrical, chemical or sensation-like. This claim is then associated with a further claim that a computer can, in principle, simulate “the entire network of cells that constitutes the human body”. This qualification, “in principle”, is then related to the assertion that we do not possess the neurophysiological knowledge to design such a computer and wont do so for hundreds of years. The fact of the matter is, that we do possess enough philosophical knowledge to know that such an impossibility is not a scientific problem but rather a philosophical problem, that is resolved by invoking the fallacy of anthropomorphisation. In other words this “possibility, in principle”, is in fact not conceptually possible. The counterargument against this position is attributed to the artificial intelligentsia who assert that the difference between human and computer thought is “unproven”. One could only accept such a position if one believed that the principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason are not “proof”. This of course is the position of the “new men”.

The author, in this chapter entitled “Artificial Intelligence”, engages in a discussion of the intuitive nature of the right hemisphere of the brain and the conceptual/logical nature of the left hemisphere. The author does not recognise the historical footprint of the Philosopher, Kant, who sees intuition to be something we are in immediate contact with, and conceptual understanding to be something mediated by the concepts of the understanding/judgement. Intuitions without concepts are blind and concepts without intuitions are empty, Kant claimed on the basis of very little knowledge of the brain, but in accordance with hylomorphic principles. The anti-rationalism of the artificial intelligentsia has been evident in several chapters and is again confirmed here when it is asserted that the artificial intelligentsia believe that

“every attempt to solve lifes problems by entirely rational means always fails.”(P.221)

A false choice of contrary alternatives is presented as evidence for the above, namely that the left hemisphere can operate alone independently of experience. Without any knowledge of the structures and functions of the brain, philosophers since Socrates have urged that we transcend unnecessary appetites and emotions by examining them conceptually and rationally in the light of their place in our conception of what we believe a life ought to be like(areté, diké,arché, eudaimonia). Weizenbaum rejects the above account, not via an appeal to philosophical recourse to a rational world-view, but rather by an appeal to calculating reason which somehow mysteriously acknowledges the awe we feel in the presence of the “spectacle of the whole man”(P.221). Such a spectacle would, of course, need to be conceptually mediated and explained/justified by means of rational principles and grammatical remarks.

A discussion of Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle ensues and we then witness a frontal attack on the Philosopher Leibniz and his claim that if we knew the position and velocity of every elementary particle in the universe we would be able to predict the entire future of the universe. Heisenberg, according to Weisenbaum, proved that we can never know the velocity and position of every particle, because of the micro-size of the instruments needed which would themselves be subjected to the random Brownian motion discovered by Einstein. This is a dispute between those that concentrate their theories on the quantitative aspects of nature with calculating reason, and it is not clear how this kind of reasoning has any relevance to the conditions of the possibility of other types of judgement such as substantial and qualitative judgements which would be used, for example, to characterise the essence-specifying of man as a rational animal capable of discourse. Wittgenstein, in turn, would object to the generalisation of the language games being used in calculative reasoning, beyond the scope of their proper application. The follower of Kant would acknowledge that the prediction of the particular physical states of the universe in the future, is an uncertain venture if these states will be decided on the grounds of microcosmic elements. and we ought to recall in this context that Kant was a formidable scientific presence during the Enlightenment.

For Kant the quantitative, qualitative, and substantial aspects of scientific activity were seamlessly integrated in his metaphysical account of Natural Science. We encounter this “perspicuous representation”in an essay entitled “The Unity of Kant’s Thought in his Philosophy of Corporeal Nature”. The essay begins with an account of what Kant called the transcendental unity of apperception which, it is claimed, is the same as consciousness–an active state of mind intimately connected with thought in the form of “I think”. This is a very different state of mind to that of sensibility, which is a passive form of experience that essentially merely “receives” intuitions from various sources. This act of apperception has the function of taking up a manifold of intuitive representations:

“synthesizing the manifold of sensible intuition is exactly what is meant by saying that apperception is an act of spontaneity. For the moment, let us say that such synthesizing activity of the mind means that unity can be bestowed upon a manifold of perceptions by the mind’s going through that manifold, taking it up, and connecting it according to a concept which serves as a rule. For example the concept of cause and effect can serve as a rule for synthesizing a manifold, e.g. the perceptions involved in observing a stove heating a room.”(Metaphysical Foundations of Natural Science, translated by Ellngton, J, Hacket Publishing, Indiana,1985)

The complex relation of the sensible part of the mind to the conceptually mediated understanding which is responsible for thought, is outlined here. The imagination is involved in this process of connecting the sensible representations to the conceptual representation of an object. This is part of an account that explains or justifies the role of knowledge in our lives, a role that cannot be reduced to calculation or the activity of the imagination. A computer has no biologically based chemical sensory system which lays at the foundation of all our experience. Programmers might attempt to simulate the consequences of such a system, but such a simulation could never become aware of itself in the form of self consciousness that only higher forms of life possess. The embodiment of humans with a system of organs connected to a configuration of limbs, is the hylomorphic philosophical foundation for the essence specifying definition of man as a rational animal capable of discourse.

Kant sees the categories of the understanding to be judgement-functions which are both constitutive of thought and regulate it, yet are necessarily related in various ways, not just to the sensations that are part of sensible intuition, but also to the apriori forms of intuition, namely space and time. The computer may be a part of the space time continuum but it is neither aware of the space it is in, nor is it aware of the passage of time, (the present, the past, and the future). This awareness of space and time may well be achieved principally through measurement and therefore is constitutive of the quantitative judgements we make, judgements which are intimately related to mathematics and every judgement might be made on the foundations of our intuitive awareness of space and time:– but both substantial judgements(essence specifying judgements) and qualitative judgements are conceptually mediated. Even quantitative judgements, if they are going to become part of the canon of knowledge, may need to relate to the concept of cause-effect, and knowledge claims must be conceptually mediated and related to principles of reason.

Kant has the following account of the different levels of the activity of science, which Ellington refers to as the architectonic structure of the Kantian account:

“When a rock is thrown in a direction parallel to the ground, we know by experience that its path is a curvilinear line ending on the ground some yards away: how many yards away depends on how strong the pitcher is. The exact nature of the curvilinear path depends on the mass of the rock, the velocity it attains by means of the force the pitcher imparts when he throws it, the resistance of the air through which it passes and the pull of gravity upon it. When these things are known, we can plot the exact path by laws of physics, which are generalisations from many experiments. But we are also told that if the air exerted no resistance and if gravity exerted no pull, then the rock would keep on going forever in a straight line…This is Newtons first law of motion…Thus Newtons law seems to be of a character different from that of the aforementioned laws of determining the paths of projectiles. Furthermore there are Philosophers who tell us that every change has a cause. This law is even more general than Newtons first law of motion, for this one covers not only the case of material bodies that stay put or else keep going in a straight line with uniform velocity unless some external cause acts on them, but also the case of living things that act according to an internal cause…( a lion rushes after an antelope not because a big puff of wind propels him but because he has a desire to eat.)”(P X1)

Now Weizenbaum has pointed out in his description of the life compulsive programmers or hackers lead, that they prefer food to be brought to them and the desire for food seems to be overwhelmed by their compulsive activity—making them more like the computers they use than they perhaps imagine. What we see above is an architectonic of activity that is constituted and regulated by laws(arché) ranging from the experiential to the transcendental to the metaphysical . Here we can clearly see how seamlessly the world of thought is connected to the world of sensibility, and that the most important aspect of this process is organised by the categories of the understanding/judgement and the principles of reason embedded in a context of explanation/justification. Quantitative judgements play their role as does mathematical calculative reasoning, but there s no confusion or attempt to reduce different forms of judgement to one quantitative form.

Gödels incompleteness theorem is then used to call into question even the major premises of Mathematical and logical thinking on the grounds that they cannot be proved, thus confusing the logical difference between grounds which are conditions and what these conditions are conditions of. One ground or major premise often contains assumptions relating to other “hidden” premises, or are related to other grounds in ways which one may fail to appreciate.

The author notes that Cultures differ from each other, but fails to note that the kind of civilisation building activities that build the infrastructure of such civilisations/cultures are generic, e.g. the use of tools to build and make artifacts and the use of language( and the grammar of that language). The Greek norms of areté(doing the right thing in the right way at the right time) and diké(getting what one deserves) are also essential parts of enduring cultures ruled by law and principles. Concentrating on the empirical -experiential differences one can find when comparing civilisations and cultures is not a ground for impeaching the validity of essence defining activities. The way in which Japanese relate to each other in certain social contexts does not change the fact that when they lose something of great value to them they will be sad(or pathologically angry), and when they achieve a goal after a long period of attempting to achieve that goal they will be happy(or manifest a limited repertoire of pathological responses). There may be cultural differences in expressing these emotions or pathologies but neither emotions nor pathologies can be reduced to the behaviour expressing them: their circumstances and accompanying physiology are just as important factors as is the grammar of the language related to these emotions and pathologies(the way in which they are related to language-games).

Book Review of T S Eliot’s “Notes Toward a Definition of Culture: Unity of European Culture

Views: 2195

Europe and Africa From the International Space Station
Europe and Africa From the International Space Station by NASA’s Marshall Space Flight Center is licensed under CC-BY-NC 2.0

The series of talks recorded in this chapter were addressed to a German audience. Eliot, the poet and editor of a famous literary journal, the Criterion, was invited to speak on the theme of European unity, and he begins his talk, somewhat provocatively with the claim that English is the language that is:

“the richest for the purposes of writing poetry”(P.110)

Eliot then proceeds to outline the myriad of European influences upon the structure of the language: its German foundation, a Scandinavian element, a Norman/French element, a succession of later French elements, a Celtic element, and elements of Latin. Eliot also notes:

“the influence of generations of study of Latin and Greek”(P.111)

Eliot himself, we know, insofar as his poetry was concerned was influenced by poetry from the East, classical literature from Greece and Rome, and various translations of the Bible.

He again takes up the issue of the relation between politics and culture, and regrets the tendency to confuse these two areas of concern. He points to two examples: firstly nationalism, and secondly a dogmatic idealist view of a future world-culture. He also takes the opportunity to criticise Hitlers Germany for assuming:

“that every other culture than that of Germany was either decadent or barbaric.”(P.118)

Eliot elaborates upon his objection to the idealistic vision of a possible future world-organisation by claiming that the project is reminiscent of many social engineering products, all of which fail to acknowledge the importance of the organic nature of culture. Social engineering suggests, of course, that there is a materialistic mechanistic aspect of organising society in the spirit of techné, which operates on different principles to those related to epistemé(knowledge) and diké(justice). Eliot formulates his interesting mixed position on this issue in the following way:

“But culture is something that must grow: you cannot build a tree, you can only plant it, and care for it, and want for it to mature in its due time, and when it is grown you must not complain if you find that from an acorn has come an oak and not an elm-tree. And a political structure is partly construction, and partly growth; partly machinery, and the same machinery, if good, is equally good for all peoples.”(P.119)

Eliot attempts a definition of the use of the word “culture” and begins this account with a distinction between “the material organisation” of Europe and “the spiritual organism” of Europe:

“If the latter dies then what you organise will not be Europe, but merely a mass of human beings speaking several different languages”(P.119)

Post WWII judgements of the developments in Europe during the first half of the 20th century, ranged from the extreme claim that Europe had committed suicide by unleashing two world wars upon the world, to the less extreme view that the world wars were in fact cathartic moments necessary for the defence of freedom and democracy for the whole world. Seen from the vantage point of 2022 both the EU and the UN can be seen, at least in the long term perspective, as institutions embodying the spirit of European freedom and democracy but there are nevertheless short term concerns that the spirit is not exactly flourishing. It would not be true to claim, however, that this spirit is dead. It would also not be true to claim, that the spirit of totalitarianism and autocracy is dead or even dying. Some commentators view the situation much as Freud did in 1929 as a life/death(eros, thanatos) struggle with the forces of darkness.

Eliot claims that European culture possesses a variety in unity, which is not mechanical, but organic and natural. He characterises this state of affairs in the following manner:

“By “Culture”, then, I mean first of all what the anthropologists mean: the way of life of a particular people living together in one place. That culture is made visible in their arts, in their social system, in their habits and customs, in their religion. But these things added together do not constitute the culture, though we often speak for convenience as if they did. These things are simply the parts into which a culture can be anatomised, as a human body can.”(P.120)

Gestalt Psychology might have been on Eliot’s mind when he wrote the above words. Atomism, associationism, and sensation-psychology were all “reductionist” positions rejected by the Gestalt school in favour of a thesis that “The whole is greater than the parts”. The school was composed of principally, scientists who were dissatisfied with the results of atomism and reductionism in the arena of Psychology. They focussed principally on problems of perception and interpreted the workings of this largely sensible function in terms of the workings of the brain and the “hypothesis” that “the parts of any whole are defined by the whole”. It is also of interest to note that almost the entire school were forced to leave Germany by 1935. Underlying these seemingly holistic theses, however, is a reliance upon the role of the brain that was regarded as a material source of psychic phenomena. This mechanistic view followed essentially mechanistic principles and promoted a physicalist-functionalist view of the relation between the brain and the mind.

Eliot elaborates upon this theme of the spirit of culture by claiming that this spirit is shared by artists, poets, philosophers, politicians and workers alike. Part of what is shared is the language the people speak and Eliot characterises this in the following way:

“Generally speaking, the same language means thinking and feeling, and having emotions rather differently from people who use a different language.” (P.120-121)

So, even if Europeans speak different languages, the different groups do influence one another. What, then, is the common feature that binds these groups together. Eliot argues that it is primarily religion( “a common tradition of Christianity” P.122) that is responsible for unifying these groups. This entails that the Culture of Europe would disintegrate with the disappearance of the Christian faith. Eliot does not specifically mention Ethics in this discussion, but surely Christian morality must also be a key feature of this unity. He does, however, refer to the unifying role of European Universities with their common system of academic standards embodying a respect for epistemé, arché, diké. A significant percentage of the population sojourn for a number of years behind the walls of these institutions. These institutions, in Eliot’s view, ought to be independent of government control, especially insofar as the academic standards relating to truth, knowledge and wisdom are concerned.

Eliot, speaking during the darkest hours for Europe, concludes this essay darkly with the warning that the spiritual possessions of cultural Europe are “in imminent peril”.

Review of T S Eliot’s “Notes Toward a Definition of Culture” Education and Culture

Views: 2832

NASA Adds Leap Second to Master Clock
NASA Adds Leap Second to Master Clock by NASA Goddard Photo and Video is licensed under CC-BY 2.0

Jurgen Habermas in his work “Theory of Communicative Action” presents a modern primarily functionalist sociological account of action and discourse. He uses systems theory and an instrumental model of practical reasoning to describe/explain/justify human activities in a human life-world. Habermas differentiates the systems of Politics, Economics, the Socio-Cultural and Religion in terms of “steering mechanisms” of power, money, language, and belief in a transcendent form of being. Habermas argues furthermore that, insofar as our modern world is concerned, there is what he refers to as a colonisation and rationalisation of our life-world by these systems. By life-world Habermas means our face to face interactions in society and our personal sphere. His account has been accused of being dualistic and many criticisms have focussed on just this aspect of his theory, questioning, for example, the philosophical basis of the distinction between life-world and systems operating in accordance with pseudo-causal “mechanisms”.

Eliot, in his discussion of Education distinguishes between the definition of the term, and the “purpose” of education, implying that the purpose is not necessarily a part of the definition(as is the case with Aristotelian hylomorphic essence-specifying definitions). Eliot turns to the OED for his definition of the use of the word:

“The process of bringing up(young persons)”: “the systematic instruction, schooling, training given to the young(and by extension to adults) in preparation for the work of life: “culture or development of powers, formation of character.”

It does appear, however, as if the Purpose” of education(in the sense of the Greek “telos”), is a part of the above definition of the use of the word “education”. Eliot’s argument against “purpose” may stem from the way in which several of the authors he considers, conceive of the matter. He also refers to the thoughts from a religious conference held in Oxford(1937):

“Education is the process by which the community seeks to open its life to all the individuals within it and enable them to take their part in it. It attempts to pass on to them its culture, including the standards by which it would have them live. Where that culture is regarded as final, the attempt is made to impose it on younger minds. Where it is viewed as a stage in development, younger minds are trained both to receive it and to criticise and improve upon it. This culture is composed of various elements. It runs from rudimentary skill and knowledge up to the interpretation of the universe and of man by which the community lives.”(P.96 in Eliot, “Notes”)

There is a discernible ambiguity in the above quote, insofar as the connection between a work-process and its result is concerned, and this once again raises the issue of a hylomorphic account of what amounts to an actualisation of a form of life. In such a process, Aristotle maintains, there is no distinction between the process at work and its “potential” result, and this claim is connected to another assumption that, insofar as living organisms are concerned, there is no viable logical distinction between things which result in good consequences, and what is essentially good-in-itself. It is also important in this context to embrace the Aristotelian claim that society itself is an organic phenomenon that is actualising its potential over several stages, over a long period of time(in an analogous fashion to the actualisation processes of life-forms). This is one hylomorphic condition for human life in a human life-world.

Eliot notes that culture itself has not been defined, and rejects the identification of “culture” with the transmission of skills and knowledge. Knowledge(epistemé), on the Aristotelian and Kantian accounts, would certainly incorporate the above mentioned “interpretations of the universe and of man”. This definitively includes knowledge of the self that the Delphic oracle sought after, in the challenge thrown down to all mankind to “know thyself”. There is also obvious reference to the knowledge of the universe which, in accordance with Aristotelian metaphysics, requires learning and understanding of all the theoretical, practical, and productive sciences as well as the metaphysical framework for these sciences which consists of 4 kinds of change, three principles of change, 4 causes of change, in 3 different media(space, time and matter). If the purpose of education is to transmit culture and the above is an outline of what needs to be transmitted in the form of principles of reason, understanding, and judgement, then the task is one of immense magnitude and in accordance with the modern concept of “lifelong learning”.

Eliot takes up William Godwins utilitarian answer to the question “What is the purpose of education”, namely, happiness , which Eliot claims:

“is often associated with the full development of personality” (P.97)

In the context of this discussion one may be forgiven for asking the question “How is happiness related to the full development of the personality?”, especially in the light of the Kantian objection to the ethical use of the principle of happiness. Happiness, for Kant, is the principle of self-love in disguise, and because of its narcissistic character, it cannot respect the universal freedom and ethical rationality of man. The happiness of a man is a singular individual event, and the objects of, or reasons for, this state can vary for both the same individual at different times of his/her life, as well as vary from one individual to another.

The OED defines the use of the word personality in the following 3 ways:

The combination of characteristics or qualities that form an individuals distinctive character

The qualities that make someone interesting or popular

A celebrity

The words “Individual” and “distinctive”, suggest that the function of the word, “personality”, is to distinguish or differentiate one individual from another, rather than the strategy of subsuming a number of individuals under one category, which is related to the work of conceptualisation functioning in accordance with the mental faculties of understanding and judgement. Kant’s notion of aesthetic judgement, we ought to recall, is to search for a generalisation that covers an individual case. The “characteristics” or “qualities”, referred to above will undoubtedly include the virtues(areté) that both Aristotle and Kant proposed in their respective ethical investigations. We should also recall that Aristotle was one of the first philosophers to argue for a widespread public educational system, and that he believed that the young should begin their education, firstly, by imitating the virtues of the elders, and secondly , by using the “golden mean” principle.

Kant, on the other hand, refers to the absolute of a good will regulated by the categorical imperative, which universally challenges everyone to treat every human being(including themselves) as ends-in-themselves: in other words, we ought to act toward each other and ourselves with dignity. Kant admittedly uses a technical term, namely, “moral personality” to characterise the ethical activity of the will and this probably rests on the idea of a “person” conceived generally as a human being.

Otherwise both the terms “personality” and “intelligence” are theoretical terms embedded in a diverse array of psychological theories. Personality mostly retains its qualitative character, but is “reduced” to a number of traits, the number of which differs with different theories. Intelligence is also reduced to “factors”(e.g. general and specific), which are embedded in an essentially quantitative framework. The personality theory of Freud is a hylomorphic exception to this rule, connecting as it does, instincts to stages of development actualising over time, agencies with responsibility for specific arenas of psychic function, and principles regulating such functioning. Freudian theory, however, focuses essentially upon pathological patterns of functioning, and is in search of a “medical” cure in the form of a “talking cure”. It is hardly surprising, therefore, that Freud’s psychoanalytical approach was ” freeing” mental patents from restrictive psychiatric diagnoses and treatments, and became known as “the moral treatment” or the “talking cure”. The philosophical background of Freudian theory(connected to his claim that his Psychology was “Kantian”) is hylomorphic metaphysics, which is constituted of 4 kinds of change, 3 principles of change , 4 causes of change, in 3 different media(space, time, and matter). This metaphysics is expressed epistemologically, in three groups of sciences, namely, theoretical science, practical science, and productive science. Medicine obviously has connections to both theoretical science and productive science, and psychoanalysis shares this connection, but perhaps also requires the moral principles of practical science for the identification of non pathological patterns of behaviour. The metaphysical background of Freuds theory, perhaps explains the possibility of projecting many of the principles and concepts on patterns of community and cultural activity. Freud, in his later theorising, expressed these wider concerns in works such as “Group Psychology and the Ego”, “The Future of an Illusion”, “Civilisation and its discontents” and in several briefer articles on religion and art.

Eliot takes up the idea, raised by several authors that the “purpose” of education is democracy in the modern sense of the word, but this sense is not clearly characterised by these authors. One of the tasks of such an education, it is argued, is to prepare citizens to play a part in the democratic system they inhabit. Eliot, in this context, also discusses the economic principle of “equality of opportunity”, but there is no suggestion of, or reference to, the categorical Philosophical principle of equality implied by the categorical imperative or law that one ought to treat all people as ends-in-themselves. This broader principle will of course include equality of opportunity, but it will also include equality in the eyes of the law. This latter form of equality was qualified by Aristotle’s principle of formal justice in which people ought to be treated equally unless there was a good reason not to do so. What Aristotle meant here can be illustrated by activity in the economic system: if, for example, Jill carries more water up the hill than Jack there is absolutely no reason why she should not receive more renumeration for the task than Jack.

Equality, for Kant, also includes equal human rights for everybody living under any form of government, and this is both a legal and a moral imperative. On this kind of account, our elected political representatives are meant, not merely to represent the totality of these rights, but also have the task of defending these rights both morally and legally. Kant makes a distinction between active citizens, who have the right to vote, and passive citizens, who do not, but he insists otherwise upon everyone in the state being equal in terms of their humanity, and he also insists upon these citizens entitlement to the rights that will ensure that they are treated as ends-in-themselves. All men, Kant argues, are their own master, and thereby possess the innate right of freedom. Education, as a consequence, must respect these rights.

The problem with the more limited notion of equality of opportunity, Eliot argues, is the Milton dogma which argues that:

“superiority is always superiority of intellect that some infallible method can be designed for the detection of intellect, and that a system can be devised which will infallibly nourish it”(P.102)

It is not clear whether the form of elitism Eliot embraces, subscribes to this dogma, because he ends this discussion with the comment that Milton’s dogma can neither be proved nor disproved. Eliot also ends his discussion, on the issue of equality of opportunity, by claiming that this too is a dogma that can only be implemented if the family is no longer respected(P.103), and the state takes over responsibility for a universal public education. Eliot also notes in this discussion that the class system of society is disintegrating and this allows governments to exploit the ignorance and appetites of the masses. These factors give rise to the following problem:

“Education in the modern sense implies a disintegrated society, in which it has to come to be assumed that there must be one measure of education according to which everyone is educated simply more or less.Hence education has become an abstraction”(P.105)

It is no longer clear, Eliot argues, that education in the classical sense which he characterises as:

“everything that goes to form the good individual in the good society”(P.105-6)

is what is being provided by the Ministry of Education or indeed even if that is what they have in mind. Part of the responsibility for the transmission of culture in accordance with the above formula, must lie with the family, and the broader civic environment which includes media and sport. Politics, therefore, must remain a limited force embedded in a larger culture. According to Habermas, the steering mechanism of the system of politics is power. Power, of course, can be used in ignorance or with evil intent, and this too is an argument for the limitation of politics, which Habermas argues has “colonised” our life-world to the detriment of humanity. Both Eliot and Habermas believe that the greater the presumption that Politics is the cultural transformative force in our society, the greater the likelihood of culture suffering as a consequence of “colonisation”.

Education, as far as Eliot is concerned contributes to the malaise of a deteriorating culture in which standards are being systematically lowered over time(P.108)—-for example, subjects essential for the nurturing of culture are no longer being studied. For Eliot the barbarian is standing waiting at the gates of the city. The future looks bleak and the possibilities of changing our situation are minimal:

“I have maintained that we cannot directly set about to create or improve culture.”(P.108)

All we can do, Eliot argues, in utilitarian spirit, is to “will the means”(P.108) to change what we can. This cynicism is connected to Eliot’s theme that much of our culture is unconscious. Freud, too, was cynical about the possibility of bringing repressed material to the light of consciousness. Freud, writing in 1929, saw much pathology embedded in the unconscious of culture, as enormous aggressive forces were being prepared to be unleashed upon Europe and the world. Eliot, writing “Notes” in 1943 was experiencing the reality of these aggressive forces.Eliot’s “therapy” is a form of “talking cure” in which he proposes that we pause to examine what the word “culture” means, presumably in the light of his writings. Wittgenstein, too, would subscribe to the therapy of a systematic examination of “language-games” embedded in “forms of life”, if we are to avoid a collective bewitching of our intellectual powers. The power of language is obviously an important part of the processes involved in the transmission of culture. Being clear about its use in the agora would, on this account, seem to be an important element of our understanding of ourselves and our universe.

Book Review of T S Eliot’s “Notes toward a definition of Culture: Politics and Culture

Views: 2513

brown wooden framed hour glass
Photo by Ron Lach on Pexels.com

The Political Philosophies of Aristotle and Kant are metaphysical, that is they have so-called “first-principles” operating in the political domain. Both Aristotle and Kant also have cultural commitments that provides us with a metaphysics of science(epistemé), Art(techné), Religion, and Ethics. Both Philosophers are rationalists and believe that the telos of areté is eudaimonia(the good-spirited flourishing life).

Eliot, in his analysis, does not, however, reflect on the problems of Culture or Politics in the above rationalist terms. He, like the OED, prioritises the arts in his discussions. The OED defines the use of the word “culture in the following way:

  1. The arts and other manifestations of human intellectual achievement regarded collectively( a refined understanding or appreciation of this)
  2. The customs, institutions, and achievement of a particular nation, people, or group.

The followers of Aristotle and Kant would of course maintain that the metaphysical accounts of the sciences(theoretical, practical, and productive), together with their accounts of the higher mental powers of understanding, judgement and reasoning would cover all aspects of the OED definition.

Institutions that are “rational” are governed partly by a categorical imperative which helps to constitute the “refined understanding” referred to above. Art would, on this account, appear to be more related to customs, than official institutions, but we can argue that learning to become an artist to some extent can be regarded as a form of institutional activity. Schools of art, for example, run by a master might qualify as an institutional form of learning ones craft. The real test of a school, however, is that standard provided by the Platonic school of Athens where the achievement of the master Plato was in fact surpassed by his pupil Aristotle. Plato’s teacher, Socrates, forms the third party of this triumvirate of great philosophers within a relatively short span of time, a fact often attributed to the “Culture” of ancient Greece formed by areté, arché, diké, epistemé, and phronesis.

Eliot notes the curious practices of governments to establish bureaus to administrate “cultural” activities and he suggests that this fails to acknowledge the fact that one of the purposes of politics is to serve the larger concerns of culture. He also notes that not everybody takes an “active interest” (P.83) in public matters. This appears to be an elitist view confirmed by the following remark:

“The governing elite of the nation as a whole, would consist of those whose responsibility was inherited with their affluence and position, and whose forces were constantly increased, and often led, by rising individuals of exceptional talent.”(P.84)

This position leans more toward Platonic elitism where the philosopher-kings were the proposed elite, but subject to Platonic control-mechanisms which prevented the acquisition of wealth and the building of families. Aristotle, the pupil, did not embrace this form of elitism, proposing instead and enlightened middle class which is in fact more in line with modern political trends in Europe.

Eliot. does, however, propose a diverse elite in which people are selected from different realms of activity, e.g.

“the political, the scientific, the artistic, the philosophical, and the religious”(P.84)

Eliot also complains about the fact that the professional politician of his time does not seem to have the leisure-time for serious reading(P.86), nor is there time for the exchange of ideas and information with leaders from other regions of the culture. Eliot refers to Plato and Aristotle, claiming that they were not concerned with predicting the future. This fails to appreciate the fundamental intention of the good which for both philosophers must be good-in-itself and good in its consequences. Eliot’s remarks also fail to acknowledge 1. the role of the mechanism of the “golden mean” in developing the virtues of the citizens of the society, and 2. the role of the “middle class” in avoiding the prophesied ruin and destruction of all things created by humans(oracular “prediction”). Eliot clearly undervalues the metaphysics of politics and ethics that we find in the work of Aristotle: a metaphysics which presupposes the hylomorphic essence-specifying definition of human nature(namely, rational animal capable of discourse). Eliot argues, on the contrary, that modern politics does not have a theory of human nature, but rather blindly assumes that human beings are malleable entities that can be reshaped to fit any political form(P.88). Modern political theory, it is argued, does not concern itself with individuals, but only the masses and the impersonal forces that moves such masses. On such a view, culture becomes an irrelevant by-product of more serious political activity.

In this context, Eliot like many of his generation, speculates upon the meaning of the Russian Revolution and the Russian argument for the superiority of a non-European way of life and form of consciousness. Eliot claims further:

“Today we have become culture-conscious in a way which nourishes nazism, communism, and nationalism, all at once”(P.90)

Imperialism is also discussed and Eliot points out that the first British rulers spent long periods of time living in India and seriously attempting to understand the mentality of the Indian people. This, contrasted with the later rulers from Whitehall, who spent only short periods in India, and spent their time and efforts in attempting to establish certain British institutions such as the British educational system and British law. They did not, however, make any attempt to uproot the national culture, and there was no attempt to establish Christianity. There was instead, an abiding acknowledgement of the importance of the Indian religions. There was no corruption, brutality or maladministration present in the British form of colonialism. Indeed Eliot points out:

“the most relevant criticism, or abuse, of British imperialism often comes from representatives of society which practise a different form of imperialism.”(P.92)

Eliot, born in America adds the following striking observation:

“America has tended to impose its way of life chiefly in the course of doing business, and creating a taste for its commodities. Even the humblest material artefact which is the product and the symbol of a particular civilisation, is an emissary of the culture out of which it comes; to particularise only by mentioning that influential and inflammable article the celluloid film: and this American expansion may be also, in its way, the cause of disintegration of cultures which it touches.”(P.92)

Freud in his work from 1929, “Civilisation and its Discontents” shared similar views on both Russian and American culture. For Eliot, however, it is Russian imperialism that is the newest form, and best suited to the mentality of our modern era. It works, Eliot argues via the creation of satellite states which are given the impression of independence, but are in reality controlled by Moscow. Any sub-culture which threatens the Russian motherland culture is “eliminated”(P.93). Eliot ends this chapter with the Freudian observation that Culture can never be “wholly conscious”(P.94). Any conscious planning of culture therefore becomes either otiose or counter-productive, Eliot concludes.

Book Review of T S Eliot’s “Notes Toward a Definition of Culture” Cults and Sects

Views: 1574

a grieving woman dress in black
Photo by Ksenia Chernaya on Pexels.com

Eliot claims to be adopting a sociological view when he is engaged upon the discussion of the unity and diversity of religious movements, and this is somewhat surprising considering his philosophical training and background. Perhaps his reluctance to use hylomorphic or critical analyses is rooted in the marginalisation of Religion that occurred as a result of the anti-metaphysical movements of logical atomism and logical positivism. For many Analytical Philosophers, Religion became an epistemological problem, rather than an issue related to “Justification by Faith”. This particular approach failed to emphasise, (as was the case in Kantian Critical Philosophy), the intimate metaphysical relation between ethical laws and faith.

Eliot argues that the more primitive state of the civilisation concerned, the greater the “identity-relation” between Religion and Culture. His argument is epistemological:

“A higher religion is more difficult to believe. For the more conscious becomes the belief, so more conscious becomes the unbelief: indifference, doubt and scepticism appear…In the higher religion it is more difficult to make behaviour conform to the moral law of the religion. A higher religion imposes a conflict, a division, torment and struggle within the individual.”(P.67)

The claim that a higher religion is more difficult to believe, may not be an accurate representation of the state of affairs Eliot is referring to . The above quote reminds one of the Kantian diagnosis of the pathological destructive presence of scepticism, dogmatism and indifference in our Cultures. Kant’s diagnosis was then complemented with a prognostic treatment in the form of his critical philosophy. The relation of critical Philosophy to Aristotelian hylomorphic philosophy is also important in the understanding of Kant’s view of Culture, which is a variation on the themes of areté, arché, diké, epistemé, and phronesis. We also note the presence of the term “consciousness”, and the Cartesian doubt expressed in the above quote indicates that, for Kant, we are dealing with the pathologies of indifference or scepticism when we are engaged upon the task of sociologically explaining and justifying the unity and diversity of religious movements.

The Roman Catholic and Protestant churches are obviously institutions grounded in History and Faith, in ways in which modern sects are not, but it is not clear that the existence of this phenomenon of the fragmentation of institutions can be “sociologically” explained. Curiously, the “explanation” of “consciousness”, Eliot provides, accords well with that provided by Jean-Paul Sartre the Existentialist. On Sartre’s account, consciousness is equated with “nothingness” or “negation”. This nothingness or negation, for Sartre, is a conscious response to a question. Negation, Sartre argues, is necessary for the process of differentiating objects from one another, and it is part of our awareness of reality: we say categorically, for example, that “Pierre is not in the café”, and this in the end rests on an explanation of the role of consciousness in our awareness of reality. That the “unbelief”, as Eliot puts the matter, should occur, because of the belief, is a complex claim, and it is difficult to fully understand the meaning of such a claim. Similarly, it is difficult to understand exactly what Eliot means when he maintains that it is difficult to correlate behaviour with moral law insofar as the higher religions are concerned. What is at issue for both Aristotle and Kant in the context of this discussion is primarily areté and diké, and the self control implied by both terms. In the case of Aristotle we can clearly see the operation of the methodology of the “golden mean”, and in the case of Kant, we are told that it is “self-love”, or narcissism that “tempts” the agent to make some excuse to exempt themselves from the reach of the moral law. We should note here that this temptation is a particular temptation, and not a general attempt to question the validity of the moral law as such. If, then, the two commandments of the New Testament can function as the basis for moral and religious laws, there is no obvious reason to question the justification and universality of the moral commandments on general sceptical grounds, e.g. “They may not be “good” . There is however good reason to “believe in” the validity of the moral commandments, given that they recommend a form of life that does appear rationally defensible. The “belief-in” the religious commandments, on the other hand, may be a more complex matter given the fact that they refer to a transcendent being. This reference requires characterising this being in terms of an essence specification. No easy task.

Clerical sects are less likely than clerical cults to promote the policy of abandoning moral commandments, and both are also more likely to recommend a simpler form of life which distances itself from contemporary society. Mystical sects and cults can, of course, reach further back in time toward pagan belief systems which may, for example, worship idols of animals. The paradox of such movements is that their intuition that, all is not well with society, may have some substance. The response of regression to a more primitive form of life, however, does not appear to be a useful response to the problem of modern discontentment. On these grounds, it is not clear that it would be correct to regard the Protestant split from the Roman Catholic faith as sectarian, simply because the grounds for the split were more to do with the way in which the Church abused its privileges in society, than any disagreement over the “form” of the moral and religious commandments. The Lutheran questioning of institutional practices such as the “monetisation of faith”, is, in fact, an implication of the Socratic/Christian attitude toward the colonisation by the values of ekonomos of human relations in general. We know, for example, that Jesus led a frugal life, and we also know what he thought about Judas and the thirty pieces of silver he received for betraying his leader. Socrates also led a relatively simple life, and although he never objected to the role of money as such , he did object to what he viewed as the reversal of values that can occur when what was of secondary importance in a human transaction becomes the primary focus. He took the example of a doctor who, as a part of Greek teaching and tradition, had an ethical responsibility to save the life of any patient whose life was in immediate danger. For Socrates, if the doctor refused treatment on the grounds that the patient could not afford to pay him, then this would be a reversal of values.

Protestantism, of course, itself suffered from the process of fragmentation into sects. Eliot sees this process as instantiating something positive, namely “diversification” which, from one point of view, can be seen to be a negative phenomenon compromising the value of unifying so many people as possible under one institutional umbrella. On Eliot’s account, too much unity, can be connected to “cultural decay”(P.70). This can also be the case, Eliot argues, with extreme diversification . This suggests the operation either of Hegelian dialectical thinking, or more realistically, the operation of the Aristotelian process of the “golden mean” in the name of areté.

Eliot mentions the thirty years war in which Catholics and Protestants fought over their religious differences, and he points out that Protestantism, in its more modern secular form, is not prone to take up arms to defend its version of the Christian faith. It is in this context that Eliot specifically claims that the sociologist ought to refrain from making “value-judgements”, because this runs the risk of succumbing to a theological form of thinking that cannot ultimately be defended. Given these comments, it becomes unclear how Eliot would view Aristotelian and Kantian metaphysically-laden justifications for value-judgements. In this context we need clarification about what the term “metaphysics” means. Both in Aristotle and Kant it merely refers to “first principles”—so the metaphysics of morals that Kant writes about, means nothing more nor less, than the “first principles” of morals.

Eliot discusses the possible unification of all Christians world-wide, and he judges that such a possibility is extremely unlikely. The reunion of, for example, of the Church of England with Presbyterians or Methodists in America, is certainly a possibility, Eliot argues. He also claims that political unions between two countries is unlikely. When a large body fragments, Eliot insists, a sub-culture is formed in the body that is splitting off, and this sub-culture tends to define the sect as different from the larger body and all other bodies that have split off from the whole. Eliot does, however refer to an important fact, namely:

“It is always the main religious body which is the guardian of more of the remains of the higher developments of culture preserved from a past time before the division took place. Not only is it the main religious body which has the more elaborated theology: it is the main religious body which is the least alienated from the best intellectual and artistic activity of the time.”(P.80)

Eliot’s intuitions are sound and can be seen to accord well with the Kantian philosophical position in relation to the two Christian commandments(Love God above all and love thy neighbour as thyself), which, put simply, maintains that there is a philosophical form to these commandments : a form that can be parsed as “Know that God is above all” and “Respect thy neighbour as thyself”. For Kant both of these imperatives form the conditions for the possibility of following the moral law(the categorical imperative), which in turn forms the condition, over a long period of time, of leading a good spirited flourishing life. For Kant, insofar as the main clerical bodies of religion embrace a belief in supernatural events, this would be rejected on the grounds of the validity and objectivity of the categories of the understanding/judgement and principles of reason(noncontradiction, sufficient reason). Kant would also reject any justification of barbaric events such as that of burning heretics at the stake. Such tyrannical behaviour would run counter to the practical idea of freedom for the individual to choose a reasonable belief system. There is nothing that can be said in the name of the uniformity of an irrational belief system that could motivate disrespect for the freedom of the individual to choose whatever form of life they wish to. This thesis lies at the root of human rights. In relation to this discussion Kant would be opposed to the wholesale rejection of a body of faith that has served mankind for almost 2000 years: a body of faith which, he would maintain, possessed some affinity with Ancient Greek Philosophy and its reliance on the themes of areté, arché, diké, epistemé, and phronesis.

Book Review of T S Eliot’s “Notes Toward a Definition of Culture” :”Regionalisation” and Satellite Cultures

Views: 2302

brown carriage wheel
Photo by Navneet Shanu on Pexels.com

“It is the instinct of every living thing to persist in its own being”( “Notes” P.55)

This claim by Eliot is a variation of Spinoza’s claim that:

“Everything insofar as it is, endeavours to persist in its own being”(Ethics, Book 3 Prop 6)

Spinoza’s account may, however, be built on a more complex foundation than Eliot’s account. For Spinoza, the foundation stone of the mind, is the idea it has of its own body, and this is compatible with the hylomorphic claim made by Aristotle in which the material of a process always has a form determined by the principle of that form. We know that Aristotle in his work “De Anima” characterised the human soul in terms of potential and an actualisation process. The body, which for Aristotle, was a system of specific organs, has the potential to actualise into a soul which possesses three primary powers: firstly, the capacity for nutrition and reproduction, secondly, the capacity for locomotion and sensation, thirdly a capacity for discourse and reasoning. The essence-specifying definition of a human soul then, is, “rational animal capable of discourse”, indicating that these higher level powers build upon the lower level powers of sensibility and nutrition/reproduction. This does not, of course, mean that all human souls are actually capable of discourse and reasoning at high levels, but rather, that this is a potential that aims to be realised by the human form of life that we call the human soul. Here, it is a number of principles which decide what form the life-form is to take, as well as the complex relation of powers that are generated in this developmental actualisation process This process of actualisation will determine the level achieved by any human form of life. If this teleological process functions well, the result , insofar as Aristotle was concerned, was the ethical telos of leading a good spirited, flourishing life(eudaimonia). Such a life-form would be impossible in a state of nature (which is the condition of the animals) but rather requires a civilisation/culture that in turn requires cooperation amongst large numbers of humans if it is not to fall into a state of ruin and destroy itself. This cooperation often takes the form of “aiming at the good”, “aiming at the truth”, and aiming at the beautiful”: characteristics which Maslow claimed were very important cultural aims. Life, may have many meanings, argued Aristotle, but he also insisted that it was an end-in-itself, i.e. something that was both good-in-itself and good-in-its-consequences. This theme of the human form of life being an end-in-itself, would later be taken up in Kantian Critical ethical Philosophy, in the form of a moral categorical imperative. One of the formulations is that people be treated as ends in themselves and this creates the foundational argument for a universal theory of human rights. Respect for human rights, in turn, has become a cultural demand in all civilised societies.

It was, however, left to Freud to investigate the nature of the relation of the powers of the soul, and he used three principles to do this: firstly, the energy regulation principle regulating the physiology of the individual (including nutrition and reproduction) but primarily the nervous activity of his brain, secondly, the pleasure pain principle regulating the sensible level of the human soul, and thirdly, the reality principle regulating discourse and rationality in its various forms. For Freud it is the actualisation of a strong Ego that is the telos of human being: a being that spends such a long time in a state of immaturity(childhood, adolescence, etc).

These diversions from the initial claims of Eliot and Spinoza, testify then, to the complexity of creating the conditions necessary for leading a good-spirited flourishing life. In the light of such complexity, it is obvious that all we can do is aim at the Good in our activities. The master Arts which enable us to do this are, for Aristotle, Philosophy and Politics. For Spinoza, however, human enlightenment begins with the possession of an adequate idea of the human body. This is a position shared by Freud who formulated a psycho-sexual theory to explain the course the human actualisation process takes. Both Spinoza and Freud are in agreement that the complexity of our psyche is such that its form of consciousness is aware of its endeavour to persist in its being, and this awareness is manifested in the correlation of both inadequate ideas and adequate ideas with the activity/endeavours of the organism. Consciousness, for Freud, will then, be steered by all three of his postulated principles in various ways, but insofar as the reality principle is concerned it will be present in areté (doing the right thing in the right way at the right time), arché (the use of principles in discourse and reasoning), epistemé (the use of knowledge in ones “endeavours) and diké (attention to the cause of justice). This leads us to the Aristotelian conviction that the phronomos, (that great-souled man), is a man whose mental powers of understanding, judgement, and reasoning are all in harmony, and working in accordance with the reality principle.

Eliot wishes to argue that the above human endeavour to persist in being human is a feature of what he calls “regionalisation”, which he insists is a necessary feature of the diversity that he maintains is a healthy characteristic of any culture. He calls this “regionalisation”, a satellite culture, and there is a lengthy discussion of the relation of Wales, Scotland and Ireland to England (in the name of identifying the mutually related cultural mechanisms that are operating in this realm of regional forces). The judgement of History is called upon to testify the extent to which a people culturally contribute to the culture of the peoples of the world. Eliot takes up the role of Language and he is sceptical about the possibility of a world-language unless it has poetic power. These discussions sometimes take on nationalistic tones in the name of loyalty. It appears from this discussion, that the size of the region can vary from a local village, to a large country. If, for example, we are dealing with a country village, it is not always obvious that the lower income peasants will identify their condition with the lower income workers of the city. It does, however, seem obvious that, in wars, (when citizens from both categories find themselves fighting side by side against a common enemy), some loyalty is shared: is this a cultural loyalty or something pathological and nationalistic?

An interesting “regional” institution such as the University is an interesting case to eaxmine in the context of this discussion. The university is a meritocracy, and does not care whether you are an aristocrat from the city, or a peasant from the countryside. The University demands loyalty to, and a general respect for, knowledge and justice. In both of the above cases it is clear that unity prevails over differences. Eliot, however, speaks sceptically of this unity of Culture, and refers to those zealots crying out for a world-government on humanitarian grounds. He incidentally praises the Russians for being especially aware of the irreconcilability between cultures(P.62). Eliot accuses the zealots of being as much of a menace to culture, as those who are committed to violence. The grounds given for this judgement are the empirical grounds of the irreconcilability of certain religions, and the pointless colonisation of one culture by another( where that results in conflict and culture clash).

Eliot concludes with the following claim:

“As I have said, the improvement and transmission of culture can never be the direct object of any of our practical activities: all we can do is to try to keep in mind that whatever we do will affect our own culture or that of some other people.”(P.65)

This is an insightful remark and reminds one of the Aristotelian opening of his Nichomachean Ethics:

“Evert art and every inquiry, and similarly every action and choice, is thought to aim at some good: and for this reason the good has rightly been declared to be that at which all things aim.”(NE Book 1, 1, 1-3)

This provides hylomorphic content to Eliot’s claim that the transmission of culture can not be “the direct object” of our cultural activities. Aristotle, interpreted in terms of modern linguistic Philosophy, my be alluding to the imperative use of language in claims such as “You ought to keep promises”. Promising is a practical activity and “keeping” them is more than a mere maxim expressing a personal intention. We appear here to be dealing with a principle(arché) which on Kant’s view can be justified by an appeal to the moral law as expressed in the various formulations of the categorical imperative. There is clearly an intended direct object in the above claim, namely that the promise must be kept. In the above quote there is also a clear link to the teleological relation of the intention to actions to be performed in the future.

Aristotle points to the transmission of three kinds of form which he claims is important to build and maintain a civilisation/culture. Firstly, there is the transmission of skills such as house-building, bridge-building, road building, and crafted artifacts that are in common use in households and businesses, villages and cities. Secondly, there is the personal transmission of ones family characteristics in the act of reproduction(thus creating the “material” for further transmission of other cultural values). Thirdly, there is the transmission of ideas such as occurs in teaching-learning contexts of all kinds, and this is perhaps the most important “form”of cultural activity for Aristotle.

Eliot also discusses India and its colonisation by the British, and he claims that the caste structure and the different forms of religion hindered the aims and process of unification. That fact, should not, of course, prevent agreement on the judgement that the unity of the country would be a good thing, as long as diversity was respected. Two other factors to take into consideration is the nature of mans inclination toward favouring his own interests over that of his neighbour, plus his proclivity for forming groups around such interests. Both of these have a tendency to produce internecine conflict. This is why a striving after The Good, and providing justifications for activities with such an aim, is of importance for both the phronomos and the Philosopher. Diversity and difference are facts that we need to take account of in this context, but the mere existence of such facts does not of itself justify the condemnation of all those “good” culture building activities, such as the passing of laws and education. The latter activity in particular requires a philosophical defence of the ideas upon which such activities are founded, e.g. diké(justice) and epistemé(knowledge).

Review of T S Eliot’s “Notes Toward a Definition of Culture” –Class and the Elite: The Aristocrat and Cosmopolitan man

Views: 1955

the denver post office and federal court house
Photo by Colin Lloyd on Pexels.com

“From each according to their ability, to each according to their needs” is a slogan attributed to Marx and the communist programme of government. Yet we know that the early Christians led a form of life that could be described in such terms. The above slogan has also been connected to the Platonic Principle of Specialisation(used to define justice in the Republic) that was supposed, by Socrates, to be the mark of healthy cities before the wish for a commodious/luxurious form of life became an almost universal object of desire.

The “fevered city” that could not control the above desire became, in Socrates’ view, a divided city where the rich ruled and their disgruntled poor sons sat in the agora stirring up trouble for the city-state. Solon was forced to address this problem in the name of justice and via the mechanism of the passing of just laws. One of the aims of Solon was to ensure that everyone got what they deserved or what they were worthy of. The Socratic Principle of Specialisation was also supposed by Socrates to achieve the end Solon had in mind, even if it failed to address the issues of procedural justice which led to the conviction and death-sentence of Socrates himself. Aristotle’s principle of formal justice complemented this Socratic principle in an account which distinguished between distributive, retributive and restorative justice, and this principle might have saved the life of Socrates if the Socratic defence that Philosophy was one of the children of the Gods could have been formally entered as a plea in his trial.

“From each according to their ability” could well be a consequence of the principle of specialisation which required that people should only be asked to perform tasks that they have the ability or power to perform. Part of the Philosophical project of Socrates was to convince people, who thought they had knowledge of various kinds, that they were overestimating their ability or power to know certain things. Socrates was actually not insisting that everyone take up Philosophy and learn from him, but he was rather insisting on a civic spirit which the Greeks already understood to be important, a spirit best described in terms of the Greek ideas of areté(doing the right thing in the right way at the right time), arché(using principles to understand/justify), epistemé(using knowledge in ones judgements) and diké(justice).

It was Aristotle who fathomed the depths of the problem of political life in engaging with the problems of class and power, by asserting prophetically that the divided city will not become united until a large enlightened middle class has the power to decide the agenda of the state. Aristotle even outlines the mechanism by which this telos can be achieved: the principle of the Golden Mean. He gives an example of the operation of this principle(arché) in relation to the important virtue(areté) of courage, so important for the defence of the city against its enemies. Young citizens, put in warlike situations, actually or hypothetically, might respond with the extreme behaviour of foolhardiness or cowardliness, and will be steered toward the golden mean of areté(doing the right thing in the right way at the right time). This was part of the Greek “Culture”. The outcome of this process, the virtue of courage, is then, a synthesis of dialectical opposites—a synthesis aiming at “The Good”.

Eliot speaks against the above account when he invokes the idea of an elite or “higher class”, which will lead the society, and in exchange be given certain honours and emoluments. Plato avoided such a situation with his philosopher-class rulers being fed and housed by the state but being refused access to money or property. Honours, per se, for Socrates would be a direct breach of areté(self-control), encouraging a life-style that continually strives after satisfying the appetites of the thousand headed monster whose appetites increase exponentially over time, and thus contributing to the ruin of the healthy city and the construction of the “fevered city”.

Eliot does, however, see the limitations of a class-ridden society, but instead of embracing the Aristotelian idea of an enlightened middle class, he settles instead for the idea of a classless society which in Marxist theory is tied to a dissolution or “withering away” of the state. Yet, for Eliot, this classless society will require an elite of leaders who require honours and emoluments. This elite corps will be drawn from a number of cultural domains of society, e.g. politics, art, philosophy, and science and these leaders will, according to Eliot, somehow form a natural homogeneous unified group.

Eliot was writing at a time when two political leaders, Hitler and Stalin had succeeded in mobilising the masses against the elites of their society in the name of perverted ideas of justice and morality. Freud, writing during the same period, used psychoanalysis to analyse both the behaviour of the masses and their leaders in his work “Group Psychology and the Ego”. Freud pointed to the operation of certain pathological processes and mechanisms such as projection, reversal, narcissistic behaviour and identification with the aggressor. Freud’s account pointed to an end for tyrants (obsessed with power and honour), which had in fact been predicted for all tyrants in the last books of Plato’s Republic. The context for this account was the failure of understanding, judgement and reason, and the consequent telos for such a failure, namely justice(getting what one deserves). Tyrants create such a culture of death and hate around themselves that it does not require any advanced form of reasoning to understand the connection between the cause of the culture they have created and the effect of their fate.

Eliot discusses Russia and regrets the removal of the Russian elite class which he believes will eventually prove disastrous for the country. There is also an interesting discussion of the role of the family in the task of the transmission of culture, which is surprising, given the qualified scepticism of both Plato and Aristotle insofar as this issue was concerned. We know Aristotle called for a more formal education of the public, perhaps because of the limitations of the resources of all families to provide all the elements necessary for the transmission of an entire culture. For Socrates, Plato and Aristotle, education and the transmission of knowledge, especially knowledge of “The Good”, was decisive for the well-being of the state. For Eliot, it appears as if Public Education can not bear the burden of transmission, and he believes more in his leaders and the family. Indeed towards the end of this chapter of his work , it is the aristocratic family that emerges as the best transmitter of Culture to the next generation.

Aristotles view of the city differs in many respects to the accounts given by both Socrates(who was in favour of a healthy city that would require neither a military force not philosophers to thrive) and Plato. For Aristotle, the city state was a complex creation building upon several prior structures, the first of which is the structure of the family(which is not self-sufficient), and the second of which is the large group of families constituting a village(which is more sufficient than the family but still not self sufficient). The potentially self-sufficient structure of the city-state is constituted of a number of villages unified by a legal constitution. For Aristotle, this final structure contains the possibility of neutralising the forces of oligarchy and democracy(constituted by the disgruntled sons of the oligarchs) with the powers of areté, arché, epistemé and diké. These powers help to create the leader or leaders the city needs. Such a leader or leaders he calls a phronomos, a great-souled man. Some might arrive at the conclusion that the phronomos is an aristocratic man but if this is an appropriate term for this great souled man, he is surely a very different kind of being to that imagined by Eliot. Aristotle’s aristocrat would not require the instrumental benefits of honours and emoluments to deliberate and perform the duties necessary to serve the city-state. The good-spirited flourishing life(eudaimonia) he leads would be sufficient reward for his work.

Kantian political philosophy does not specifically take issue with the idea of class(this being a phenomenon of more modern political philosophy) but, like Aristotle, he sees the threat of ruin and destruction the oracle warned of, and his account sees this threat to be best met by the cultural work of enlightened men who use their freedom and responsibility to create and maintain enlightened institutions of government. Kant, even sees a role for the ecclesiastical church in this process which he claims is destined to end in a kingdom of ends in which the idea of the Good-in-itself plays a key role supporting a culture constituted by areté(doing the right thing in the right way at the right time), epistemé(knowledge), arché(principles) and diké(justice. Whether or not the state will dissolve or wither away when the kingdom of ends is upon us is not discussed by Kant but he does present us with an image of a cosmopolitan man, emerging from this healthy, global state of affairs.

Review of T S Eliot’s “Notes Toward a Definition of Culture”: Part Two Culture and its Meaning

Views: 2530

Plate 7: Joseph Making Himself Known to his Brothers, from Genesis 45, after a lost fresco in the basamento of Bay 7 of the Vatican Loggia
Plate 7: Joseph Making Himself Known to his Brothers, from Genesis 45, after a lost fresco in the basamento of Bay 7 of the Vatican Loggia by Pietro Santi Bartoli is licensed under CC-CC0 1.0

Socrates, in Plato’s work “The Republic”, as part of his search for an acceptable account of Justice (in terms of both the individual and in the activities of the city-state), claimed that it would be easier to look at the activities of the state because that is where the soul is writ large.

This is an important strategic recommendation for the more general philosophical search for the “meaning” of Culture. Involved in this search is recognising the differentiation between firstly, a physical artifactual reality, secondly, psuche( any form of life),and thirdly, the human psuche. This is an important matter because there is a modern materialistic view of human creation which views our civilisation as a totality of facts that have an essentially artifactual character. Viewing civilisation in this way is obviously a part of an inward-looking process connected to an instrumental enjoyment of life which contrasts with the more classical view that appeals to the worthiness and dignity of the human form of life.

Eliot wishes to distinguish between the culture of an individual, the culture of a class or group and the culture of the whole society. He prioritises the whole and he speaks of conducting his search in:

“the pattern of society as a whole”(P.23)”

Socrates, in the later books of the Republic, responds to Glaucon’s challenge to provide us with a justification of the term “justice” that meets the criteria of being both good-in-itself and good-in-its-consequences. We can see in the argumentation an appeal to the Platonic Theory of Forms in which the Form of the Good was the primary most important form or principle for the organisation of Society. Eliot makes no mention of the importance of justice in the constitution of the culture of a society. No mention is made either of the Kantian ideas of freedom and human rights as constitutive elements. Instead Eliot refers to:

  1. The refinement of manners(civility and politeness)
  2. Learning
  3. Philosophy in the broadest sense of the term
  4. The arts

Eliot claims in relation to these elements of the pattern of society as a whole that, insofar as the individual is concerned, perfection in relation to one element does not suffice to attribute to that individual the term “cultured”. Eliot also adds that we can not realistically expect anyone to be fully accomplished in all the above areas. This, in turn, leads Eliot to embrace a Wittgensteinian principle which claims that when we wish to determine whether a rule is being followed, we do not focus upon what one individual is doing at any particular moment, but rather upon what a community is doing over a period of time. Wittgenstein has the following to say on this topic:

” 567. How could human behaviour be described? Surely only be sketching the actions of a variety of humans, as they are all mixed up together. What determines our judgement, our concepts and reactions, is not what one man is doing now, an individual action, but the whole hurly-burly of human actions, the background against which we see any action.

568. Seeng life as a weave, this pattern(pretence, say) is not always complete and is varied in a multiplicity of ways. But we, in our conceptual worlds, keep on seeing the same, recurring with variations. That is how our concepts take it. For concepts are not for use on a single occasion.”(Zettel, 99e)

Eliot evokes the whole but does not conceive of the whole in exactly the same terms as Wittgenstein. Eliot also points to how, in a late phase of the development of Culture, a process of specialisation occurs occupationally, but also in the case of the differentiation of art, politics, science and religion. He describes this process of specialisation in terms of two ideas that in fact are not compatible with each other, namely, autonomy and dominance. There is no question that, insofar as science, in its technological aspect, is concerned, there is what might be described as a colonising effect on other domains of investigation. However, Science conceived of broadly, by both Aristotle and Kant, is indeed “autonomous” in the sense of defining the scope of its own activity(and also in the sense of justifying that scope in cultural terms). This claim is congruent with the metaphysical accounts of all forms of the sciences we encounter in both Aristotelian and Kantian metaphysics. The word “autonomous”, insofar as Kant is concerned, carries the meaning of “self-determining”, or “self-causing”, implying a respect for all other forms of thought whose concern is not confined to the hypothetical determining of cause-effect relations in contexts of exploration/discovery, but rather with, for example, actions and reasons in a context of explanation/justification. All cultural activities involve these two kinds of contexts, and there are different kinds of explanation/justification that manifest themselves, for example, in the different forms of account appealing to either hypothetical cause-effect accounts, or rational logical explanations, appealing to the logical principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason. Eliot does not, of course, subscribe to the kind of rational account provided above, and prefers to confine his speculations to the observation of differences, rather than the more difficult categorical task of explaining why all the different forms of culture have some kind of essential feature in common (which may reveal itself in future investigations). Speculating in a “spirit” of exploration/discovery might well “discover” a decline in cultural levels as manifested, for example, in the amount of knowledge people possess now, as compared with previous eras. Eliot, however, ventures to suggest something more than this, and claims that the decline of culture is “total”. He does reason his way toward the idea of a worthwhile civilisation, but he is not in a position to give either Aristotelian or Kantian grounds for his judgement.

Eliot notes, for example, that a culture can tolerate a number of different religions, but stands firmly by his previous conviction that a culture is unable to exist without some form of religion. The Kantian response to the questions posed by Eliot would be in terms of the 4 questions he claimed defined the scope of Philosophy , namely, “What can we know?” “What ought we to do?” “What can we hope for?” and “What is man?”. In the account given to us by Kantian critical philosophy, there is a complex relation between all 4 questions which trace the extent to which knowledge(justified true belief), morality( freedom, the categorical imperative, human rights) and religion contribute to the leading of a Socratic examined life, an Aristotelian contemplative good spirited flourishing life or a Kantian Enlightened life. Kant, in his critical Philosophy has created a logical space for faith which can be both explained and justified, and whilst there may be long periods of decline, Kant has faith that, in the very long term (one hundred thousand years), “All things will be well and all manner of things will be well.”(Little Gidding, Four Quartets).

Eliot continues his account of the decline in Culture by insisting that Culture and Religion are:

“different aspects of the same thing” (P.29, Notes)

He also insists that aesthetic sensibility and taste must also find a place in the above “sphere of the spirit”(P.31). His reasoning, however, ends in a paradoxical judgement, namely:

“To judge a work of art by artistic or by religious standards, to judge a religion by religious or artistic standards should come in the end to the same thing: though it is an end at which no individual can arrive.”(P.30)

There is, of course, a problem with the comparison, given that we are dealing with a defined object on the one hand, and the family of activities that constitute a religion on the other, but that aside, one can nevertheless ask the question “What sense of the “same thing” is being referred to here?” This question has a relatively clear answer in the works of Aristotle and Kant, but the question is whether Eliot has the argumentative resources to satisfactorily answer this question. It would seem that a philosophical view of art and religion is required for this task. For Kant, the three faculties of mind, namely sensibility, understanding and reason, function autonomously, but are also integrated into a larger whole in accordance with autonomous principles. Sensibility. for example, puts us in an immediate non-conceptual relation to our objects, whilst the understanding requires a categorically determined representation of the object–a representation that aims at the truth when combined with other representations. Sensibility, functions in accordance with the infinite media of space, time, and matter whilst understanding, on the other hand, functions in accordance with internal finite categories and rules that are schematised by sensible schemata via the medium of language. This difference in the function of faculties, according to Kant, suggests one difficulty with identifying artistic and religious judgements. In the case of sensibility we are dealing with a direct connection of the representation with the object, and in the case of the understanding , the conceptual representation has an indirect connection to the object which has to do with the Wittgensteinian requirement that concepts must be generally used and can be used to say the same thing about spatio-temporally different events.

Eliot also wishes Culture to include:

“all the characteristic activities and interests of people.”(P.31)

Eliot includes a list of activities that includes gambling activities(Derby Day, the dog races), games, and even foodstuffs prepared in certain unique ways. He then draws the obvious conclusion that cultural activities lack unity, and this puzzling diversion urges the question:”What makes us wish to use the term “culture” for all the above activities?” For many philosophers some of the items on Eliot’s list would not be regarded as “cultural”. Eliot also takes up activities which Aristotelians and Kantians would be hesitant to include under the concept of “cultural”, carrying with is as it does a positive normative affirmation, e.g. zealous war-like patriotism and the evangelisation of Christianity. For Eliot, on the other hand, culture is the incarnation of religion(P.33), but for Kant culture is more closely tied to the worth and dignity of leading a moral life that is lived in accordance with the categorical imperative and the principles/laws of practical reason. Faith and Grace play a supporting role in the context of explaining and justifying an answer to the critical question “What can we hope for?”. For Eliot the answer is quite clear because for him Christianity is the “highest culture the world has ever known”(P.33). Eliot confounds his own position, however, with the claim that there is value to be attached to so-called “materialistic religions(whatever this means!) simply because it distracts the populace from boredom and despair(cf gambling).

Book Review of T S Eliot’s “Notes towards the definition of Culture” Part 1

Views: 1375

Eliot begins his Introduction to his “Notes..” with a challenge that remind us of the ancient prophecy of the Greek Oracle, namely, “Everything created by man is destined for ruin and destruction.” This prophecy like many prophecies is not intended as a prediction of future events, similar to the predictions of Nostradamus, but serves more as a challenge to man to lead an examined life. Eliot’s challenge to us is formulated thus:

“The most important question that we can ask, is, whether there is any permanent standard by which we can compare our civilisation with another, and by which we can make some guess at the importance and decline of our own. We have to admit, in comparing our civilisation with another, and in comparing the different stages of our own, that no one society and no one age of it realises all the values of civilisation…..Nevertheless, we can distinguish between higher and lower cultures; we can distinguish between advance and retrogression. We can assert with some confidence that our own period is one of decline:that the standards of culture are lower than they were 50 years ago and that the evidence of this decline are visible in every department of human activity.”(Notes…London, Faber and Faber, 1958)

There is much to unpack in the above message, that comes to us like a “message in a bottle”, from a distant land and perhaps a different time. Firstly, let us recognise the developmental view of civilisation, transitioning through different stages. Secondly we need to recognise that in the above quote there is no acknowledgement of the Kantian distinction between the “phases” of civilisation and culture as accounted for in the following:

“We are cultivated to a high degree by art and science. We are civilised to the point of excess in all kinds of social courtesies and proprieties. But we are still a long way from the point where we would consider ourselves morally mature. For while the idea of morality is indeed present in culture, an application of this idea which only extends to the semblances of morality, as in love of honour and outward propriety, amounts merely to civilisation. But as long as stats apply all their resources to their vain and violent schemes of expansion, thus incessantly obstructing the slow and laborious efforts of their citizens to cultivate their minds, and even deprive them of all support in these efforts, no progress in this direction can be expected. For a long internal process of careful work on the part of each commonwealth is necessary for the education of its citizens.”(Kant’s Political lectures, trans by Nisbet, H., B., Cambridge, CUP, 1970, P.49)

Kant, in his work, “The Critique of Judgement”, supplements the above account with the claim that when one can speak meaningfully of the feelings which our judgements are founded upon, we attain the heights of civilisation, and cross the threshold into the realm of Culture. He also adds that developing a taste for fine art created by genius, takes us further into this realm. Yet it is morality and its relation to freedom and human rights that firmly establishes our cultural standing. We do not, unfortunately, encounter this insight into the relation of civilisation and culture in Eliot, but it is clear from his remarks in “Notes..” that Culture as envisaged by Eliot probably does not differ significantly from that envisaged by both Aristotle and Kant. We should also recall that “Notes..” was first published in 1943, four years into the second world war that dwarfed in magnitude and intensity any war Kant may have had in mind.

The works of Plato and Aristotle are important inaugural influences, insofar as the shape and direction of our Western Culture is concerned. The superficial surface-value of honour, and war, have been connected with one another since the Peloponnesian war and the wars against the ancient Persians. It was, in fact, Greek Culture that promoted a new type of hero in the person of Socrates who manifested not courage combined with aggression but courage combined with humility(Socrates genuinely claimed that his “wisdom” consisted in knowing that he did not know everything). Socrates led his examined life in a Greek context of areté, arché, diké, epistemé, and phronesis, and this battery of terms defined the agenda for this new type of “hero”, who was prepared to die because he so respected the crucial cultural elements of Philosophy and The Law. “The long internal process of careful work” which assisted in the crossing of the threshold of civilisation began, then, with the work of Socrates, and this process continued with the work of Plato and Aristotle. The Enlightenment continued this momentum with the work of Kant, but the rate of cultural progress slowed significantly with the work of Hegel, and his active attempt to “turn the work of Kant on its head”. The momentum of progress was further slowed by the followers of Hegel working in the traditions of phenomenology and existentialism. Kant’s view of science was supplanted by the naturalism of mathematical-empirical science and its techné-inspired revolution. This slowing of the rate of progress was probably also assisted by the Kantian attacks on ecclesiastical religion, which Kant specifically dissociated from what he termed “universal Philosophical religion” of the kind espoused by Aristotle.

Yet it is in the context of what Eliot called the decline of Culture that we encounter the attempt firstly to define Culture in Aristotelian-Kantian terms that, for example, manifest themselves in the articles declaring the purposes of UNESCO:

  1. To develop and maintain mutual understanding and appreciation of the life and culture,, the arts, the humanities and the sciences of the people of the world as a basis for effective international organisation and world peace.
  2. To co-operate in extending and in making available to all peoples, for the service of common human needs the worlds full body of knowledge and culture, and in asserting its contribution to the economic stability, political security and general well-being of the peoples of the world.”(“Notes…”, P.14)

Secondly, the articles above are certainly interesting from the point of view of Maslow’s hierarchy of needs. Economic stability is obviously necessary to meet human physiological and security needs. Political security, on the other hand, appeals to the higher maintenance needs of security and belongingness. Higher growth needs such as self-esteem , cognitive and aesthetic needs, refer obviously to general well-being, and this form of life(to use an Aristotelian expression), would not espouse the honour-model of heroism, but rather appeal to the Socratic/Aristotelian models that lead us to the examined/contemplative life. Aristotle would have little objection to Maslow’s hierarchy of needs which he would believe is supported by his 4 kinds of change, 3 media of change(space, time, matter), 4 causes of change, 3 principles of change and the Aristotelian canon of the theoretical, practical and productive sciences. Freudian theory is another possible hylomorphically-based theory with close connections to Kantian Philosophy and Anthropology.

Eliot outlines 3 conditions of Culture which also have connections to Aristotelian and Kantian Philosophy. The first condition refers to the growing cultural structures that facilitate the transmission of theoretical, practical ,and productive knowledge in the community. The second condition, refers curiously to the division of this culture into “regional cultures” which have some relation to overall culture but differ in what seem to be superficial respects. The third condition relates to Religion, which Eliot argues has a necessary connection to the existence of a Culture, i.e it is claimed that culture has never existed without a religion. Eliot is not, however, clear about the causality of this relation. He is not sure, for example, whether it is “Culture” that causes religion or vice versa:

The third is the balance of unity and diversity in religion, that is, universality of doctrine with particularity of cult and devotion.”(Notes, P.15)

This resembles the Kantian distinction between historically based ecclesiastical religion and philosophical universal religion. For Kant, all that instantiates the latter concretely in the former, is retained, and those rituals and beliefs that cannot be defended on universal grounds are discarded and regarded as unjustified.

Eliot unfortunately appeals to elite groups of leaders in society(cf Plato’s Philosophers governing the Republic), which will be “honoured” thus raising a question of the importance of Greek and Enlightenment ideas of The Golden Mean or Equality that will create an educated middle class which respects but does not “honour” or worship its leaders. Leaders, regarded by this Aristotelian middle class are, in this new form of society viewed as advisers or “water-bearers”. The imperative form of language that all use in such a society respects the freedom and responsibility of the groups/communities that are being organised. This is the role of class in a Culture that has crossed the threshold of civilisation which previously relied upon an inward looking principle of self-love(manifesting itself in nationalism and war-like behaviour), but now looks forward to a cosmopolitan peace-loving society. On this view, leaders or races of men were not supermen possessing a will to power that appeals to a vision of the Absolute or an ultimate proletarian dissolution of the state. Rather these cosmopolitan knowledge-loving equals use their understanding, judgement, and reason to evaluate advice and action in a spirit of areté, arché, epistemé, diké, phronesis. Happiness, which might have been the telos of the inhabitants of a civilisation that had not crossed the threshold into a culture, is sublimated by a communal demand for Eudaimonia(a good spirited flourishing life).

A review of Thomas Howards Youtube lecture on T S Eliots “Four Quartets”: Part 4– A Wittgensteinian commentary

Views: 2213

It may be true to claim that attention to both Aristotelian and Kantian Philosophy is necessary if one is to succeed in capturing the full sense or meaning of the philosophical component of Eliot’s poetry. There may, however, be, an aspect of Eliot’s poetry that remains untouched by the above philosophical interpretations(Aristotle, Kant, Freud) and that aspect is also important for our understanding and reasoning about aesthetic and religious problems.

We argued in an earlier work entitled “A Philosophical History of Psychology, Cognition, Emotion, Consciousness and Action”(Lambert Academic Press, 4 volumes2019-2022) that Wittgenstein conducts investigations into the use of language in order to reveal the important role of words in the understanding of their “meaning”. Wittgenstein believes that grammatical investigations can reveal the essence of things, thus distancing himself from various modern forms of relativism, and he also insists on the objectivity of the linguistic practices that are an essential part of our communal life-world. These investigations are conducted in Greek and Kantian spirit, and seek to connect essence-specifying characterisations with both the notion of “forms of life”, and our mental capacities. Wittgenstein attempts to assemble his album of sketches into a landscape that we find our way about in. He also, we know, compared Kant’s project favourably with what he was attempting to do, but there is no acknowledgement of the Aristotelian hylomorphic idea of “forms of life”.

One of the major “revolutions” of Wittgenstein’s later philosophy involved referring to the differing philosophical significance of the different “forms of language”, e.g. descriptive, interrogative, imperative and “countless other kinds”(Philosophical Investigations, 23). These forms are viewed in terms of the way in which we master the use of these forms as a consequence of learning the language. Wittgenstein, in the context of this discussion, uses the term “technique”, and this invokes the image of “tools”: words and sentences are “tools of language” he claims. Using these tools correctly then becomes an important part of the training process, and this process connects to areté( saying the right thing at the right time in the right way in the right circumstances). Imperatives, it is argued, have both conditions of understanding and performance. For example, the imperative “We ought to keep promises”, requires both understanding of the meaning of the words, and an understanding involving the importance of doing what one has said one is going to do. These elements are part of the language game we play with imperatives which is also founded on the praise or blame of fellow language users who believe the practice of keeping promises is important for the community. Imperatives of the above kind, then can be seen as “universal maxims” or principles, related to the moral law(the categorical imperative). The logic of the language game governing individual promising consists of a set of premises that begin with a universal”necessary “ought-statement”, and continues with a premise or premises stating the facts of the matter(that Jack promised Jill he would pay the money back that he was borrowing), and a concluding premise expressing what the individual ought to (Pay the money back).

Wittgenstein also analysed the language of religious belief. He points out, for example, that a religious belief cannot be characterised as a momentary state of mind(Lectures on Religious Belief). Neither can it be characterised as the kind of belief that can be proved via the production of evidence or the giving of reasons. The “reasons” given for a religious belief differ significantly from the reasons we give for a belief such as “Jean-Paul will be grading his students at the end of this academic year.” The faith that a religious person places in the future occurrence of a Judgement Day can be defended, but the “reasons” will not “prove” the veracity of the belief. There are, however, similarities. In both cases we will expect certain kinds of behaviour/activity on the part of the believer. Without some kind of public criterion, we would not know whether we understood the meaning of what has been said. If, for example someone believes that they will not cease to exist after their death, it might be a challenge to understand exactly what they mean, even if they engage in various forms of preparatory activity for a life after death, e.g. an author who writes an autobiography, or a ruler who arranges to have certain objects placed in their grave. This draws attention to an important condition for the existence of language-games, namely, that they require a form of life constituted of a constellation of actions which are embedded in the practice of learning the use of words. The telos of this learning process is the actualisation of this linguistic knowledge in the community. Wittgenstein, in relation to the life after death question expresses the same kind of scepticism that Socrates expressed in his cell whilst awaiting the implementation of his death sentence. Socrates, we know, claimed that he did not know whether a dreamless sleep or communion with other souls in a heavenly medium, lay in the future. What he was certain of, however, was that whatever it was that was going to happen it would be something Good. Wittgenstein has this to say about “The Good”:

“What is good is divine too. That ,strangely enough, sums up my ethics”(Culture and Value 5e)

This of course is a Kantian position. Wittgenstein goes on to say:

“You cannot lead people to the good: you can only lead them to some place or other: the good lies outside the space of facts.”(5e)

This is, of course a primary strategy of Eliot’s poetry which also strives to integrate the religious belief system with our moral belief system. Eliot leads us to the places of the beginning, exile in the waste land, and finally to the end where we “know” the beginning for the first time. These places, for Eliot are the “objective correlative” that he claims is a necessary instrument for the poet to use, when it comes to the evocation of the appropriate emotions and passions connected to fundamental themes of the poem. The Garden of Eden and the Waste land are, of course, in a sense “virtual”, and not actual places, but we understand that they are creations of the productive imagination. We understand this by the way in which Eliot uses his these ideas.

Wittgenstein, in his later work, moved away from the logical positivist view of Science and toward a more humanistic position. In Culture and Value he specifically claims that Science sends us back to sleep, and he reiterates here what he has said elsewhere, namely, that the solution to scientific problems no longer interest him(cf Socrates). What is needed, Wittgenstein claims, (in Socratic and Aristotelian spirit) is that we wake up and view the world with awe and wonder. Reminding us too of the Kantian claim that :

“We may apply….to an organised being, all the laws of mechanical generation known or yet to be discovered, we may even hope to make good progress in such researches, but we can never get rid of the appeal to a completely different source of generation for the possibility of a product of this kind, namely that of a causality by ends. It is utterly impossible for human reason, or for any finite reason qualitatively resembling ours, however much it may surpass it in degree, to hope to understand the generation of even a blade of grass from mere mechanical causes.”(Critique of Judgement, Dialectic of Teleological Judgement, P.66)

The implication of the Aristotelian, Kantian and Wittgensteinian view, is that science, (with its “book of nature” commitment in which observation of the facts and the mechanical causes of phenomena is the primary concern), will not provide us with answers to the aporetic questions that arise when we attempt to understand nature. Similarly, if we view past culture with the same commitment we may reduce it to rubble and ash, but, given the complex nature of our mental capacities and the way in which they relate to the human psuche, a spirit will hover over the ashes. Eliot captures this scenario in his image of the ashes of burned roses on the sleeve of winter. Aristotle Kant and Wittgenstein all agree on the complex integration of our human capacities and powers. Wittgenstein expresses this in the following fashion:

“The treatment of all these phenomena of mental life is not of importance to me because I am keen on completeness. Rater because each one casts light on the correct treatment of all”(Zettel, 465)

It is in this spiritual space that we find “The Good” and the awe and wonder we feel in the face of the beauty and sublimity of the natural world. Kant noticed the tendency to attempt to reduce the “architectural” work that occurs in this spiritual space to rubble, and objected to this attempt in all three of his major works, but most specifically in the Critique of Judgement, where the emphasis is upon the relations of the “faculties” of imagination, understanding and reason. Wittgenstein shares many of Kant’s concerns:

“Even if it is clear to me that the disappearance of a culture does not signify the disappearance of human value but simply of certain means of expressing this value, still the fact remains that I contemplate the current of European civilisation without sympathy, without understanding its aims, if any.”(CV 9e)

Whether what Wittgenstein means here is the European penchant for viewing the world scientifically, or whether he also has in mind the “transformation” of European Philosophy since the times of Aristotle and Kant, is unclear. This view, however, fits in well with the thesis that Kantian and Aristotelian Philosophy have been, in the modern industrial world, marginalised as part of the technical and financial “march” of “progress”. A march to the drum of techné rather than the symphony orchestra of arete, areté, epistemé, diké, logos and phronesis. Music was a primary concern for Wittgenstein and we find reflections on Beethovem, Mozart, Brahms, Mendelssohn, Bruckner, Wagner and Hadyn in the writings on Culture and Value.

Wittgenstein speaks quite often about a “landscape” in relation to his philosophy, and the difficulty his pupils have in finding their way about in this philosophical terrain. He also speaks about his own work in terms of an attempt to produce an album of sketches of this landscape, regretting the fact that these sketches do not form a whole. Perhaps both Aristotle and Kant felt this way about their work too. Wittgenstein’s modernity, however, manifests itself in the following remark:

“The truly apocalyptic view of the world is that things do not repeat themselves. It is not, e.g., absurd to believe that the scientific and technological age is the beginning of the end for humanity, that the idea of Great Progress is a bedazzlement, along with the idea that the truth will ultimately be known:that there is nothing good or desirable about scientific knowledge and that humanity, in seeking it is falling into a trap.It is by no means clear that this is not how things are.”(CV 64e)

Yet at the same time Wittgenstein is uncertain of this position, and speculates hopefully that perhaps one day our civilisation will evolve into a Culture. He focuses on a major modern concern orbiting around our modern educational systems, and claims that the education of his time was merely designed for the purpose of the pupils having a good time in the name of the Popper’s principle : “minimise suffering”. Suffering of the kind experienced by souls exiled in the waste-land (referred to by Eliot) is, Wittgenstein argues, out of date. This exemplifies for Wittgenstein, the decline of civilisation but it also connects with Kantian reflections on the importance of leading a moral life that has nothing to do with what Kant referred to as the principle of self-love in disguise, namely happiness. The Kantian moral agent, instead accepts the suffering involved in the effort to protect ones freedom and do ones duty, and they do this by, amongst other things ,bearing responsibility in relation to other peoples freedom. The saint, for Eliot obviously embodies this Kantian ideal in the way in which suffering is borne and in the way in which life is appreciated: a life lived , Eliot argues, at the intersection of time and the timeless.

If music be the food of poetry, play on.

Views: 1319

Music is sound organised in Time. This particular pieceby Beethoven inspired the musical form of Eliot’s “Four Quartets”, each quartet consisting of 5 movements. Eliot wrote to Spender and referred to this Beethoven piece, and the relief that is felt after great suffering. We know that Hamlet says to Horatio that there are more things in heaven and earth than are contained in his Philosophy. I have been arguing in several blog posts(http://michaelrdjames.org) that there is more to the philosophical content of Eliot’s poetry than many suspect. The combination of music, prose, and philosophy is what makes Eliot’s poetry classical and timeless. One example of this combination of how rhyming prose, philosophy, and the timing and rhythm of music, can make good poetry is the following section from Little Gidding:

Ash on an old man’s sleeve
Is all the ash the burnt roses leave.
Dust in the air suspended
Marks the place where a story ended.
Dust inbreathed was a house-
The walls, the wainscot and the mouse,
The death of hope and despair,
This is the death of air.

 The end of the story of man may well be best pictured in the form of dust from the once blooming rose(the life of man), and this is suggestive of two ancient philosophical themes.

Firstly, we know Socrates turned away from his investigations of the physical world(the world of particles, air, fire, water, earth) fearing it may blind his soul to more important matters. Life and its creations reduced to dust may well prove to be the end of air. This is one of the suggestions in these lines. Secondly, there is an oracular prophecy that everything created by man is destined for ruin and destruction and it was this prophecy that motivated Socrates to lead the examined life, rather than a life investigating earth, air water and fire. Four Quartets is obviously a celebration of Christianity, but it is also and elaboration upon themes from Ancient Classical Greece. We ought to recall that the elements earth, air, water, and fire were important elements of Aristotle’s physics, which together with the processes of heat and cold, wet and dry can be used to explain both weather systems and life-systems. Dust in the air suspended may, that is combine with evaporated water to form clouds, which in turn produce rainfall, which in turn nourishes the earth: as the earth gets hotter dust rises again in the air and is swept upwards and across the earth by the four winds and the cycle continues. There is nothing in Eliot to contradict this physical account and whilst Aristotle does not shy away from exploring the physical world as did Socrates, he does agree with Socrates that the investigation of the human form of life(the human soul) is the most interesting form of investigation and he also embarks upon the project that resulted from the challenge of the Delphic oracle to man to “Know thyself!”